Class X Mat Module

NTSE
CLASS –X
MENTAL ABILITY
PUBLISHED BY :
Resonance Eduventures Limited
Address : Corp. / Reg. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA,

Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.)-324005
Contact. No.:+91-0744-6635569, 2777769

E-mail : pccp@resonance.ac.in
Website : www.pccp.resonance.ac.in
© Resonance Eduventures Limited

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
All right reserved. Any photocopying, publishing or
reproduction of full or any part of this study material
is strictly prohibited. This material belongs to only
the enrolled student of RESONANCE. Any sale/resale
of this material is punishable under law.
Disclaimer
Every care has been taken by the compilers and publishers to give correct, complete and updated
information. In case there is any omission, printing mistake or any other error which might have crept in
inadvertently, neither the compiler / publisher nor any of the distributors take any legal responsibility.
PREFACE
Dear Student,
Nothing glitters like success. In today's highly competitive world, a student has to withstand immense
pressure in order to succeed. Students aspire to get through various competitive exam to get the
exposure at National and International platforms. Also to prepare for your career goals, you will be
appearing for various prestigious exams and compete with the country's brilliant minds for limited
coveted seats. Students with thorough understanding of the fundamental concepts and logical problem
solving skills are able to succeed in that. Now to select an appropriate career path for your future
endeavor, a conceptual & systematically designed study material is required to be in the competitive
race.
The material we have prepared is not the effort of a single person. It is in fact, written and designed by
a well-qualified faculty team of Resonance Pre-foundation Division. I am sure that this material is best
in its segment as our faculty team cover all important realms of the related topic followed by a set of
extremely good questions of different level. It will not only cater the need of students in school exams
but also prepare you to appear in any of the competitive exam at any level. With a quote mentioned
below, I wish all the students a great journey ahead.
"You have to dream before your dreams come true"

How to use this book?
An Important Note to Parents and Students
Dear Student,
If you are reading this, it means you are serious about performing in your class especially for National
Talent Search Examination (NTSE). To help you achieve your potential, this book is designed in a
way which is highly beneficial for students. Let’s see how to use the different components of the book :
 Theory Part : The theory part has been redesigned with perfect blend of solved examples, text and
important notes. At relevant checkpoints, in theory exercises have been inserted to enhance the
reading experience of a student.
 Exercise 1 : This exercise is a Concept Building Exercise (CBE). The questions in this exercise are
direct application of the theory which is being covered in the chapter. This helps student in absorbing
the concepts included in the chapter (hence the name). The question patterns which are covered in this
exercise are according to the patterns being asked in examinations which give student an edge in the
practice of examinations. The important point is that the homework of this exercise should be neatly
maintained in a separate copy.
 Exercise 2 : This exercise is Competitive Level Exercise (CLE). After attempting exercise 1 and thus
absorbing the important concepts, students are ready to implement their learning in slightly higher level
questions. These questions are in accordance to the level being asked in the National Level
Competitive Examinations. These questions are must for all the students to strengthen their concepts.
After reading the theory and completing the exercises, a student should be able to have a conceptual
framework and problem solving aptitude in that particular chapter. For best results, all exercises
should be solved in a fair notebook and all the solutions should be maintained so that when
time of revision comes, this notebook proves to be a handy one.
I would like to request parents to regularly check the homework of student. You don’t have to check the
full copy. Just check that the solutions of all questions are maintained or not. This simple monitoring
serves the dual purpose. First, your child thinks that his/ her education is important for you which is why
you are taking time to check his homework. Second, he/ she regularly completes the homework.
In the end, I hope you like this book and sincerely believe that by collective efforts of student, parent
and teacher, we can produce maximum results from this book.
CONTENTS
TOPIC PAGE NO.
SECTION-1
1. Alphabet Test 01 - 05
2. Coding-Decoding 06 - 22
3. Number Series 23 - 34
4. Alphabet Series 35 - 42
5. Letter Repeating Series 43 - 48
6. Missing Term in Figures 49 - 69
7. Mathematical Operations 70 - 86
SECTION-2
8. Direction Sense Test 87 - 96
9. Seating arrangement 97 - 103
10. Ranking & Ordering- Test 104 - 111
11. Blood Relation 112 - 119
12. Puzzle -Test 120 - 131
13. Venn Diagram 132 - 149
14. Syllogism 150 – 162
SECTION-3
15. Analogy 163 - 179
16. Classification 180 - 186
17. Pyramid Test 187 - 193
18. Calendar Test 194 - 198
19. Dice Test 199 - 214
20. Cube Test 215 - 224
21. Clock Test 225 – 230

SECTION-4
22. Figure Partition & Counting 231 - 240
23. Mirror & Water Image 241 - 252
24. Paper Cutting & Folding 253 - 258
25. Completion & Formation of Figure 259 - 267
26. Figure Embedded 268 - 271
27. Non-verbal Series 272 - 289
28. Non-Verbal Analogy 290 - 304
29. Non-Verbal Classification 305 - 313
SECTION-5
30. Logical Sequence of Words 314 - 319
31. Logical Deduction 320 - 332
32. Sequential Output Tracing 333 - 342
33. Arithmetical Reasoning 343 - 356
34. Data Sufficiency 357 - 362
35. Data Redundancy 363 - 366

Alphabet Test
ALPHABET TEST
A. ALPHABETICAL ORDER
You have to arrange the given words in order in which they are arranged in a dictionary. In a
dictionary the words are placed in alphabetical order w.r.t. the second alphabet of the words and so
on (that is, third alphabet, fourth alphabet....).
Example.1
Arrange the given words in the correct alphabetical order.
Late, Long, Liver, Last, Load, Luminous, Loan, Lock.
Solution :
The given words can be arranged in the alphabetical order as
Last, Late, Liver, Load, Loan, Lock, Long, Luminous.
Example. 2
Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes last.
Heavy, Heredity, Hesitate, Hedge, Hero, Haste, History, Hinderance
Solution :
The given words can be arranged in the alphabetical order as
Haste, Heavy, Hedge, Heredity, Hero, Hesitate, Hinderance, History
Clearly, History comes last.
Example. 3
Arrange the given words in the order they occur in dictionary.
1. SIGN 2. SOLID 3. SCENE 4. SIMPLE
(A) 3, 1, 2, 4 (B) 3, 1, 4, 2 (C) 3, 4, 1, 2 (D) 3, 4, 2, 1

Solution :
(B) The correct alphabetical order of the given words is : SCENE, SIGN, SIMPLE, SOLID. Thus, the
correct sequence is 3, 1, 4, 2.
B. LETTER-WORD PROBLEMS
Example. 4
How many pairs of letter in the word DABBLE have as many letters between them as in the
Alphabet series ?
(A) Nil (B) One (D) Two (D) More than three
Solution :
(D) Letters in the given Word : Letters in the Alphabet
A B A B
D A B D C B
B B L E B C D E
A B B L E A B C D E
Corp. / Reg. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.)-324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : contact@resonance.ac.in
MAT_CLASS-X_1
Toll Free : 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
Alphabet Test
Example. 5
In the word PARADISE how many pairs of letters are there which have as many letters between
them in the word as in the alphabet ?
(A) None (B) One (C) Two (D) Three
Solution :
(D) Letter in the given word : Letter in the alphabet
(i) P A R PQR
(ii) A R A D ABCD
(iii) A D I S E ABCDE
Example. 6
Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series are increased by one. Which of
the following alternatives observes this rule ?
(A) KMPTY (B) IJKOT (C) HJMQT (D) DFIJK
Solution :
(A) K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y
1 2 3 4
Clearly, in letter series KMPTY, the number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the
series are increased by one.
C. ALPHABETICAL QUIBBLE
In this type of questions, generally a letter-series is given, be it the English alphabets from A to Z or
Z to A. The candidate is then required to trace the letters satisfying certain given conditions as
regards their position in the given sequence or the sequence obtained by performing certain given
operations on the given sequence.
Example. 7
If the alphabet series is written in a reverse order, which of the following will be the seventh letter to
the left of eighth letter from your right ?
(A) L (B) M (C) O (D) P
Solution :
(C) The new alphabet series is :
ZYXWVUTSRQPONMLKJIHGFEDCBA
The eight letter from the right is H.
The seventh letter to the left of H is O.
Example. 8
If the first four letters of the word ‘ANTHROPOMORPHISM’ are rewritten in the reverse order
followed by the next four rewritten in the reverse order followed by the next four letters in the reverse
order and so on, which letter will be twelfth from the left end in the rewritten order ?
(A) O (B) H (C) M (D) P
Solution :
(C) The new arrangement is as follows: HTNAOPORPROMMSIH.
D. WORD FORMATION BY UNSCRAMBLING LETTERS

In this type of questions, a set of English letters is given in a jumbled order. The candidate is
required to arrange these letters to form a meaningful word.
Example. 9
Arrange the following group of letters such that when arranged in a specific order, meaningful word
is formed.
V A H Y E
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (C) 3, 5, 2, 1, 4 (D) 1, 5, 2, 3, 4
Solution :
(C) The given letter, when arranged in the order 3, 5, 2, 1, 4. form the word HEAVY.
MAT_CLASS-X_2
Alphabet Test
E. WORD FORMATION USING LETTERS OF A GIVEN WORD

Example. 10
A meaningful word starting with A is made from the first, the second, the fourth, the fifth and the
sixth letters of the word CONTRACT, which of the following is the middle letter of the word?
(A) C (B) T (C) O (D) R
Solution :
(B) The first, the second, the fourth, the fifth and sixth letters of the word CONTRACT are C, O, T, R
and A respectively. The meaningful word will be ACTOR and T will be the required letter.
Example. 11
Find which one word can not be made from the letters of the given word.
TEMPERAMENT
(A) METER (B) PETER (C) TENTER (D) TESTER
Solution :
(D)The word TEMPERAMENT contains all the letters of the word TESTER except S. So, the word
TESTER cannot be formed.
Directions : (1 to 2) Arrange the given words in alphabetical order and tick the one that comes first.
1. (A) Grammar (B) Granary (C) Gradient (D) Grand
2. (A) Mahender (B) Mahendra (C) Maninder (D) Mahindra
3. If the following words are arranged in an alphabetical order, which word will appear in the second ?
(A) Principal (B) Principle (C) Principia (D) Principled
4. If the following words are arranged as found in the dictionary, then what will be the fourth letter from
the left in the last word ?
INTIMATION, INFORMATION, INTEREST, INTERROGATION, INSTIGATION
(A) R (B) O (C) T (D) I
5. How many pairs of letters are there in the word CARROT which have as many letters between them
in the word as in the alphabet series?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
6. How many pairs of letters are there in the word HORIZON which have as many letters between
them in the word as in the English alphabet series?
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) More than three
7. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series decreases by two. Which of the
following series observes this rule ?
(A) FQWBG (B) HQXCF (C) TBINO (D) XFMQU
8. Number of letters skipped in between adjacent letters in the series increases by one. Which of the
following series observes this rule ?
(A) DBPUY (B) DBUYP (C) DBYPU (D) DBYUP
9. Which letter will be the midway between the fourteenth letter from the left end and nineteenth letter
from the right end of the following alphabet series?
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVW XYZ
(A) I (B) K (C) M (D) G
10. Which letter will be the sixth to the left of the eleventh letter from the right end of the alphabet
series?
(A) K (B) V (C) J (D) U
MAT_CLASS-X_3
Alphabet Test
11. If the positions of the first and sixth letters of the word BENEFICIAL are interchanged; similarly the
positions of the second and seventh letters are interchanged and so on, which letter will be third
from the right end after rearrangement ?
(A) C (B) E (C) F (D) N
Directions : (12 to 14) In each of the following questions, a group of letters is given which are numbered 1,
2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Below are given four alternatives containing combinations of these numbers. Select
that combination of numbers so that letters arranged accordingly, form a meaningful word.
12. R A C E T
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5 (C) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (D) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4
13. R U S G A
1 2 3 4 5
(A) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3 (B) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2 (C) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1
14. R T A O U H
1 2 3 4 5 6
(A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 2 (B) 2, 3, 6, 4, 5, 1 (C) 6, 3, 2, 4, 5, 1 (D) 3, 5, 2, 6, 4, 1
15. If a meaningful word can be formed by rearranging the letters USCALA, the first letter of the word so
formed is the answer. If no such word can be formed the answer is X.
(A) C (B) S (C) A (D) L
16. A word given in Capital Letters is followed by four answer words. Out of these only one can be
formed by using the letters of the given words. Find out that word. SOMNAMBULISM
(A) NAMES (B) BASAL (C) SOUL (D) BIOME
Directions : (17 to 18) In each of the following questions, find which one word can not be made from the
letters of the given word.
17. KALEIDOSCOPE
(A) SCALE (B) PADLOCK (C) PACKET (D) DIESEL
18. SUPERIMPOSABLE
(A) SPIRE (B) REPTILE (C) POSSIBLE (D) REPOSE
19. If Letters of alphabet series are written in reverse way then which letter will be seventh letter right to
Q? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) K (B) U (C) J (D) W
20. Select the word from given alternatives which can not be written from the letters of EDUCATED
word- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) DUCK (B) CUTE (C) TADE (D) ACTE
21. Which name will come at 3rd place in a telephone directory from the following given names ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) AMIT (B) AMINA (C) ALOK (D) ABHIMAN
22. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra./2019)

From the above alphabets which word will be formed from the given alternatives if the meaningful
word formed by the 5th and 10th letter from the right and 1st and 5th letter from the left is written in
the reverse order.
(A) VEAS (B) SAEV (C) AVES (D) EVAS
23. Which word cannot be formed from the letters of the word FRAGILE? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
(A) LIFE (B) RAIL (C) EAGLE (D) RACE
24. Arrange the given words in the sequence in which they appear in the dictionary and then choose the
correct sequence ? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
(1) POWER (2) POWDER (3) POSITION (4) POSTER
(5) POSITIVE
(A) 4, 5, 3. 2, 1 (B) 5, 3, 4, 2, 1 (C) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1 (D) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3
MAT_CLASS-X_4
Alphabet Test
Direction : (25 to 26) Arrange the given words in alphabetic order and choose the one that comes last
(NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
25. (A) Vapour (B) Vaccine (C) Vacuum (D) Valentine
26. (A) Distribute (B) Disturb (C) Distinct (D) Dishonest
1. How many pairs of letters in the word BRIGHTER have as many letters between them in the word
as in the alphabet series?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) more than 4
2. If the alphabets were written in the reverse order, which letter will be the fifth letter to the left of the
fourteenth letter from the left?
(A) R (B) I (C) S (D) H
3. Which letter should be ninth letter to the left of ninth letter from the right, if the first half of the
alphabet series is reversed ?
(A) D (B) E (C) F (D) I
4. A meaningful nine-letter English word is formed using all the alphabets given in the grid below,
starting with alphabet of a corner block, moving in clockwise direction and ending at the alphabet in
the central grid. What is the fourth alphabet of the word?
m m o
o y d
c t i
(A) o (B) d (C) t (D) m

5. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the third, the fourth and the eleventh letters of the
word CONTROVERSIAL, which of the following will be the last letter of that word ? If more than one
such words can be made, give M as the answer and if no such word is there, give X as the answer.
(A) N (B) I (C) X (D) M
6. If it is possible to make a meaningful word with the second, the sixth, the ninth and the twelfth letters
of the word CONTRIBUTION, which of the following will be the last letter of that word ? If more than
one such words can be made, give M as the answer and if no such word is there, give X as the
answer.
(A) N (B) O (C) X (D) M
7. Which letter is midway between 13th letter from the left and the 4th letter from the right in the
sequence given below? [NTSE-Stage-II_2019]
USBEYFHKOPRAWCGJMQDIVLNTXZ
(A) O (B) Q (C) P (D) M
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C A C D A D B D B C D D C D A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Ans. C C B C A B D C C A B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Ans. B A B D D B B
MAT_CLASS-X_5
Coding Decoding
CODING-DECODING
A. CODING-DECODING
A code is “a system of signals”. Coding is, therefore, a method of transmitting a message between
sender and receiver which cannot be understood or comprehended by a third person. The coding
decoding test is set up to judge the candidate’s ability to decipher a particular word/message and
break the code to decipher the message. In coding, actual alphabets/words/terms/numbers are
replaced by certain other alphabets/words/terms/symbols etc. according to a specific rule. To solve
these type of questions we have to detect the rule and then answer the questions.
Decoding : It is a method to find the meaning of something that has written in code.
B. LETTER-LETTER CODING
In these type of questions, the letters in a word are replaced by certain other letters according to a
specific rule to form its code. The candidate is required to detect the coding pattern / rule and
answer the questions accordingly.
Example. 1
If in any code language, KUMAR is coded as LVNBS, How is EMOTIONAL coded in that language?
(A) FNQUJQBM (B) FNPUJPOBM (C) GNPUJPOBM (D) GNQUJQOBM
Solution :
(B)
Similarly,
E M O T I O N A L F N P U J P O B M
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
+1
Example. 2
If JAPAN is coded as KCSES, then the code for CASTLE will be -
(A) DCIJOB (B) DCJKRD (C) DCKMSG (D) DCVXQK
Solution :
J A PA N K C S E S
+1
(D) +2
+3
+4
+5
Similarly,
C A S T L E D C V X Q K
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
MAT_CLASS-X_6
Coding Decoding
Example. 3
If PAINTER is written in a code language as NCGPRGP, then REASON would be written as :
(A) PCYQMN (B) PGYQMN (C) PGYUMP (D) PGYUPM
P A I N T E R N C G P R G P
–2
+2
Sol. (C) –2
+2
–2
+2
–2
Similarly,
R E A S O N P G Y U M P
–2
+2
–2
+2
–2
+2
Example. 4
If in any code language NATIONAL is written as MZGRLMZO than how is JAIPUR written in that
language?
(A) QZRKFI (B) PZRKFI (C) QZRIFK (D) QARKFI
Solution :
N A T I O N A L M Z G R L M Z O
14+13=27
1+26 = 27
20+7 = 27
(A) 9 +18 = 27
15 +12 = 27
14 +13 = 27
1 +26 = 27
12 +15 = 27
Similarly,
J A I P U R Q Z R K F I
10+17 = 27
1+26 = 27
9+18 = 27
16 +11 = 27
21 +6 = 27
18 +9 = 27
C. LETTER-NUMBER CODING
In these types of questions, either numerical code values are assigned to a word or alphabetical
code letters are assigned to the numbers.
Example. 5
In a certain code, if TREE is coded as 7100, FROG as 2159, how is FREE coded in that code ?
(A) 2100 (B) 3100 (C) 1003 (D) 1002
Solution :
(A) T R E E FROG
71 00 21 5 9
Hence, F R E E  2 1 0 0
Example. 6
In a certain code, C is coded as 0, E as 7, T as 4, I as 9, P as 1, R as 3, and U as 5. How is
1904537 coded in that code ?
(A) PICTRUE (B) PICTURE (C) RICTPUE (D) PCTUREI
Solution :
(B) 1 9 0 4 5 3 7

P I C T U R E
MAT_CLASS-X_7
Coding Decoding
Example. 7
If OX is coded as 39, what will be the code number for LION ?
(A) 20 (B) 25 (C) 38 (D) 50
Solution :
(D) By their natural position in alphabet,
O  15, X  24
So, OX = (15 + 24) = 39
Hence, L I O N = (12 + 9 + 15 + 14) = 50
Example. 8
If AJAY is written as 1117, then in same code NAMA would be written as: -
(A) 5114 (B) 5411 (C) 5141 (D) 4511
Solution :
A J A Y 1 1 1 7
1 10 1 25
(C) 1
1+0
1
2+5
N A M A 5 1 4 1
14 1 13 1
Hence 1+4
1
1+3
1
D. SUBSTITUTION CODING
In these types of questions, some particular objects are assigned code names. Then a question is
asked that is to be answered in the code language.
Example. 9
If paper is called eraser, eraser is called bag, bag is called scale, scale is called pencil and
pencil is called paper, what will a person write with ?
(A) Pencil (B) Paper (C) Eraser (D) Bag
Solution :
(B) A person will write with a pencil and a ‘pencil’ is called ‘paper’.
Example. 10
If water is called food, food is called tree, tree is called sky, sky is called wall, on which of the
following does a fruit grow?
(A) Water (B) Food (C) Tree (D) Sky
Solution :
(D) Clearly, a fruit grows on a ‘tree’. As given that ‘tree’ is called ‘sky’, a fruit grows on ‘sky’.
E. PUZZLE BASED CODING

In this type of questions, some messages are given in the coded language and the code for a
particular word or message is asked. To analyses such codes, any two messages bearing a
common word are picked up. The common code word will thus represent that word. Proceeding
similarly by picking up all possible combinations of two, the entire message can be decoded and the
order for individual words found.
Example. 11
In a certain code language 389 means run very fast. 964 means come back fast and 487 means
run and come. Which digit in the language means come ?
(A) 7 (B) 9 (C) 4 (D) 8
Solution :
(C) In the second and third sentences, common number is 4 and common code is ‘come’. Hence,
number 4 stands for ‘come’.
MAT_CLASS-X_8
Coding Decoding
Example. 12
In a certain code language, ken poti means good morning, hu shang means come on, and hu
ken sue means come for good. Which word in that language does mean for ?
(A) shang (B) ken (C) sue (D) hu
Solution :
(C) In the second and third statements, the common code word is ‘come’ and the common word is
‘hu’. So, ‘come’ means ‘hu’. In the first and third statements, the common code word is ‘good’ and
the common word is ‘ken’. So, ‘good’ means ‘ken’. Thus, in third and above statements ‘for’ means
‘sue’.
F. COLUMN CODING
Example. 13
Decode the underlined letters in column  from the same row of choices provided under column .
Each small letter in column  stands for some capital letter in column . However, the small letters in
column  are not arranged in the same order as their corresponding letters in column . The code is
the same for all the terms in column .
Column  Column 
1. H N T B Z v b h n t
2. C T N Z B t h n w v
3. D N B Z C x h v t w
4. O H N T Z t b h i n
5. T Z O B K n i v e t
Solution :
From terms 1 & 2, in column (), NTBZ is common. From col. () we have vhnt common. Hence
H=b & C = w. From term-3, NBZC have already occurred and the code for D must be a letter which
did not appear in the earlier codes. Thus, the codes for D is x. From term-4 HNTZ have occured
earlier. The letter which has not occured earlier is the code for O, that is, i. From term-5 TZOB have
occured earlier. The letter which has not occured earlier is the code for K, that is e. The code of
underlined letters are given in the following table
Letter H C D O K
Code b w x i e
Directions : (14 to 16) In column I below, some words are given. In column II, their codes are given but
they are not arranged in the same order. Study both the columns and find out the code for the letter
given in each of the following questions, from among the given alternatives. The code for a letter will
be same throughout.
Column I Column II
(i) DRGEX (a) 1 2 5 6 7
(ii) AXPRD (b) 1 2 3 5 8
(iii) SDRKG (c) 1 2 4 7 0
(iv) KLPSX (d) 3 4 5 9 0
(v) SGPAK (e) 3 4 7 8 0
(vi) PXDAG (f) 2 3 5 7 8
(vii) GKSAE (g) 4 6 7 8 0
Example. 14
What is the code used for the letter D ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 1
Example. 15
What is the code used for the letter P ?
(A) 8 (B) 5 (C) 3 (D) 2
Example. 16
What is the code used for the letter E ?
(A) 4 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 6
MAT_CLASS-X_9
Coding Decoding
Solution :
(14 to16)
14. (A) In statement (iii) and (vi), common letters are D and G and common code digit are 2 and 7.
Hence, it is clear that D and G stand for 2 and 7 but not respectively. From statement (v), it is clear
that the word has letter G and code 7 in its coding. Hence, code for G is 7 and D is 2.
15. (C) In statement (ii) and (iv), common letters are P and X and common code digit are 3 and 5.
Hence, it is clear that P and X stand for 3 and 5 but not respectively. From statement (v), it is clear
that the word has letter P and code 3 in its coding. Hence, code for P is 3.
16. (D) In statement (i) and (vii), common letters are G and E and common code digit are 6 and 7.
Hence, it is clear that G and E stand for 6 and 7 but not respectively. From statement (vi), it is clear
that the word has letter G and code 7 in its coding. Hence, code for E is 6.
Directions : (17 to 19) In each questions there is a word written in capital letters with one letter underlined.
For each letter in that word there is a code written in small letters. That code is denoted by either
(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) not in the same order. You have to find out the exact code for the underlined
letter in the word. The number of that code is the answer. Please note that the same letter appearing
in other word (s) may be coded differently.
Example. 17
MAGIC
(A) km (B) eg (C) ik (D) ce (E) oq
Solution :
(C) M(+2) o (+2)q ‘oq’, A(+2) c(+ 2) e ‘ce’, G (+2)i(+2)k ‘ik’, I (+2)k (+2)m
‘km’ and C (+2) e (+2)g ‘eg’
Example. 18
QUITE
(A) hj (B) su (C) tv (D) pr (E) df
Sol. (D) Q(–1) p(+2) r ‘pr’, U (–1) t(+2) v ‘tv’ , I (–1) h (+2) j ‘hj’ , T (–1) s (+2) u
‘su’ and E (–1) d(+2) f ‘df’.
Example. 19
BLAST
(A) i (B) e (C) w (D) p (E) d
Solution :
(D) B(+3) is ‘e’, L (–3) is ‘i’,A(+3) is ‘d’ S(–3) is ‘p’ and T(+3) is ‘w’


1. If RADIO is written PYBGM, then how would OQDKNG be written in that code ?
(A) MOBIEL (B) MOBLIE (C) MOIBLE (D) MOBILE
2. If TRIANGLE is coded as SSHBMHKF, then SQUARE would be

(A) RRIASF (B) RPVBSF (C) RRTBQF (D) RPVBSD
3. If CRICKETER is coded as DQJBLDUDS, then PLAYER will be coded as :

(A) QMBZFS (B) OMZZDS (C) QKBXFQ (D) QKBZDS
4. In a certain code, GIGANTIC is written as GIGTANCI. How is MIRACLES written in that code ?
(A) MIRLCAES (B) MIRLACSE (C) RIMCALSE (D) RIMLCAES
5. If POLITICS is coded as OPILITSC, then ARTICLES will be coded as :

(A) RAITLCES (B) RAITLCSE (C) NNUHPM (D) NNVHPN
6. If in a code language MENTAL is coded as 417253, then how is TEN & ANT coded in that language
?
(A) 572,271 (B) 217,527 (C) 572,217 (D) 217,572
MAT_CLASS-X_10
Coding Decoding
7. If REASON is coded as 5 and BELIEVED as 7, what is the code number for GOVERNMENT?
(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
8. If E = 5 & SAFE =31, then PINK = ?

(A) 41 (B) 40 (C) 50 (D) 65
9. If FOX is coded as 45, what will be the code number for BOX ?
(A) 41 (B) 49 (C) 55 (D) 60
10. If air is called water, water is called green, green is called dust, dust is called yellow and yellow
is called cloud, which of the following does fish live in ?
(A) Air (B) Water (C) Green (D) Dust
11. If brightness is called darkness, darkness is called green, green is called blue, blue is called
red, red is called white and white is called yellow then what is the colour of blood?
(A) red (B) darkness (C) white (D) yellow
12. If pen is called pencil, pencil is called scale, scale is called bag and bag is called book, which is
used to carry the books ?
(A) Scale (B) Pen (C) Book (D) Bag
13. In a certain code, 256 means you are good, 637 means we are bad and 358 means good and
bad. Which of the following does represent and in that code ?
(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 3
14. In a certain code language, 743 means mangoes are good, 657 means eat good food and 934
means mangoes are ripe. Which digit means ripe in that language ?
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 9 (D) 7
Directions : (15 to 19) Words in capital letters in column-I are written in small letters according to a code
language in column- II, Decode the language and find out the correct alternative for the given word
in each question.
Column I Column II (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
PORK oxtj
BAD dzg
WAVE sgmp
BID dzw
VAGI gswb
BAT vgd
VEX smk
ROSE yomt
15. Code for B is –
(A) v (B) d (C) g (D) y
16. Code for G is–

(A) b (B) z (C) y (D) s
17. Code for W is–

(A) q (B) g (C) b (D) p
18. Code for letters in the word DATE are –

(A) z j k m (B) x t o g (C) z g v m (D) d j k s
19. Code for the letters in the word BEST are –

(A) g z m v (B) d m y v (C) b k p d (D) g s z y
20. In a certain code FORGET is written as DPPHCU. In the same code DOCTOR will be written as -
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) EPDUPS (B) ROTCOD (C) BPAUMS (D) CPBUNS
21. If MALE = 31 and PLAY = 54 then CLASS = ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 35 (B) 31 (C) 54 (D) 45
MAT_CLASS-X_11
Coding Decoding
Directions : (22 to 26) Words in capital letters in column I are written in small letters in a code language in
column-II. Decode the language and find out the correct alternative for the given letter/word in each
question.
Column I Column II (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
FISH zmkj
TEA fir
GAIN kpgf
DOG peh
ROSE cmre
NUT igq
TRAM cvif
22. Code for U is
(A) i (B) g (C) q (D) h
23. Code for M is
(A) v (B) c (C) i (D) m
24. Code for I is
(A) m (B) p (C) f (D) k
25. Code for letters in the word TRAIN is
(A) fgehk (B) fkgic (C) ipvcj (D) fvgme
26. Code for letters in the word EARN is

(A) ferk (B) gcim (C) gkrp (D) fgrc
Directions : (27 to 31) According to a code language, words in column I are given in column II. Decode the
language and choose the correct code for each of the words given in the following questions.
Column-I Column-II (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
SET yxg
SIGN pxrk
POT yma
NINE kgpk
ROSE xgae
27. Code for letters in the word STONE are
(A) kgxmp (B) akygx (C) ayxkr (D) agxyp
28. Code for letters in the word PRINT are
(A) mekxr (B) epkya (C) epykm (D) epgmk
29. Code for letters in the word GROSS are
(A) raaex (B) exxmp (C) xerrg (D) axrex
30. Code for letters in the word SOON are
(A) kxxa (B) xkpp (C) aakx (D) kkar
31. Code for letters in the word TEN are
(A) kgy (B) gkr (C) ykm (D) eyg
Directions : (32 to 36) Words in capital letters in column-I are written in small letters in a code language in
column-II. Decode the Language and find out the correct alternative for the given letters in each
questions.
Column-I Column - II (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
HOPE vtyg
WIDE ceth
LUCK nxfl
DUST aien
SIND cmae
SOAP gapv
FEAR putj
MUST nida
HUNT mnyi
FILE cxut
PINE cmtg
MAT_CLASS-X_12
Coding Decoding
32. Code for letters in the word SOLE are
(A) txza (B) fvxy (C) mtax (D) vtax
33. Code for letters in the word MENT are

(A) ndti (B) dtum (C) mdit (D) puit
34. Code for letters in the word NEWS are

(A) hmta (B) tmkh (C) fmak (D) tahv
35. Code for letters in the word STAR are

(A) ipaj (B) jami (C) paiz (D) ajkl
36. Code for letters in the word TIME are

(A) tkci (B) citd (C) ctpb (D) litm
37. In a coded language TRACE = 43251 and EARTH = 12347 then the code for FACT will be –
(A) 9245 (B) 9254 (C) 9425 (D) 9524
38. In a coded language SHOP = 8256, WORK = 9573 and HOME = 2541 then the code for SMOKE
will be – (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 84531 (B) 83451 (C) 84351 (D) 85431
39. In a coded language TAKE = 1790, PLOT = 5321 then code for PLATE will be –
(A) 53701 (B) 53071 (C) 35710 (D) 53710
40. In a coded language FRUIT = HTWKV then FLOWER will be written as –

(A) HNQYGT (B) HGPTYN (C) HYNGPT (D) HTPNGY
Directions : (41 to 45) Words in capital letters in column -I are written in small letters in a code language
in column –-II. Decode the Language and find out the correct alternative for the given letters in each
questions.
Column – I Column – II (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
HERO tbfw
JOIN bakp
LAZY nsvg
MINE pdkt
PART rwsx
SAURY wveos
BLUE eglt
CIGAR usqwp
WRIT wpxy
VIRUS pzwoe
QUACK jqems
PIRL wprg
41. Code for letters in the word TOIL are
(A) pxba (B) bpgn (C) bpxg (D) mpxg
42. Code for letters in the word COST are

(A) boqx (B) xqps (C) qost (D) xqnr
43. Code for letters in the word ULCER are
(A) ggwmr (B) teqwp (C) ktegp (D) gteqw
44. Code for letters in the word SINE are
(A) ptkl (B) toka (C) ptok (D) optb
45. Code for letters in the word ARCH are
(A) frsq (B) wfsq (C) wqfp (D) sqfn
MAT_CLASS-X_13
Coding Decoding
46. In a coded language NUMBER is written as MFNYVI. Then FIGURE may be written in coded
language as- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) ERHFlD (B) URTVSF (C) GJTFSF (D) URTFIV
47. In a coded language SHIFT is written as UFKDV, Then COVET may be written in coded language
as- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) EMXCV (B) FNYDU (C) EXCUV (D) EQUDS
48. If PET = 4 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
LET = 3
JEY = 2
Then what is the value of XET?
(A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 8
49. In a coded language if HOME = 2541, SHOP = 8256, WORK = 9573, then code for SMOKE will be-
(A) 85431 (B) 84531 (C) 83451 (D) 84351
Direction (50 to 53) : Words in capital letters in Column I are written in English small letters according to a
code language in Column II. Decode the language and find out the correct alternative for the given
word in each question. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
Column I Column II
ONE cdy
TWO sqd
THREE lsgyy
FOUR dztg
FIVE zmfy
SIX rmh
50. NET
(A) dys (B) cys (C) tcs (D) csd
51. FOX
(A) ydh (B) dhs (C) zdh (D) zgl
52. HER
(A) lgc (B) lyg (C) lgs (D) glc
53. SHE
(A) rly (B) rcy (C) rsy (D) yet
Direction (54 to 55) Following alphabets are written in a special coded language like
B L A C K WH I T E (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
54. Then code 62830 will be written as
(A) HATCB (B) HATEC (C) HATBC (D) HATCE
55. 'BHICK' will be coded as

(A) 06734 (B) 67034 (C) 67043 (D) 06743
56. In a coded language the word `SOLID' is written as `HLORW', then in the same code language
`GAS' will be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2018)
(A) THZ (B) TYI (C) TZH (D) ZHT.
57. If in a certain code I = 9 and GIRL = 46, then BOY = ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2018)
(A) 37 (B) 39 (C) 24 (D) 42.
MAT_CLASS-X_14
Coding Decoding
58. In a coded language, ‘SHOULDER’ is written as ‘TJSNMAGZ’ and ‘BOXING’ is written as

‘RSYCPH’, then in the same language, ‘HORN’ will be written as ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
(A) JSZP (B) JSNS (C) JNZS (D) JZSP
59. In a coded language ‘CALLED’ is written as ‘DELLAC’ and ‘TIGER’ is written as ‘REGIT’, then in the
same language, ‘NORTH’ will be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
(A) PQSUK (B) PTTVL (C) HTORN (D) HTRON
60. In a coded language, BRAIN is written as *%÷#× and TIER is written as $#+% ; then is the same
coded language, RENT will be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
(A) %×#$ (B) %#×$ (C) %+×$ (D) +×%$
61. In a coded language, TILE is written as 7235 and DEAL is written as 9543; then in the same coded
language, DIET will be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
(A) 9257 (B) 9527 (C) 9725 (D) 9275
62. In a Coded language, ZEBRA is written as 2652181 ; then in the same coded language, COBRA will
be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
(A) 3152181 (B) 1182153 (C) 31822151 (D) 302181
63. In coded language, E is written as 5 and HOTEL is written as 12 ; then in the same coded language,
LAMB will be written as (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
(A) 28 (B) 26 (C) 7 (D) 10
64. In a certain code language if HUNDRED is written as NUHDDER, what will be code of KITCHEN in
same language? (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) HENTIKC (B) TIKCNEH (C) ITKHCNE (D) TKICNEH
65. In a certain code language if POSTMAN is written as OPRTLBM, what will be code of BROTHER in
(A) ARNTGDQ (B) CSNSIRE (C) QAPTEIS (D) ASNTGFQ
66. In certain code language if BLOCK is written as 43, what will be code of HOUSE in same language?
(NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 68 (B) 61 (C) 67 (D) 63
67. In certain code language if BOUND is written as 112, what will be code of WHITE in same
language? (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 132 (B) 103 (C) 130 (D) 123
68. In certain code language if ELEPHANT is written as LEPEAHTN, what will be code of QUESTION in
(A) UQSEITNO (B) SEUQNOTI (C) UQESTINO (D) EUQITSON
69. In certain code language if DRIVER is written as RDERVI, what will be code of WINDOW in same
(A) WIWOND (B) WIDNOW (C) WWOIDN (D) WOWDIN
70. In certain code language if FROG is written as 2116, what will be code of NEST in same language?
(NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 3262 (B) 3364 (C) 3436 (D) 4363
71. In certain code language if COVER is written as EMXCT, what will be code of BIRTH in same
(A) DJTSJ (B) CHSSI (C) AGSQI (D) DGTRJ
72. In a certain code language if XDRL is written as 12296, what will be code of NHTV is same
(A) 72511 (B) 1481022 (C) 741011 (D) 7856
MAT_CLASS-X_15
Coding Decoding
73. In certain code language if HOCKEY is written as YOKCEH, what will be code of PENCIL in same
(A) LECNIP (B) LICNEP (C) NCEILP (D) LICNPE
74. In certain code language if RUBBER is written as BERRUB, what will be code of BUTTER in same
(A) TTBUR (B) TERBUT (C) TUTREB (D) UBTTRE
75. In certain code language is SHARP is written as 58034, what will be code of RASH in same
(A) 3058 (B) 3045 (C) 3854 (D) 5384
Direction : (76 to 77) In the following questions numbers are given in Column I and are coded in column II.
But they are not arranged according to the order of digits in the number. Identify the code language
and choose the correct alternative to answer the questions: (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/2019)
76. Which of the following numbers will be coded as
(A) 2165 (B) 2856 (C) 2356 (D) 2534
77. Which of the following code will be used to indicate the number 9135?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (78) Observe the following code and answer the questions that follow :
Letters  A T M G O D N R S
Digits  9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/2019)
78. Choose the correct code from the following alternatives for the word 'DONAR'.
(A) 48391 (B) 54872 (C) 45392 (D) 53971
79. In a certain code ‘CLOUD’ is written as ‘GTRKF’, then how ‘SIGHT’ will be written in this code ?
(NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
(A) WGJHV (B) UGHHT (C) UHJFW (D) WFJGV
80. In a certain code ‘KAVERI’ is written as ‘VAKIRE’, then how ‘MYSORE’ will be written in this code ?
(NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
(A) SYMEOR (B) SYMROE (C) SYMERO (D) SYMERP
MAT_CLASS-X_16
Coding Decoding
1. In a certain code, INSTITUTION is written as NOITUTITSNI. How is PERFECTION written in that

code?
(A) NOICTEFREP (B) NOITCEFERP (C) NOITCEFRPE (D) NOITCEFREP
2. If RAT = 42 and CAT = 57, then LATE = ?

(A) 60 (B) 70 (C) 64 (D) 74
3. In a certain code language, 3a, 2b, 7c means truth is eternal, 7c, 9a, 8b, 3a means enmity is not
eternal, 9a, 4d, 2b, 8b means truth does not perish. Which of the following does mean eternal in
that language ?
(A) 3a (B) 2b (C) 7c (D) Cannot be determined
Directions : (4 to 7) Below in column I are given some words. These have been translated into a code
language. The code equivalents of the words in Column I given in Column II are not necessarily
opposite to the corresponding words. Moreover, the codes for the different letters in each word have
also not been given in the same order as these letters occur in the original word. Study the two
columns carefully and then of the four alternatives given in each question, find the one that has the
code equivalents of the letters of the word given in the question. This is your answer.
Column I Column II
SOUND abi
ADDRESS cjmv
CRUX ikmop
NET ijktv
CRONY jkgotv
CROWDY blooppv
4. What is the code used for the letter A ?

(A) b (B) l    (C) v (D) None of these
5. What is the code used for the letter C ?

(A) j (B) k (C) l (D) None of these
6. What is the code used for the letter D ?

(A) k (B) l (C) m (D) None of these
7. What is the code used for the letter N ?

(A) a (B) e (C) q (D) None of these
Directions : (8 to 11) Column I contains five capital letters while column II contains five digits. Each letter
corresponds to a single digit but not necessarily in that order.
column-I column-II
BEIKL 61520
PNBTK 34568
XLPBE 57401
KNIXV 27396
XBNPE 45713
8. What is the value of BIKE ?
(A) 5261 (B) 6125 (C) 2560 (D) None of these
9. What is the value of PIN + NIP ?

(A) 423 (B) 744 (C) 777 (D) 747
10. What is the value of BITE – KITE ?

(A) 386 (B) 1000 (C) –1000 (D) None of these
11. What is the value of NIL + NINE – TEN ?
MAT_CLASS-X_17
Coding Decoding
Directions : (12 to 14) The words in Column-I are coded in small letters, which are written in column-II, but
the order of small letters is different. Decode the words to find out the codes for the letters and
answer the questions that follow : (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
Column-I Column-II
TRAIN pbrsn
CRANE rmndp
DEAR rcpd
RICE bp md
12. How would the word EAR be coded ?

(A) r d m (B) d r p (C) p r s (D) d r n
13. Which is the code for the word NEAT ?

(A) n d r s (B) n d r m (C) m d r s (D) n r d p
14. Which is the code for the word TREAD ?

(A) s p d r m (B) s p r d n (C) m s p r c (D) s p d r c
15. If CLOTH is called GOLD and GOLD is called PAPER and PAPER is called CAKE, then
JEWELLERY would be made up of ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) Gold (B) Cloth (C) Cake (D) Paper
Directions : (16 to 18) The capital letters in each of the following words are coded and written in small
letters on the right side of each word. But these letters are not in order. Find out the codes for letters
and answer the questions. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
Column I Column II
PROBLEM grcatsd
ROMAN cftxs
LAME fgat
BOLD gcdz
16. What is the code for letter A ?

(A) t (B) g (C) f (D) a
17. What is the code for letter B ?

(A) g (B) c (C) d (D) z
18. What would be the code (in correct order) for the word ‘MODE’ ?
(A) t f z c (B) c t f z (C) f t c z (D) t c z a
19. If ‘cake is tasty’ is ‘uoi hui puri’ and ‘milk is sweet’ is ‘dri hui coi’, Then ‘sweet is tasty’ will be
coded as : (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) coi hui puri (B) uoi hui dri (C) puri hui dri (D) uoi hui coi
20. In a certain language MONKEY is coded as 632471 and GANGA is coded as 58258, Then how is
MONGYA coded ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 638152 (B) 543127 (C) 632518 (D) 671854
Direction : (21) The capital letters in each of the following words are coded and written in small letters, but
not in the same order as the letters in the word. Find the codes for letters and answer the question.
(NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
NECK : b imk
LU CK : mdnb
L I KE : mkjn
21. What would be the code in correct order for the word ‘NICE’ ?
(A) k j n b (B) j i k b (C) i j b m (D) i j b k
MAT_CLASS-X_18
Coding Decoding
22. If BDFHJ is written as IGECA , then how PRTVX will be written ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) WUSQO (B) OPQRS (C) DWVEF (D) XVTRP
23. If DONKEY is written as EYDOKN, how the word CLEVER will be written? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) RCELVE (B) ERLCVE (C) RECLVE (D) ERCLVE
24. If BAD = 14 and DIG = 40 then HALF will be equal to - (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) 45 (B) 54 (C) 82 (D) 40
Directions : (25 to 29) Some words are given in column I. These words are written in a code language in
column II. The code equivalents of the words given in column I and column II are not necessarily in
the corresponding order. Choose the correct code for the words from the given alternatives.
Column – I Column –II
i. Kahu chala na hum kuch ja
ii. Aj tak na ek ja kam
iii. Man tak pana saj ek ada
iv. Hum chala man kuch not ada
v Hum na jai not kim ja
25. Which word will be code for word Aj ?

(A) ada (B) hum (C) kuch (D) kam
26. Which word will be code for Hum ?

(A) ja (B) not (C) kuch (D) ek
27. Which word will be code for word Pana ?

(A) ada (B) ek (C) saj (D) not
28. Which word will be code for word Kahu ?

(A) hum (B) ada (C) not (D) ja
29. Which word will be code for word Jai ?

(A) ek (B) saj (C) kim (D) ja
Directions : (30 to 32) The capital letters in each of the following words are coded as figures on the right
side. Find out the codes for letters and answers the questions (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
STRONG : +   
WET : % +
STRING +  
DENSE : 
BELONG :   

30. Which is the code for ‘STOLEN’ ?
(A)   %  (B)   

(C) +   (D) +  
31. Which is the code for ‘LOWER’ ?
(A)  %  (B)  % 


(C)  +%  (D)  % 

MAT_CLASS-X_19
Coding Decoding
32. Which is the code for ‘DRESSING’ ?
(A)   (B)  +

(C)   + (D) % 
Direction : (33 to 34) The cells in diagram I and sectors in diagram II contain two letters each from A to Z.
DIAGRAM I DIAGRAM II (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
AM NF CO
BU TV DG
EW IZ XY
The first letters in each cell is coded by the cell shape whereas the second letter is represented by
cell shape along with a dot in it.
for example
(A) A is represented as (B) M is represented as
(C) K is represented as (D) P is represented as
33. Identify the response which represents CHAIR

(A) (B) (C) (D)
34. Identify the response which represents MONKEY

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (35 to 41) In each question there is a word written in capital letters with one letter underlined.
For each letter in that word there is a code written in small letters. That code is denoted by either
(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) not in the same order. You have to find out the exact code for the underlined
letter in the word. The number of that code is the answer. Please note that the same letter appearing
in other word (s) may be coded differently.
35. PAGES
(A) b (B) u (C) r (D) x (E) i
36. BREAK
(A) z (B) g (C) p (D) c (E) i
37. APRIL
(A) s (B) f (C) u (D) x (E) o
38. PRISM
(A) r (B) o (C) h (D) q (E) 
39. WHICH
(A) f (B) g (C) u (D) e (E) j
40. ABOVE
(A) q (B) g (C) v (D) b (E) c
41. COVER
(A) u (B) y (C) q (D) g (E) f
42. Here are some words translated from an artificial language
mie pie is blue light
mie tie is blue berry
aie tie is rasp berry
Which words could possible mean “light fly” ? (NTSE Stage-II/ 2013)
(A) pie zie (B) pie mie (C) aie zie (D) aie mie
MAT_CLASS-X_20
Coding Decoding
43. If in a certain code, STUDENT is written as RSTEDMS, then how would TEACHER be written in the
same code ? (NTSE Stage-II/ 2013)
(A) SZZDGEQ (B) SZDDGEQ (C) SDZDGDQ (D) SDZCGDQ
44. In a code A = 26.... Z = 1 if G = 25 and MILK = 83 then, find the code for WATER :
(NTSE Stage-I / Karnatka/ 2014)
(A) 67 (B) 68 (C) 92 (D) 93
45. Using the total number of alphabets in your solution as a parameter, find the number that represents
G if,
A-0,B-0,C-2, D-2,E-1,F-2,G -? (NTSE Stage-II/ 2015)
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
46. If FEED is coded as 47 and TREE is coed as 91, then MEET will be coded as :
(NTSE Stage-II/ 2015)
(A) 110 (B) 114 (C) 118 (D) 122
47. A coding language writes English words in the coded form as: (NTSE Stage-II/ 2016)
STAT 
RAT 
SAY 
The code does not appear in the same order of the letters in the English words. On this basis, which
of the following will be the code of the word T R A Y?
(A)  (B) (C)   (D) 

48. As JAISALMER is to JAILSARME, as HYDERABAD is to __________. (NTSE Stage-II/ 2018)

(A) HYDAERDBA (B) HYDRBEDAA (C) HYDBDREAA (D) HYDEADRAB
49. If in a code language STAR = 50 and CIRUS = 65 then PLANET will be (NTSE Stage-II/ 2018)
(A) 68 (B) 78 (C) 84 (D) 94
50. If in a coded language. (NTSE Stage-II/ 2018)

'Busy bees' are coded as 'Cpu cff'
'Busy crows' are code as 'cpu hup'
"Bright Crows' are coded "Csj Hup'
Then Busy crows are clever will be coded as _______
(A) Cpu Hup Bsf Dmf (B) Cpu hup bsf Dmf (C) cpu Hup Baf Dmf (D) cpu hup bsf Dmf
51. If CLOUD = 11, BURST = 16 and ACE = 3, then MONSOON = ? (NTSE Stage-II/ 2019)
(A) 13 (B) 15 (C) 17 (D) 19
52. If MOBILE is coded as DFBICE, then CHARGE is coded as : (NTSE Stage-II/ 2019)
(A) CHBXQE (B) CLARTE (C) CHAIGE (D) CHIAEF
53. In a certain coding scheme, consonants and vowels are coded differently as illustrated below :
C is coded as 6.
Z is coded as 52.
E is coded as 9.
O is coded as 29.
Then find the sum of numerals in the coded version of FAITH. (NTSE Stage-II/ 2019)
(A) 84 (B) 85 (C) 86 (D) 87
MAT_CLASS-X_21
Coding Decoding
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C C B B D C C A C C C C C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A D C B C C C A D B D B C D C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A D C A A B B A D A C A D C B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D A C B B C B A A A C D A D C
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. A A C B D A C A C B D C A B A
Que. 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. C D C A,D C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B D B A D D A D C B B A D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C C D A C D A D B D B C A C D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A B D A A C A A D E A C D D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Ans. C C A D B B C C
MAT_CLASS-X_22
Number Series
NUMBER SERIES
Number series problems deal with numbers. While attempting to solve the question, you have to
check the pattern of the series. Series moves with certain mathematical operations. You have to
check the pattern.
Type of questions asked in the examination :
(i) Find the missing term(s).
(ii) Find the wrong term(s).
A. NUMBER SERIES
In this type of series, the set of given numbers in a series are related to one another in a particular
pattern or manner. The relationship between the numbers may be
• Consecutive odd/even numbers,
• Consecutive prime / composite numbers,
• Squares/cubes of some numbers with/without variation of addition or subtraction of some
number,
• Sum/product/difference of preceding number(s),
• Addition/subtraction/multiplication/division by some number, and
• Many more combinations of the relationship given above.
Directions : (1 to 13) Find the missing number.
Example. 1
3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, ?
(A) 14 (B) 19 (C) 15 (D) 21
Solution.
(B) Each term has a common difference = + 2.
Hence, next term = 17 + 2 = 19.
Example. 2
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, ?, 17
(A) 14 (B) 13 (C) 10 (D) 12
Solution :
(B) The series is made up of consecutive prime numbers. Therefore, the missing term is 13.
Example. 3
1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ?
(A) 35 (B) 36 (C) 37 (D) 49
Soluiton :
(B) Each term is a square of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on
12 = 1, 22 = 4, 32 = 9, 42 = 16, 52 = 25.
Hence, next term = 62 = 36.
Example. 4
2, 5, 10, 17, ?
(A) 24 (B) 25 (C) 26 (D) 27
Solution :
(C) Each term is a square of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on and 1 is added to it, i.e.
12 + 1, (B)2 +1, (C)2 +1,..........= 2, 5, 10, 17....
Hence, next term = (5)2 + 1 = 26.
Example. 5
2, 3, 10, 15, 26, 35, ?
(A) 48 (B) 51 (C) 49 (D) 50
Solution :
(D) The series exhibits the pattern of n2 + 1,
n2 – 1, alternately, n taking values 1, 2, ......
MAT_CLASS-X-23
Number Series
Example. 6
1, 8, 9, 64, 25, 216, ?, ?
(A) 49, 64 (B) 343, 64 (C) 49, 512 (D) 343, 512
Solution :
(C) Odd positioned digits are squares of 1, 3, 5 and so on, i.e. 12 = 1, 32 = 9, 52 = 25 and so on.
Similarly, even positioned digits are cubes of 2, 4, 6, etc., i.e. 23 = 8, 43 = 64, 63 = 216.
Therefore, the next term would be 72 i.e. 49 and 83 = 512 respectively.
Example. 7
0, 7, 26, ?, 124, 215
(A) 51 (B) 37 (C) 63 (D) 16
Solution :
(C) Each term is a cube of 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on and 1 subtracted from it, i.e.
13 – 1, 23 – 1, 33 – 1, 43 – 1, 53 – 1, 63 – 1.
Therefore, the term replacing the question mark would be 43 – 1 = 64 – 1 = 63.
Example. 8
3, 4, 10, 33, 136, ?
(A) 240 (B) 430 (C) 685 (D) 820
Solution :
(C) The terms of the series are, previous term
× 1 + 1, previous term × 2 + 2, previous term
× 3 + 3 and so on. Hence, the next term will be
136 × 5 + 5 = 680 + 5 = 685.
Example. 9
11, 15, 21, 29, ?
(A) 40 (B) 41 (C) 37 (D) 39
Solution :
(D) This series consists of increasing numbers. The pattern is +4, +6, +8,........
Example. 10
3, 6, 18, 72, 360, ?
(A) 720 (B) 1080 (C) 1600 (D) 2160
Solution :
(D) The sequence in the given series is
× 2, × 3, × 4, × 5, × 6.
Hence, the missing number is 360× 6 =2160.
Example. 11
6, 12, 7, 11, 8, 10, 9, ?
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 11 (D) 10
Solution :
(B) Alternate series [Difference series]
(i) 6, 7, 8, 9
(ii) 12, 11, 10, ?
Example. 12
0, 5, 22, 57, 116, ?
(A) 205 (B) 216 (C) 192 (D) 207
0 5 22 57 116 205
Sol. (A) Difference 5 17 35 59 89
Difference 12 18 24 30
Hence, the next term = 205
MAT_CLASS-X-24
Number Series
Example. 13
151, 158, 172, 182, ?
(A) 210 (B) 193 (C) 197 (D) 203
Solution :
(B) 1 + 5 + 1 = 7,
The difference between 151 & 158 is seven (7)
1 + 5 + 8 = 14,
The difference between 158 & 172 is (14).
1 + 7 + 2 = 10 .......... and so on,
 Missing term = 182 + 11 = 193.
Directions : (14 to 15) In each of the following questions, a number series is given. After the series, below it
in the next line, a number is given followed by (P), (Q), (R), (S) and (T). You have to complete the
series starting with the number given following the sequence of the given series. Then answer the
question given below it.
Example. 14
12 28 64 140
37 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which number will come in place of (T) ?
(A) 1412 (B) 164 (C) 696 (D) 78
Solution :
(A)
Similarly (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
37 78 164 340 696 1412

×2+4 ×2+8 ×2+12 ×2+16 ×2+20
Therefore, the number 1412 will come in place of (T).
Example. 15
2 9 57 337
3 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which number will come in place of (Q) ?
(A) 113 (B) 17 (C) 3912 (D) 8065
Solution. (A)
Similarly,
(P) (Q) (R) (S)
3 17 113 673 3361
×8–7 ×7–6 ×6–5 ×5–4
Therefore, the number 113 will come in place of (Q).
Direction : (16 to 18) Find the wrong term.
Example.16
2, 5, 9, 11, 14
(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 9 (D) 11
Solution :
(C) Series : + 3, + 3, + 3, ..........
The next term is got by adding 3 in preceding term.
2 + 3 = 5, 5 + 3 = 8
 9 is wrong term.
MAT_CLASS-X-25
Number Series
Example. 17
10, 100, 1100, 11000, 111000, 1210000.
(A) 1210000 (B) 11000 (C) 100 (D) 111000
Solution :
(D) Given series is :
 111000 is wrong.
The correct term is 121000.
Example.18
2, 6, 11, 17, 23, 32, 41
(A) 6 (B) 17 (C) 23 (D) 32
Solution :
(C) Given series is :
24
2, 6, 11, 17, 23, 32, 41
+4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9
Directions : (1 to 40) Find the missing number.
1. 2, 3, 5, 7, ?
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 14
2. 0, 6, 20, 42, ?
(A) 64 (B) 72 (C) 80 (D) 84
3. 3, 8, 35, 48, ?, 120

(A) 72 (B) 64 (C) 80 (D) 99
4. 4, 25, 64, 121, 196, ?

(A) 384 (B) 256 (C) 225 (D) 289
5. 210, 120, ?, 24, 6, 0

(A) 64 (B) 48 (C) 35 (D) 60
6. 2, 12, 36, 80, 150, ?

(A) 194 (B) 210 (C) 252 (D) 258
7. 4, 10, 22, 46, ?

(A) 56 (B) 66 (C) 76 (D) 94
8. 8, 15, 28, 53, ?

(A) 120 (B) 106 (C) 104 (D) 102
9 4, 8, 12, 24, 36, 72, ?

A) 98 (B) 100 (C) 144 (D) 108
10. 12, 15, 18, 21, ?

(A) 24 (B) 23 (C) 22 (D) 25
11. 3, 6, 12, 24, ?, 96

(A) 84 (B) 50 (C) 52 (D) 48
12. 2, 10, 19, 29, 40, 52, 65, 79, 94, ?

MAT_CLASS-X-26
Number Series
13. 4, 7, 3, 6, 2, 5, ?
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 3 (D) 1
14. 4, 7, 10, 11, 22, 17, 46, 25, ?

(A) 58 (B) 69 (C) 86 (D) 94
15. 2, 2, 4, 4, 6, 8, 8, ?
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 14 (D) 16
16. 2, 3, 10, 15, 26, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) 34 (B) 35 (C) 36 (D) 37
17. 1, 4, 27, 16, 125, 36, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) 216 (B) 343 (C) 64 (D) 49
18. 336, 210, 120, ?, 24, 6, 0 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) 40 (B) 50 (C) 60 (D) 70
19. 3, 4, 8, 17, 33, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)

(A) 58 (B) 69 (C) 49 (D) 98
20. 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)

(A) 60 (B) 68 (C) 89 (D) 76
21. 5, 6, 13, 26, 45, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)

(A) 68 (B) 74 (C) 70 (D) 82
22. 190, 94, 46, 22, 10, 4, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
23. 128, 110, 90, 68, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)

(A) 36 (B) 42 (C) 44 (D) 48
24. 1, 2, 4, 7, ?, 16 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)

(A) 9 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13
25. 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 18, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)

(A) 21 (B) 19 (C) 23 (D) 20
26. 4, 10, 23, 50, 105, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)

(A) 215 (B) 210 (C) 216 (D) 439
27. 912, 303, 102, 33, ?, 3, 2 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)

(A) 12 (B) 10 (C) 8 (D) 6
28. 1, 4, 9, ?, 25, 36 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)

(A) 11 (B) 19 (C) 21 (D) 16
29. 7, 12, 22, 37, ?, 82, 112 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 62 (B) 57 (C) 52 (D) 42
30. 11, 13, 17, 19, ?, 25 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)

(A) 20 (B) 21 (C) 23 (D) 22
31. 8, 7, 16, 5, 32, 3, 64, 1, 128, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)

(A) 18 (B) 13 (C) –1 (D) 3
32. 16, 33, 65, 131, ?, 523 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 261 (B) 521 (C) 613 (D) 721
33. 5, 2, 17, 4, ? , 6, 47, 8, 65 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)

(A) 29 (B) 30 (C) 31 (D) 32
MAT_CLASS-X-27
Number Series
34. 1, 2, 4, 8, ?, 32 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 14 (D) 16
35. 2, 3, 10, 15, 26, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)

(A) 36 (B) 35 (C) 39 (D) 48
36. 2, 30, 6, 20, 12, 12, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)

(A) 26 (B) 22 (C) 20 (D) 24
37. 6, 20, 36, 48, 50, ?, 0 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)

(A) 36 (B) 40 (C) 46 (D) 56
38. 7, 15, 28, 59, 114, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)

(A) 243 (B) 233 (C) 213 (D) 223
39. 25, 49, 89, 145, 217, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 305 (B) 327 (C) 309 (D) 303
40. 0, 2, 2, 3, 3, 5, 8, 4, 10, ?, 5, 17 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)

(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D) 15
Direction (41 to 46) : In each of the questions, some of the numbers are missing in the given series with
one term missing shown by question mark ‘?’ . This term is one of the alternatives among the four
numbers given under it. Find the right alternative. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
41. 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, 50, ?
(A) 70 (B) 66 (C) 65 (D) 64
42. 6, 25, 62, 123, ?, 341
(A) 216 (B) 214 (C) 215 (D) 217
43. 5, 3, 10, 8, 17, 15, ?, 24
(A) 26 (B) 27 (C) 29 (D) 36
44. 2,6,12, 20, 30, ?
(A) 40 (B) 42 (C) 44 (D) 46
45. 445, 221, 109,53, 25, 11, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013)
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
46. 6, 15, 35, 77, 143, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013)
(A) 171 (B) 181 (C) 191 (D) 221
47. Find the missing number in the series. (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/ 2013)
1, 2, 2, 4, 16, ?, 65536
(A) 276 (B) 256 (C) 198 (D) 64
Directions (48 to 51) : In each of the following questions write which number in sequence replaces the
question mark ? (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/ 2013)
48. ?, 17, 33, 51, 75
(A) 9 (B) 13 (C) 8 (D) 11
49. 14, 17, 24, 35, ?
(A) 49 (B) 38 (C) 50 (D) 46
50. 37, 57, 81, 99, ?
(A) 118 (B) 119 (C) 135 (D) 137
51. 25, 30, 36, 44, ?
(A) 50 (B) 43 (C) 51 (D) 47
Directions (52 to 58) : Find the missing number.
52. 12, 22, 69, 272, 1365, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Chandigarh/2014)
(A) 8196 (B) 8184 (C) 8195 (D) 6830
MAT_CLASS-X-28
Number Series
1 1 .
53. 729, 81, 9, 1, ,?, (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2016)
9 729
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27 81 243 486
54. 121, 144, 169, ? , 225, 256. (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2017)
(A) 196 (B) 296 (C) 220 (D) 222
55. 5, 10, 20, ? , 80. (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2017)

(A) 35 (B) 40 (C) 45 (D) 50.
56. 1, 3, 7, 13, 21, ?, 43, 57 (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2018)

(A) 31 (B) 29 (C) 30 (D) 32
57. 5, 3, 10, 8, 17, 15, ?, 24 (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2018)
(A) 25 (B) 23 (C) 26 (D) 27
58. 97, 77, 59, ?, 29, 17 (NTSE Stage-I /Rajasthan/ 2018)

(A) 34 (B) 39 (C) 37 (D) 43
Directions : (59 to 84) Find the wrong term of the series.
59. 3, 7, 9, 21, 27, 66, 81, 189, 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A ) 27 (B) 66 (C) 243 (D) 21
60. 27, 34, 40, 45, 49, 53, 54 , 55 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 53 (B) 45 (C) 56 (D) 34
61. 0, 2, 3, 6, 6, 20, 9, 54, 12 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 20 (D) 54
62. 0, 2, 10, 36, 68, 130 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)

(A) 10 (B) 36 (C) 68 (D) 130
63. 9, 54, 44, 264, 254, 1520, 1514 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 1514 (B) 1520 (C) 264 (D) 44
64. 10, 15, 26, 35, 48, 63, 82 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) 48 (B) 26 (C) 63 (D) 82
65. 3, 10, 30, 66, 127, 218 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) 3 (B) 66 (C) 30 (D) 218
66. 7, 9, 17, 42, 91, 172, 293 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) 91 (B) 42 (C) 17 (D) 9
67. 2, 12, 24, 34, 68, 78, 158, 166 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) 68 (B) 78 (C) 158 (D) 166
68. 2, 6, 10, 20, 30, 42, 56 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 20 (D) 30
69. 3, 9, 27, 82, 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 27 (B) 54 (C) 82 (D) 162
70. 5, 9, 17, 35, 65, 129 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)

(A) 65 (B) 35 (C) 17 (D) 9
71. 1, 5, 6, 11, 17, 27, 45, 73 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 27 (B) 45 (C) 17 (D) 11
72. 3, 6, 11, 18, 28, 38, 51, 66 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 18 (B) 28 (C) 38 (D) 51
MAT_CLASS-X-29
Number Series
73. 320, 254, 200, 155, 122, 100, 89 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 155 (B) 320 (C) 254 (D) 200
74. 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 12 (B) 22 (C) 26 (D) 30
75. 3, 7, 9, 28, 27, 84, 81, 448, 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 84 (B) 81 (C) 28 (D) 7
76. 190, 94, 46, 22, 10, 3 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 94 (B) 46 (C) 22 (D) 3
77. 0, 5, 15, 50, 128 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)

(A) 5 (B) 15 (C) 50 (D) 128
78. 9, 63, 5, 35, 1, 8 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)

(A) 63 (B) 5 (C) 35 (D) 8
79. 89, 78, 86, 80, 85, 82, 83 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 83 (B) 82 (C) 86 (D) 78
80. 1, 1, 3, 9, 6, 36, 10, 100, 16, 225 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 225 (B) 16 (C) 10 (D) 9
81. 444, 300, 200, 136, 87, 84, 80 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 300 (B) 200 (C) 136 (D) 87
82. 8, 15, 31, 61, 123, 247, 491 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 247 (B) 491 (C) 121 (D) 61
83. 3, 6, 24, 30, 63, 72, 122, 132 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 132 (B) 30 (C) 122 (D) 72
84. 15, 34, 71, 134, 223, 350 (NTSE Stage-I/Karnataka /2014)
(A) 71 (B) 134 (C) 223 (D) 350
85. 1, 2, 6, 15,?, 56 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)

(A) 31 (B) 40 (C) 37 (D) 45
1
86. 100, 50, 33 , 25, 20, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
3
1 2 2
(A) 15 (B) 16 (C) 17 (D) 16
3 3 3
87. 17, 16, 8, ?, –83 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
(A) –1 (B) –8 (C) –19 (D) –26
88. 49, 64, 56, 57, 63, ?, 70, 43 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
(A) 64 (B) 50 (C) 52 (D) 67
89. 3, 24, 81, ?, 375, 648 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)

(A) 128 (B) 256 (C) 169 (D) 192
Direction : (90 to 97) In each of the Question a number series is given with one term missing shown by
question mark (?). This term is one of the four alternatives given under it. Find the correct
alternative. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
90. 5, 16, 51, 158, ?
(A) 1452 (B) 483 (C) 481 (D) 1454
91. 198, 194, 185, 169, ?

(A) 92 (B) 136 (C) 144 (D) 112
MAT_CLASS-X-30
Number Series
92. 11, 29, 55, ?, 131

(A) 110 (B) 81 (C) 89 (D) 78
93. 589654237, 89654237, 8965423,965423, ?

(A) 58965 (B) 65423 (C) 89654 (D) 96542
94. 1, 1, 4, 8, 9,27, 16, ?

(A) 32 (B) 64 (C) 81 (D) 256
95. 4, 9, 25, ?, 121, 169, 289, 361.

(A) 49 (B) 64 (C) 81 (D) 87
96. 980, 392, 156.8, ?, 25.088, 10.0352

(A) 65.04 (B) 60.28 (C) 62.72 (D) 63.85
97. 3, 10, 101, ?

(A) 10101 (B) 10201 (C) 10202 (D) 11012

98. 3, 8, ?, 68, ?, 608, 1823 (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 25, 199 (B) 29, 205 (C) 23, 203 (D) 24, 136
99. 9, 64, ? , 216, 49, ?, 81 (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)

(A) 20, 72 (B) 25, 512 (C) 30, 64 (D) 32, 63
100. 18. 121, 144, 169, 196, ? (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 223 (B) 225 (C) 227 (D) 229
101. 216, 343, 512, 729, ?, 1331 (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)
(A) 1000 (B) 894 (C) 819 (D) 1211
102. 0, 2, 6, ?, 20, 30, ? (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)

(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 16
103. 9, 10, 8, 11, ?, 12, 6, ?, 5 (NTSE Stage-I / U.P./ 2019)

(A) 7, 13 (B) 6, 13 (C) 7, 12 (D) 8, 12
Direction : (104 to 107) In each of the following questions, choose the correct alternative that will replace
the question mark in the given sequence. (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/ 2019)
104. 4, 6, 16, 62, 308, ?
(A) 990 (B) 1721 (C) 698 (D) 1846
105. 6, 9, 18, 21, 42, 45, ? , ?

(A) 90, 91 (B) 90.92 (3) 90, 93 (D) 90, 94
106. 7, 13, 25, 43, 67 ?

(A) 97 (B) 98 (C) 99 (D) 100
107. 3624, 4363, 3644, 4563, 3664, ?

(A) 4263 (B) 4363 (C) 4536 (D) 4763
Direction : (108 to 117) In the following questions complete the given number series with the most suitable
alternative in place of question (?). (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/ 2019)
108. 2, 10, 30, 68, ?
(A) 125 (B) 130 (C) 138 (D) 204
109. 392, 252, 150, ?, 36, 12

(A) 80 (B) 84 (C) 132 (D) 148
MAT_CLASS-X-31
Number Series
110. 8, 15, 28, 53, ?

(A) 106 (B) 104 (C) 102 (D) 100
111. 12, 36, 132, 348, ?, 1332
(A) 732 (B) 648 (C) 716 (D) 943
112. 128, ?, 82, 62, 44, 28
(A) 99 (B) 104 (C) 109 (D) 106
113. 2, 3, 6, 15, 42, ?

(A) 84 (B) 123 (C) 94 (D) 66
114. 3, 7, 23, 95, ?

(A) 575 (B) 479 (C) 128 (D) 62
115. 19, 23, 26, 30, 33, ?
(A) 31 (B) 35 (C) 37 (D) 39
116. 6, 17, 39, 72, ?
(A) 94 (B) 127 (C) 83 (D) 116
117. 6000, 5940, 5881, ?

(A) 5823 (B) 5746 (C) 5854 (D) 5788
Directions : (1 to 15) Find the missing numbers.

1. 480, 480, 240, 80, 20, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) 4 (B) 1 (C) 5 (D) 10
2. 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4, 8, 5, 16, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) 6 (B) 32 (C) 8 (D) 7
3. 2, 5, 11, 23, 47, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) 92 (B) 90 (C) 95 (D) 91
4. 12, 21, 23, 32, 34, 43, 45, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) 54 (B) 48 (C) 77 (D) 9
5. 14, 1, 21, 4, 28, 9, ?,? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)

(A) 9, 42 (B) 16, 35 (C) 35, 16 (D) 16, 36
6. 4, 9, 19, 34, 54, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) 66 (B) 75 (C) 79 (D) 84
7. 31, 29, 24, 22, 17, ?, ? NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) 15, 13 (B) 10, 8 (C) 14, 12 (D) 15, 10
8. 3, 6, 11, 18, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) 19 (B) 27 (C) 30 (D) 37
9. 3, 8, 15, 24, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 30 (B) 35 (C) 36 (D) 49
10. 5, 9, 17, 33, ?, 129 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) 72 (B) 67 (C) 65 (D) 58
11. 2, 5, 4, 10, 7, 15, 11, 20, ?, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(A) 12, 21 (B) 16, 25 (C) 13, 25 (D) 17, 30
12. 0, 6, 24, 60, 120, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(A) 180 (B) 224 (C) 196 (D) 210
MAT_CLASS-X-32
Number Series
13. 57, 54, 58, 55, 59, 56, 60, ? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) 64 (B) 63 (C) 58 (D) 57
14. 27, 31, 40, 56, 81, 117, ? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)

(A) 156 (B) 165 (C) 166 (D) 169
15. 55, 168, 57, 120, 60, 80, 62, 48, 65, 24, ?, ? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) 69, 11 (B) 67, 8 (C) 8, 71 (D) 6, 72
Directions : (16 to 18) In each of the following questions, a number series is given. After the series, below it
in the next line, a number is given followed by (P), (Q), (R), (S) and (T). You have to complete the
series starting with the number given following the sequence of the given series. Then answer the
question given below it.
16. 2 3 8 27
5 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (T) ?
(A) 184 (B) 6 (C) 925 (D) 45
17. 5 18 48 112
7 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which number will come in place of (S) ?
(A) 172 (B) 276 (C) 270 (D) 376
18. 15 159 259 323

7 (P) (Q) (R) (S) (T)
Which of the following numbers will come in place of (R) ?
(A) 251 (B) 315 (C) 176 (D) 151
19. Find the next number in the sequence. (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
0, 2, 24, 252, ?
(A) 620 (B) 1040 (C) 3120 (D) 5430
20. Find the next number in the sequence. (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
6, 24, 60, 120, ?
(A) 180 (B) 210 (C) 240 (D) 360
21. Find the missing number in the series. (NTSE Stage-II / Raj./ 2013)
2, 10, 26, ?, 242
(A) 80 (B) 81 (C) 82 (D) 84
22. Identify the missing number in the following squence. (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
2,17,52,__,206
(A) 73 (B) 85 (C) 113 (D) 184
23. Select the missing numbers in the following sequence. (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
3, 6, 24, 30, 63, 72, ?, ?, 195, 210
(A) 117, 123 (B) 120,132 (C) 123,135 (D) 135,144
24. Identify the missing number in the following sequence. (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
2, 10, 30, 68, ?, 222
(A) 120 (B) 130 (C) 134 (D) 150
25. What comes next in the following sequence of codes? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
1218199, 1006480, 814963, 643648, ?
(A) 366478 (B) 1442560 (C) 492535 (D) 253634
Directions : (26) Find the wrong term of the series.
26. 7, 9, 16, 25, 41, 68, 107, 173 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 16 (B) 41 (C) 68 (D) 107
27. In the following sequence, one number is wrong. Find the wrong number. (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
9, 23, 51, 106, 219, 643
(A) 23 (B) 51 (C) 106 (D) 219
28. Identify which number does not fit in the sequence ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
156, 182, 210, 240, 282, 306
(A) 182 (B) 210 (C) 282 (D) 306
MAT_CLASS-X-33
Number Series
29. What is the number in place of '?' ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
6, 15, 35, ? , 143, 221
(A) 45 (B) 65 (C) 77 (D) 93
30. What is is the missing term (?) in the following series? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
2,6,6,5,10,4,14,3,18, ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 19 (D) 22
31. Complete the following series (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
1, –8, 81, ?, 15625
(A) – 1022 (B) – 1024 (C) – 4094 (D) – 4096
32. Find the missing value ‘?’ in the following series: (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
13, 34, 74, ?, 290
(A) 168 (B) 170 (C) 172 (D) 174
33. What will be the missing number in the given series ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
1332, 732, 348, ___, 36, 12
(A) 32 (B) 132 (C) 148 (D) 216
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B D D D C D D D A D A D D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B B C A C C C C B A C A D B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C A C D B C A B A D C B A B B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D B B C C C B B A B A C D B A
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C B B A C D C B C B A B D B A
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Ans. D D D C B D A C B A D C B D C
Que. 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
Ans. C C D B A C C C B B A C A D C
Que. 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117
Ans. A D B A C A B B B C D A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A A C A C C D B B C B D D C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C B B C B C C B B C C C C C
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. B B B
MAT_CLASS-X-34
Alphabet Series
ALPHABET SERIES
Alphabet Series problems deals with alphabets and Alpha-Numeric. While attempting to solve the
question, you have to check the pattern of the series.
Type of questions asked in the examination :
(i) Find the missing term(s).
(ii) Find the wrong term(s).
A. ALPHABET SERIES
In these types of questions, a series of single or pairs of groups of letters is given. The terms of the
series form a certain pattern as regards the position of the letters in the English alphabet.
Position of Alphabet :
(i) Alphabet in order :
(ii) Alphabet in reverse order :

Z Y X W V U T S R Q P O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Directions : (1 to 7) Find the missing term.

Example. 1
A, C, ?, G, I
(A) E (B) D (C) F (D) H
Solution :
(A) Series consists of alternate letter in order . So, the missing term would be E.
Example. 2
V, T, R, ?, N, ?
(A) O,M (B) P,M (C) L,P (D) P,L
Solution :
(D) Given series consists of alternate letters in reverse order. So, the missing terms would be P and
L.
Example. 3
A, C, F, ?, O
(A) G (B) J (C) H (D) K
Solution :
A C F J O
(B) Hint
+2 +3 +4 +5
Example. 4
DC, DE, FE, ?, HG, HI
(A) FE (B) FG (C) GF (D) GH
Solution :
+2 0 +2 0 +2
(B) Hint D C DE FE FG HG HI
0 +2 0 +2 0
Example. 5
CIR, GMV, KQZ, OUD, ?
(A) RYH (B) SYH (C) SZI (D) SYI
Solution :
(B) There is a continuous difference of 4 letters between the first letter of each group, second letter
of each group and third letter of each group. So the missing term would be SYH.
MAT_CLASS-X_35
Alphabet Series
Example. 6
ZSD, YTC, XUB, WVA, ?
(A) VWZ (B) UVW (C) VXY (D) UWZ
Sol. (A) The first letter of each group is in continuation in backward direction. The second letter of each
group is in continuation in forward direction. The third letter of each group is in continuation in
backward direction. Therefore, the missing term would be VWZ.
Example. 7
KTE, SBM, AJU, IRC, ?
(A) OZL (B) QYZ (C) QZL (D) QZK
Solution :
(D) First letter of each group differ by 8 letters. Second letter of each group differ by 8 letters. Third
letter of each group differ by 8 letters. Therefore, the missing term would be QZK.
Directions : (8 to 9) Find the wrong term.
Example. 8
DOU, EPV, FQW, GRX, HTY, ITZ
(A) EPV (B) FQW (C) GRX (D) HTY
Solution :
(D) In every term first, second and third letter is in alphabetical order to its next term respectively.
Fourth term is not following the same rule. Hence, HTY is the wrong term and should be replaced by
HSY.
Example. 9
ABC, DGJ, HMR, NTA, SBK, ZKV
(A) DGJ (B) HMR (C) NTA (D) SBK
Solution :
(C) First letter of first, second, third,.........terms is moved three, four, five, ........steps forward
respectively. Similarly, second letter is moved five, six, seven,......steps forward respectively and
third letter is moved seven, eight, nine,........steps forward respectively. Hence, NTA is the wrong
term and should be replaced by MTA.
B. ALPHA-NUMERIC SERIES
A series in which both alphabets and number are used.
Direction : (10) Find the missing term.
Example. 10
F3X, H7U, J15R, L31O, ?
(A) M46L (B) N44L (C) N63L (D) N44M
Solution :
(C) The first letter of each term is moved two steps forward and the last letter is moved three steps
backward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next term. The numbers form the sequence
3 × 2 + 1 = 7, 7 × 2 + 1 = 15, 15 × 2 + 1 = 31, 31 × 2 + 1 = 63. So, the missing term would be N63L.
Direction : (11) Find the wrong term.

Example. 11
D4V, G10T, J20R, M43P, P90N
(A) G10T (B) J20R (C) M43P (D) P90N
Sol. (A) First letter of every term is moved three steps forward in each next term. Second number of
every term of the pattern  × 2 + 1, × 2 + 2,× 2 + 3,............and third letter of every term is moved
two steps backward. Hence, G10T is the wrong term and should be replaced by G9T.
MAT_CLASS-X_36
Alphabet Series
Directions : (1 to 34) Find the missing letters.

1. B, E, H, ?
(A) K (B) L (C) J (D) M
2. Y, W, U, S, Q, ?
(A) A (B) P (C) O (D) B
3. AH, DL, GP, JT, ?
(A) MY (B) NX (C) MX (D) NY
4. LO, IL, FI, CF, ?
(A) ZB (B) AB (C) ZC (D) ZO
5. ZYX, BAZ, DCB, FED, ?
(A) GHF (B) FGH (C) FFG (D) HGF
6. ATL, BUM, CVN, DWO, ?
(A) EZP (B) EYQ (C) EFP (D) EXP
7. TYU, NSO, HMI, ?
(A) AGC (B) CGC (C) GBC (D) BGC
8. MAAL, AALM, ALMA, LMAA, ?
(A) AMLA (B) MAAL (C) AAML (D) LAAM
9. A3P, C5N, E8K, G12G, ?
(A) I16D (B) I17B (C) I17D (D) J16B
10. BYDW, FUHS, JQLO, NMPK, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) RITG (B) RJGH (C) IRGT (D) HPIN
11. BYCXA, EVFUD, HSIRG, KPLOJ, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) MNLOL (B) NMOLM (C) QJRIP (D) PKQJO
12. UTRQU, QPNMT, MLJIS, IHFER, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) EDCAQ (B) EDBAQ (C) IHFGP (D) KJHGP
13. CDFI, EFHK, IJLO, KLNQ, OPRU, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) QRTW (B) MNPS (C) QRST (D) RSUX
14. CFIJ, RUXY, EHKL, PSVW, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) HILM (B) UXZA (C) SVYZ (D) MOSV
15. BCFH, ?, HILN, KLOQ, NORT (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) MNQS (B) EFIK (C) NOPQ (D) PQTV
16. KMON, NPRQ, ?, TVXW, WYAZ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) QSUT (B) QTUS (C) UWYX (D) SUWV
17. GRPT, HSQS, ITRR, ?, KVTP, LWUO (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) USJQ (B) QSUJ (C) JSQR (D) JUSQ
18. XBI, JNU, VZG, HLS, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) TYE (B) TXE (C) PTA (D) UYE
19. AYCXB, EWGVF, IUKTJ, MSORN, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) QOPPR (B) RPSQO (C) QQSPR (D) PQRPQ
20. CGJL, FJMO, IMPR, LPSU, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) ORUW (B) OSVX (C) JMPR (D) KORS
21. ADCG, ?, JMLP, QTSW, UXWA (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) PSRV (B) PTSV (C) PRVS (D) PVRS
MAT_CLASS-X_37
Alphabet Series
22. ?, CAFH, YWBD, USXZ, QOTV (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) GELJ (B) INLN (C) GEJL (D) PSNP
23. AYBX, EUFT, IQJP, MMNL, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) QIRH (B) NLOK (C) GSHR (D) PJQI
24. PQMN, NOKL, LMIJ, ?, HIEF (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) KLHI (B) MNJK (C) GHIJ (D) JKGH
25. DOZ, GRC, ?, ALW, BMX (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) BGL (B) LWH (C) DLT (D) GJM
26. fed, ihg, lkj, ? , rqp (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) npq (B) onm (C) oqp (D) nom
27. ABYZ, ADWZ ?, AHSZ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) AFUZ (B) AUFZ (C) ZFUA (D) ZUFA
28. VTRP, NLJH, FDBZ, XVTR, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) JLPN (B) LJPN (C) NPLJ (D) PNLJ
29. OBDR, QACT, SZBV, ?, WXZZ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) WUWZ (B) YTVB (C) UYAX (D) ASVD
30. YANWY, DFMBD, IKNGI, NPMLN, ?, XZMVX (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) RUMSR (B) SUNQS (C) UWNSU (D) VUMTV
31. PEXKW, RFWMU, TGVOS, VHUQQ, XITSO, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) ZJSUM (B) YJSUZ (C) ZKSVJ (D) JZSTN
32. AYBZC, DWEXF, GUHVI, JSKTL, ?, POQPR (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) MQDRN (B) QMONR (C) MQNRO (D) NQMOR
33. ZYYZR, ABVUN, ?, BCUTM, XWABT, CDTSL (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) YXZAS (B) ZYABT (C) XWYZR (D) YXZAB
34. deb, ijg, nol, ? , xyv (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) rsp (B) stp (C) rsq (D) stq
Directions : (35 to 45) In each of the questions, some of the letters are missing in the given series with one
term missing shown by question mark ‘?’. This term is one of the alternatives among the four groups
of letters given under if find the right alternative. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
35. BEG, DGI, FIK, HKM, ?
(A) JMO (B) KMO (C) JML (D) JNP
36. KEM, IDL, GCK, ?, CAI
(A) ECJ (B) EBK (C) FBJ (D) EBJ
37. JCME, LDOG, NEQI, ?
(A) PFSJ (B) PESI (C) PESK (D) PFSK
38. FOX, IQV, LST, OUR, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2015)
(A) RPW (B) RWP (C) QVS (D) SXU
39. qpo, nml, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2015)
(A) ghf (B) ijk (C) kji (D) hgi
40. MYZ, LWX, ?, JST (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2016)
(A) KUV (B) IQR (C) HOP (D) GMN
41. bdf, hjl, ? , tvx (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2016)
(A) nrp (B) pnr (C) nqr (D) npr
42. LO, JQ, HS, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
(A) FU (B) FQ (C) EV (D) DW
MAT_CLASS-X_38
Alphabet Series
43. ZXV, TRP, NLJ, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)

(A) HEF (B) HFD (C) EFH (D) IGE.
44. DX, HT, KQ, OM, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2018)

(A) SJ (B) RK (C) QJ (D) RJ
45. KLE, IND, GPC, ?, CTA (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2018)

(A) DRB (B) BSE (C) ERB (D) ECR
Directions (46 to 55) : There is a wrong term in the following numbers / letters series. Find the wrong term
of the series.
46. ABC, BCD, CDE, DEF, FEG
(A) BCD (B) CDE (C) DEF (D) FEG
47. ZOA, XMF, VKK, THP, RGU, PEZ

(A) THP (B) XMF (C) VKK (D) RGU
48. AACC, BBED, CCHE, DDMF, EEQG

(A) AACC (B) DDMF (C) BBED (D) EEQG
49. ECA, JHF, OMK, TQP, YWU

(A) ECA (B) JHF (C) TQP (D) YWU
50. DKY, FJW, HIT, JHS, LGQ

(A) FJW (B) LGQ (C) JHJ (D) HIT
51. DVG, FSI, HPK, JNM, LJO

(A) DVG (B) JNM (C) HPK (D) LJO
52. ABD, DGK, HMS, NTB, SBL, ZKW

(A) NTB (B) DGK (C) SBL (D) ZKW
53. EPV, FQW, GRX, HTY, ITZ

(A) FQW (B) GRX (C) HTY (D) ITZ
54. PON, RQP, TSR, VVT, XWV, ZYX

(A) VVT (B) TSR (C) XWV (D) RQP
55. P 3 C, R 5 F, T 8 I, V 12 L, X 18 O, Z 23 R
(A) V 12 L (B) X 18 O (C) Z 23 R (D) R 5 F
56. YX, UT, QP, ML, ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) HI (B) JI (C) HG (D) IH
57. ACF, GIL, ?, SUX (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) NPS (B) MOR (C) MNQ (D) MOQ
58. ABC, EFG, IJK, ?, UVW (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) MNO (B) PQR (C) OPQ (D) QRS
59. ABCD, BDFH, CFIL, ?, EJOT (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) DGKO (B) DHMQ (C) DHLP (D) DIKP
60. ZYAB, VUEF, RQIJ, ?, JIQR (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) NMNM (B) MNMN (C) MNNM (D) NMMN
MAT_CLASS-X_39
Alphabet Series
Direction : (61 to 68) In each of the Question a letter series is given with one term missing shown by
question mark (?). This term is one of the four alternatives given under it. Find the correct alternative.
61. B, D, F, I, L, P, ?
(A) R (B) S (C) T (D) U
62. GH, JL, NQ, SW, YD, ?
(A) EJ (B) FJ (C) EL (D) FL
63. Z, U, Q, ?, L
(A) I (B) K (C) M (D) N
64. AZ, GT, MN, ?, YB
(A) JH (B) SH (C) SK (D) TS
65. ABD, DGK, HMS, MTB, SBL, ?
(A) XKW (B) ZAB (C) ZKU (D) ZKW
66. PBA, QDC, RFE, ?
(A) SHG (B) OAB (C) TJ (D) ULK
67. PERPENDICULAR, ERPEND CULA, RPEND CUL, ?
(A) PEND CUL (B) PEND C (C) END C (D) PEND CU
68. ST, ND, RD, TH, ?

(A) TH (B) VW (C) RW (D) ST
Directions : (69 to 71) Find the missing letters.
BB DD HH JJ LL PPP
69. , , ,_, ,–,
_, , , , , _,
_, (NTSE Stage-I / UP/2019)
55 1212 2424 13
13 36
36 3838
48
(A) (B) (C) (D)
70. 78Z, 6C, 15E, _, 30J, 26M (NTSE Stage-I / UP/2019)

(A) 14I (B) 15H (C) 16H (D) 15I
71. CD, XW, __, VU, GH, __, IJ, RQ (NTSE Stage-I / UP/2019)
(A) FE, TS (B) DE, UT (C) FG, ST (D) EF, TS
Direction : (72 to 75) Choose the correct alternative that will replace the question mark.
72. JDP, NGR, RJT, VMV, ?
(A) ZPW (B) ZQY (C) ZPX (D) ZRY
73. V422D, S719G, P1016J, M1313M ?
(A) K1711P (B) J1610P (C) J1611P (D) I1512O
74. 29AYC, EUG33, IQ37K, ?
(A) MMO41 (B) MZB41 (C) MNP43 (D) MPO44
75. ZAB, WDE, SHI, NMA, ?
(A) VEF (B) UFG (C) FUG (D) HSG
Direction : (76 to 78) Complete the following alphabetic series (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
76. ADG, GJM, MPS, ?
(A) SVW (B) SVY (C) SUW (D) SWY
77. BD, HJ, NP, ?, ZB
(A) QS (B) TV (C) YC (D) TU
78. FOX, IQV, LST, OUR, ?
(A) RWP (B) RPW (C) QVS (D) SXU
MAT_CLASS-X_40
Alphabet Series
1. Q1F, S2E, U6D, W21C, ?

(A) Y66B (B) Y44B (C) Y88B (D) Z88B
2. AAZY, DDVU, GGRQ, ?, MMJI, PPFE (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) KKMN (B) MMJN (C) KKMM (D) JJNM
3. ZDOA, VHNF, ?, NPLP, JTKU, FXJZ (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) RLKM (B) MLRK (C) RKML (D) RLMK
4. ZOA, XMF, ?, TIP, RGU, PEZ (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)

(A) YXX (B) WLL (C) UKK (D) VKK
5. ABHR, EFIO, IJJL, MNKI, ?, UVMC (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(A) QRLM (B) QRST (C) QULM (D) QRLF
6. BDF, HKN, QUY, ?, RXD (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(A) CHM (B) BGL (C) CIO (D) BHN
7. AZYB, CXVE, FURI, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

(A) KQPL (B) JRNM (C) JQMN (D) ISPM
8. D3Y104, G9U91, J27Q78, M8IM65, ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)

(A) P243I39 (B) Q243I52 (C) P243I52 (D) Q162J39
9. Look at this series : (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)

J14, L16, ____, P20, R22
Which of the following alternatives will fit in the blank space ?
(A) N18 (B) S24 (C) M18 (D) T24
10. What is the term in place of ‘?’ ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)

2Y23, 3V19, 5V17, 7T13, 11V11, ?
(A) 13T7 (B) 13V9 (C) 13W9 (D) 13U7
11. What will be the missing term ‘?’ in the given series ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
AK, FP, ? PZ, UE, ZJ
(A) KU (B) JT (C) JU (D) KV
MAT_CLASS-X_41
Alphabet Series
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A C C C D D D B B A B B A C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A D B C B A C A D B B A D C B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A C A D A D D B C A D A B D C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D A B C D B A C A B D B C C D
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C D D B D A D A C C D C B A D
Que. 76 77 78
Ans. B B A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Ans. C D D D D A C C A A A
MAT_CLASS-X_42
Letter Repeating Series
LETTER REPEATING SERIES
A. LETTER REPEATING SERIES

These type of questions usually consists of a series of small letters which follow a certain pattern.
However, some letters are missing from the series. These missing letters are then given in a proper
sequence as one of the alternatives.
Pattern of such questions is that some letters in sequence are missing.
(i) The letters may be in cyclic order (clockwise or anti-clockwise).
(ii) To solve a problem, we have to select one of the alternative from the given alternatives. The
alternative which gives a sequence form of letters is the choice.
Directions : (1 to 6) Which sequence of letters when placed at the blanks one after the other will complete
the given letter series ?
Example. 1
a_ab_ba_a_ab
(A) babb (B) abba (C) baba (D) aabb
Sol. (A) we proceed step by step to solve the above series :
Steps :
1. We have two letters a and b making the series.
2. The first blank space should be filled in by 'b' so that we have one a followed by one b.
3. Second blank space should be filled in by 'a' so that the same pattern followed till end.
Example. 2
a _ cab _ a _ c _ b c
(A) bbac (B) abab (C) abba (D) bcba
Solution :
(D)
Series is abc/ abc/ abc/ abc. So, pattern abc is repeated.

Example. 3
_ abb _ a _ baa _ b
(A) baba (B) abba (C) aabb (D) aaab
Solution :
(C) Series is aabb/ aabb/ aabb. So, pattern aabb is repeated.
Example. 4
ba _ cb _ b _ bab _
(A) acbb (B) bcaa (C) cabb (D) bacc
Solution :
(D) The series is b a b c/b a b c/b a b c
So, pattern babc is repeated
Example. 5
ab _ aa _ caab _ c _ abb _ c
(A) bbcaa (B) bcbca (C) cabac (D) cbbac
Solution :
(D) Series is abc / aabc / aabbc / aabbcc
Example. 6
bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb
(A) cbcb (B) bbcb (C) cbbc (D) bcbc
Solution :
(A) Series is bccb / bccb / bccb. So, pattern bccb is repeated
MAT_CLASS-X_43
Direction : (7 to 9) The series given below is based on the letter series, In the series, some letters are
missing. Select the correct alternative. If more than five letters are missing, select the last five
letters of the series.
Example. 7
x _ xxy _ x _ xy _ yxx _ _ yy _ y
(A) xyyyy (B) xxyyx (C) yxxyx (D) xyxyx
Solution :
(A) The pattern of series is xy/xxyy/xxxyyy........
Example. 8
xyzu _ yz _ v _ _ uv _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(A) uvxyz (B) vuzyx (C) uvzyx (D) vuxyz
Solution :
(A) The series is x y z u v / y z u v x/ z u v x y/u v x y z
Thus the letters are written in a cyclic order.
Example. 9
abcd _ bc _ e _ _ de _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(A) deabc (B) edcba (C) decba (D) edabc
Solution :
(A) The series is a b c d e / b c d e a / c d e a b / b e a b c
Thus the letters are written in a cyclic order.
Directions : (10 to 11) There is a letter series in the first row and a number series in the second row. Each
number in the number series stands for a letter in the letter series. Since in each of that series
some term are missing you have to find out as to what those terms are, and answer the questions
based on these as given below in the series.
Example. 10
_ m i a x _ i r x a _ _ m a _ _ _ _ _ _
4 _ 5 _ 7 3 _ _ _ 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
The last five term of the letter series are
(A) r m x i a (B) x m r a i (C) x r m a i (D) r m i x a
Solution :
(D) a = 6, i = 5, m = 3, r = 4 and x = 7 the letter series runs as rmiax mirxa irmax rmixa. By taking
the letter in the groups of five, we find that first letter of the first group (i.e. r) is the third letter of the
second group and the last two letters have interchanged their positions. The same rule applies in
others groups also.
Example. 11
a_h_ _c_ ne_ h_ eac_ _ _ _ _
21_4 3_5 __2 54 ____ _ _ _ _
The last five terms in the series are
(A) 32524 (B) 43215 (C) 25314 (D) 32541
Solution :
(B) By taking a = 2, c = 1, n = 4, h = 5 and e = 3, the numbers series runs as 21543 15432 54321
43215. If first digit of a group of five digits is placed as the last digit, we obtain the second group of
five digits and so on.
Direction : (12) In the following question, three sequences of letter/numbers are given which correspond to
each other in some way. In the given question, you have to find out the letter/numerals that come in
the vacant places marked by (?). These are given as one of the four alternatives under the
question. Mark your answer as instructed.
Example. 12
C B _ _ D _ B A B C C B
_ _ 2 3 5 4 _ _ ? ? ? ?
p _ p q _ r _ q _ _ _ _
(A) 4 5 5 4 (B) 4 3 3 4 (C) 4 2 2 4 (D) 2 5 5 2
Solution : (C) Comparing the positions of the capital letters, numbers and small letters, we find p
corresponds to C and 2 corresponds to p. So, p and 2 correspond to C. q corresponds to A and 3
corresponds to q. So, q and 3 corresponds to A. Also, 5 corresponds to D. So, the remaining
number i.e., 4 corresponds to B. So, BCCB corresponds to 4, 2, 2, 4.

MAT_CLASS-X_44
1. _aabb_abba_b
(A) b a b (B) a b a (C) b b a (D) b a a
2. a_baa_baa _ba
(A) a a b (B) b a b (C) b b a (D) b b b
3. _baa _ba_aab_
(A) b a b a (B) b b a a (C) a b b b (D) b b a b
4. babbb_b_b_bb
(A) b b a (B) b a a (C) a b a (D) a a a
5. _ ha _ hach _ c _ _
(A) ccaha (B) achac (C) chaaa (D) aaach
6. m _ l _ ml _ m _ llm
(A) lmmm (B) lmlm (C) lmml (D) mllm
Directions : (7 to 8) The series given below are based on the letter series, In each of these series, some
letters are missing. Select the correct alternative. If more than five letters are missing, select the last
five letters of the series.
7. abcd _ bc _ e _ _ de _ _ _ _ _ _ _
(A) deabc (B) edcba (C) decba (D) edabc
8. _ _ r _ tqrptsrpqst _ _ _ _ _
(A) pqrts (B) pqtrs (C) pqrst (D) qrpst
9 a _ b b _ caab _ ccaa _ bcc (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) bacb (B) acbb (C) caba (D) abba
10. ab _ aa _ bbb _ aaa _ bbba (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) baab (B) abab (C) aaab (D) abba
11. abca _ bcaab _ aa _ caa _ c (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) abac (B) abba (C) acbb (D) ccaa
12. abb _ baa _ a _ bab _ aba (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) ccac (B) abab (C) aabb (D) abba
13. bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)

(A) cbcb (B) cbbc (C) bbcb (D) bcbc
14. ab _ ab _ ababb _ b _ ab (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) baaa (B) abbb (C) aaab (D) baab
15. p _ rp _ qr _ qrr _ qrp (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) qqpq (B) ppqq (C) qpqp (D) qqpp
16. mq _ sqm _ qssq _ m _ ssqmm _ s (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) qsmsq (B) qmsmq (C) smmqq (D) sqmss
17. aa _ bb _ aa _ abbbb _ a (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)

(A) abab (B) baba (C) aabb (D) bbaa
MAT_CLASS-X_45
18. aaa _ bb _ aab _ baaa _ bb (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) bbaa (B) babb (C) baab (D) abab
19. bc _ b _ c _ b _ ccb (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)

(A) cbcb (B) bbcb (C) cbbc (D) bcbc
20. ab _ baa _ cb _ ab _ ba (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)

(A) cacb (B) bacb (C) cbac (D) abcb
21. ab _ ba _ abab _ _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)

(A) aaaa (B) babb (C) aaba (D) aaab
22. _ bc _ _ bb _ aabc (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)

(A) acac (B) babc (C) abab (D) aacc
23. ab _ bca _ a _ a _ c (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)

(A) abba (B) ccbb (C) bacb (D) abcc
24. _ ab _ a _ bb _ ab _ a _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)

(A) abaaba (B) babbba (C) aabbab (D) bbaabb
25. _ _ a bb _ bba _ bab _ a _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)

(A) abaaba (B) aabbaa (C) bbabbb (D) bbaabb
26. _ ac _ ca _ aca _ a _ a _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)

(A) cacaca (B) aaaccc (C) acacac (D) cacccc
Directions : (27 to 30) These questions are based on letter series in which some of the letters are missing.
The missing letters are given in the proper sequence in one of the alternatives among the four given
under each question. Find out the correct alternatives for each question.
27. ab — acc — —
da — bba — (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
(A) cdabc (B) badaa (C) cdbcd (D) dbacd
28. abb — — ab — b — bba — a (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)

(A) bbbab (B) babba (C) abaab (D) bbabb
29. b — a — bab — ab — a (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)

(A) baba (B) babb (C) abab (D) abba
30. ca _ cab _ ab _ _ bc _ (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)

(A) bccaa (B) accab (C) bacaa (D) abaca
Direction : (31 to 33) These questions are based on letter/number series in which some of the
letters/number are missing. The missing letters/numbers are given in the proper sequence in one
of the alternatives among the four given under each question. Find out the correct alternatives for
each question. (NTSE Stage-I / UP/2019)
31. 1_44_6114_661_446_
(A) 61416 (B) 16416 (C) 41416 (D) 64616
32. _A_CCA_BC_AABC_
(A) ABACC (B) ABACB (C) CABCA (D) AABCC
33. F_UR_OU_FO_RF_UR
(A) OFRUO (B) FUOOR (C) FROUO (D) ROUFO
Direction : (34 to 36) Certain rules are followed in the given series of alphabets, where some alphabets are
missing. Find out the missing alphabet series which is correct from the given alternatives
(NTSE Stage-I / BIHAR/2019)
34. b_abbc_bbca_bcabb_ab
(A) acaa (B) acba (C) cabc (D) cacc
MAT_CLASS-X_46
35. c_bba_cab_ac_ab_ac
(A) abcbc (B) acbcb (C) babcc (D) bcacb
36. a_n_b_ _ncb_ _ncb

(A) bcabab (B) bacbab (C) abcbcb (D) abbbcc
Directions : (1 to 2) There is a letter series in the first row and a number series in the second row. Each
number in the number series stands for a letter in the letter series. Since in each of that series some
term are missing you have to find out as to what those terms are, and answer the questions based
on these as given below in the series.
1. n _ g f _ t _ f h t n _ _ t _ b _ f
1 3 _ 2 4 5 0 _ 4 _ _ 3 _ _ _ _ _ _
The last five terms of the number series are
(A) 50123 (B) 40321 (C) 40231 (D) 51302
2. _m y e _ _ y l x _ yl m __l _ _ _ _
4 6 _ 5 8 6 _ _ _ 5 7_ 6 5 8 _ _ _ _ _
The last five terms of the number series are
(A) 46758 (B) 74658 (C) 76485 (D) 46785
3. aba_a_aba_aba_ab (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) a a a a (B) b b b b (C) a b a a (D) b a b a
4. _lmnok_m nokl_noklm_o (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) l k l m (B) l l m m (C) k l m n (D) m l m n
5. k_kklll_mm _m _n_n (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) l k n m n (B) l k m n n (C) l l m m n (D) k l m n n
6. B_N_ZF_HNT_FBH_TZ_ (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) H B T Z N F (B) H T B F N Z (C) T B Z H N F (D) H T B Z N F
7. U_T_K_P_CKUP_CK (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) T C P T U (B) C T P U T (C) P C U T T (D) P U T C T
8. J_HL_K_IH_LKJI_LLK (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) H I L J L (B) I L J L H (C) L J L H I (D) J L H I L
Directions : (9 to 11) In each of the following questions, three sequences of letter/numbers are given which
correspond to each other in some way. In each question, you have to find out the letter/numerals
that come in the vacant places marked by (?). These are given as one of the four alternatives under
the question. Mark your answer as instructed.
9. _ A C _ B D _ CD C D
2 _4 1 _ 1 4 _ _ _ _
r s _ q r _ p ? ? ? ?
(A) p q p q (B) p r p r (C) r q r q (D) r s r s
10. A _ B A C _ D _ B C D C
_ 4 _ 3 _ 2 _ 5 ? ? ? ?
d c _ _ b a c b _ _ _ _
(A) 2 4 5 4 (B) 2 5 4 5 (C) 3 4 5 4 (D) 4 5 2 5
11. _ A D A C B _ _ B D C C
2 4 _ _2 3 5 3 _ _ _ _
p _ _ q _ _ r s ? ? ? ?
(A) p r s s (B) p s r r (C) r p s s (D) s r p p
MAT_CLASS-X_47
12. In the following letter sequence, some of the letters are missing. These are given in order as one of
the alternatives below. Choose the correct alternative. (NTSE Stage-II/2013)

(A)  (B)   (C)   (D) 
13. In the given sequence, some letters are missing. Which of the given options can fill the blanks in the
correct order from left to right ? (NTSE Stage-II/2017)
ab_ab_aaa_bbaaa_bbbb
(A) abab (B) abba (C) aabb (D) baba
14. Which group of letter given in the alternatives will complete the sequence ? (NTSE Stage-II/2018)
a_tta_ant_an_nt_an
(A) a t n t t (B) n n t a t (C) n a n t t (D) t n t a t
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D C C A B A A B A C D A A D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C D B A C A A B A C D B A C A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36
Ans. B A A C B A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Ans. D D B C D D C B A B D B B B
MAT_CLASS-X_48
Missing Term In Figures
MISSING TERM IN FIGURES
A. MISSING TERM IN FIGURE

In such type of questions, a figure, a set of figures, an arrangement or a matrix is given each of
which bears certain characters, be it numbers, letters or a group or combination of letters or
numbers, following a certain pattern.
Directions : (1 to 10) Find the missing term/number.
Example. 1
(A) 125 (B) 25 (C) 625 (D) 156

Solution :
(C) Clearly (1 + 3)2 = 16
(15 + 6)2 = (21)2 = 441
(10 + 5)2 = (15)2 = 225
missing number in figure]
(12 + 13)2 = (25)2 = 625.
Example. 2
(A) 64 (B) 36 (C) 34 (D) 60

Sol. (A) Moving clockwise, in every quarter region, value of numbers gets doubled.
2 × 2 = 4, 8 × 2 = 16, 16 × 2 = 32, 32 × 2 = 64,
128 × 2 = 256.
Example. 3
(A) 120 (B) 100 (C) 125 (D) 64

Sol. (C) In the first column, 72 + 22 = 53
In the second column, 92 + 32 = 90
So, missing number, 112 + 22 = 125.
Example. 4
B C ?
O Q S
M N R
(A) A (B) D (C) G (D) P
Solution :
(A) In each column, the sum of top & bottom letter is equal to the order of the middle letter in that
column.
MAT_CLASS-X_49
Example. 5
(A) 10 (B) 9 (C) 8 (D) 6

Solution :
(B) In the first set, 2 × 2 = 4,
In the second set, 3 × 9 = 27
 2 × x = 18, x = 9
Example. 6
6 2 5
6 8 6 2 ? 8
72 6 140
4 3 1 3 4 7
12 4 10
(A) 16 (B) 14 (C) 20 (D) 22
Solution :
(B) In the first diagram, (3 × 4 × 6) = 72 and the number on the sides twice as the number on the
opposite vertex. 3 × 2 = 6, 6 × 2 = 12, 4 × 2 = 8
In the second diagram, (1 × 2 × 3) = 6 and the number on the sides twice as the number on the
opposite vertex. 3 × 2 = 6, 2 × 2 = 4, 1 × 2 = 2
 In the Third diagram, (7 × 4 × 5) = 140 and the number on the sides twice as the number on the
opposite vertex. 7 × 2 = 14, 5 × 2 = 10, 4 × 2 = 8.
Example. 7
2 1 1
14 16 6 12 14 5 11 ? 4
2 3 10
(A) 0 (B) 5 (C) 10 (D) 15
Sol. (B) In first figure, (14 + 6) – 2 × 2 = 16
In second figure, (12 + 5) – 3 × 1 = 14
 In third figure, (11 + 4) – 10 × 1 = 5
Example. 8
1 4 6
9 5 5 3 8 3
551 246 ?
3 4 7 9 2 1
6 8 4
(A) 262 (B) 622 (C) 631 (D) 613
Solution :
(B) In first figure, (915 – 364) = 551.
In second figure, (789 – 543) = 246.
 In third figure, missing number
= (863 – 241) = 622.
Example. 9
5 18 7
6 93 15 4 50 1 9 ? 5
3 8 6
(A) 5 (B) 19 (C) 27 (D) 89
Solution :
(D) In first figure, (6 × 3) + (5 × 15) = 18 + 75 = 93.
In second figure, (4 × 8) + (18 × 1) = 32 + 18 = 50.
 In third figure, missing number
= (9 × 6) + (7 × 5) = 54 + 35 = 89.
MAT_CLASS-X_50
Example. 10
Which one number can be placed at the sign of interrogation ?
93 27 79 38 67 16
63 37 42
3 4 ?
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9
Solution :
(D) In first figure, 27 + 63 + 3 = 93
In second figure, 38 + 37 + 4 = 79
So, In third figure, 16 + 42 + x = 67, x = 9


Directions : (1 to 63) Find the missing term in figures.
1.
(A) 125 (B) 216 (C) 121 (D) 225
4 8 5
2.
6 14 6 14 6 ?
8 8 4
10 18 14 22 11 15
(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 14
2 4 3 9 1 5
3.
20 90 ?
(A) 75 (B) 26 (C) 25 (D) 20
4.
(A) 49 (B) 50 (C) 48 (D) 55
3 5 4 7 3 5
5. 39 51 ?
6 3 5 4 5 4
(A) 47 (B) 45 (C) 37 (D) 35
6. 3 × 5 × 7 × 8 = 5783, 9 × 5 × 3 × 2 = 5329,
? × ? × 8 × 5 = 2853.
(A) 2 × 3 (B) 3 × 2 (C) 4 × 3 (D) 8 × 3
MAT_CLASS-X_51
7.
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
8.
(A) 169 (B) 168 (C) 85 (D) 706
7 9 11
9. 2 3 2
51 84 ?
(A) 125 (B) 100 (C) 123 (D) 64
1 2 3
10. 1 8 ?
1 4 9
(A) 6 (B) 27 (C) 30 (D) 12
11.
(A) 40 (B) 32 (C) 35 (D) 30
12. F l
D M
C R
? X
(A) Z (B) A (C) E (D) F
3 5 5
13.
6 10 2 9 30 3 6 ? 5
4 5 2
(A) 15 (B) 20 (C) 25 (D) 40
14. 963 2 844

464 ? 903
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
7
286 16
15.
142 34
?
(A) 72 (B) 70 (C) 68 (D) 66
MAT_CLASS-X_52
6 2 3
1 5 2 0 5 3
16. 131 248 ?
2 4 4 8 7 1
3 6 9
(A) 262 (B) 274 (C) 320 (D) 132
3 7 6
17. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
5 1 4 6 7 8 5 ? 8
4 5 5
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
1 49 4
36 19 16 100 17 64 25 ? 9
25 81 16
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
2 3 4
5 7.50 4 2 11.25 5 2 ? 5
3 6 2
(A) 4.5 (B) 5.0 (C) 8.5 (D) 7.0
5 5 9
20. 3 21 2 8 24 1 4 ? 2 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
7 6 5
(A) 36 (B) 38 (C) 48 (D) 42
16 16 25
21. 24 8 20 81 12 36 64 ? 49 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
4 11 31
(A) 11 (B) 13 (C) 15 (D) 17
11 12 13
22. 18 15 16 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
25 ? 21
(A) 19 (B) 18 (C) 20 (D) 21
13 8 10
23. 16 22 31 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
21 ? 9
(A) 20 (B) 21 (C) 22 (D) 23
1 4 ?
24. 64 9 16 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
49 36 25
(A) 5 (B) 40 (C) 45 (D) 81
24 3 15
25. ? 0 48 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
80 63 35
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
1 26 6
26. 21 5 31 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
16 ? 11
(A) 27 (B) 31 (C) 36 (D) 41
MAT_CLASS-X_53
6 21 36
27. 9 45 81 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
7 (?) 49
(A) 32 (B) 28 (C) 35 (D) 56
3 5 16
28. 7 9 32 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
11 13 (?)
(A) 48 (B) 64 (C) 24 (D) 143
1 5 9
29. 4 8 12 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
7 (?) 15
(A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 13 (D) 16
3 4 43
30. 7 5 57 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
9 11 (?)
(A) 34 (B) 75 (C) 119 (D) 911
8 11 15
31. 25 34 46 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
74 101 (?)
(A) 138 (B) 139 (C) 140 (D) 137

4 2 7
32. 12 20 28 18 ? 6 25 21 17 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
5 3 3
(A) 9 (B) 15 (C) 18 (D) 12
25 36 42
33. 12 6 8 16 9 12 20 ? 14 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
17 22 18
(A) 6 (B) 15 (C) 30 (D) 47
4 5 7
34. 4 8 3 7 2 4 8 ? 3 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
5 6 6
(A) 2 (B) 38 (C) 27 (D) 18
10 12 16
35. 4 5 7 6 2 13 8 ? 15 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
6 9 10
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 5 (D) 4
3 4 5
36. 2 23 4 3 39 5 4 ? 6 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
5 6 7
(A) 120 (B) 59 (C) 62 (D) 22
4 5 6
37. 3 6 6 4 7 5 3 ? 7 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
5 3 4
(A) 4 (B) 9 (C) 6 (D) 8
MAT_CLASS-X_54
8 12 11
38. 4 5 6 18 7 9 13 6 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
7 10 7
(A) 9 (B) 8 (C) 6 (D) 5
2 4 6
39. 8 3 4 10 4 6 12 5 8 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
6 8 ?
(A) 26 (B) 20 (C) 11 (D) 10
4 36 ?
40. 25 14 9 49 17 1 4 21 9
16 9 36
(A) 64 (B) 100 (C) 81 (D) 144
20 25 41
41. 24 10 32 30 11 37 45 ? 59 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
28 33 55
(A) 14 (B) 13 (C) 12 (D) 11
2 3 32
42. 1 7 71 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
9 1 ?
(A) 23 (B) 103 (C) 91 (D) 19
23 48 25
43. 46 92 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
31 60 29
(A) 54 (B) 4 (C) 46 (D) 138
3 5 4
44. 8 14 11 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
25 ? 34
(A) 44 (B) 43 (C) 42 (D) 41
30 5 23
45. 8 2 26 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
? 7 3
(A) 33 (B) 38 (C) 25 (D) 27
? 31 5
46. 17 2 41 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2009)
47 11 23
(A) 59 (B) 53 (C) 43 (D) 37
47. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 12
(A) 12 (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 20
MAT_CLASS-X_55
5 3 5
49. 2 196 3 1 144 6 2 ? 1 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
4 2 6
(A) 270 (B) 196 (C) 256 (D) 320
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
(A) 8 (B) 11 (C) 14 (D) 15
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 14 (D) 16
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 12
(A) 49 (B) 58 (C) 76 (D) 77
(A) 29 (B) 31 (C) 33 (D) 38

5 3 18
56. 7 63 9 11 40 6 7 ? 11 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
3 2 4
(A) 144 (B) 136 (C) 135 (D) 124
8 12 9
57. 12 64 6
5 75 10 21 ? 12
9 8 14
(A) 102 (B) 152 (C) 162 . (D) 172
(A) 91 (B) 108 (C) 116 (D) 119
3 6 2
59. 4 7.50 5 5 11.25 2 5 ? 2 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
2 3 9
(A) 10.25 (B) 10.50 (C) 11.25 (D) 11.50
MAT_CLASS-X_56
2 72 56
60. ? 0 42 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
12 20 30
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
91 64 73
61. 84 76 61 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
25 60 ?
(A) 66 (B) 68 (C) 69 (D) 71
7 32 ?
62. 31 8 25 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
11 24 9
(A) 50 (B) 48 (C) 47 (D) 51
4 20 25
63. 27 81 9 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
11 44 ?
(A) 4 (B) 16 (C) 30 (D) 55
Directions (64 to 67) : In each of the following figures, numbers are written according to some patterns and
one number is missing, shown by question mark. Find the missing number that replaces the
question mark.
64. (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2013)
2 6 3 5 2 3
168 120 ?
3 2 2 1 4 5
(A) 84 (B) 195 (C) 240 (D) 275
3 7 1
65. 6 25 2 11 70 8 4 –12 5 (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2013)
4 6 ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 6 (D) 10
30 42 27
66. 4 14 16 13 11 65 8 ? 72 (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2015)
3 7 9
(A) 06 (B) 09 (C) 12 (D) 18
67. (NTSE Stage-I / Haryana/2015)

C E B D F
24 120 6 60 ?
(A) 210 (B) 310 (C) 410 (D) 510
MAT_CLASS-X_57
68. Find the missing number (?) from the given alternatives, when same rule is applied in all three
situations. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2018)
5 21 51
16 109 2 22 53 19 17 ? 48
6 15 13
(A) 7 (B) 25 (C) 49 (D) 129
69. Which of the answer-figures completes the given matrix figure? (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
70. Identify the missing term (?) : (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2020)

6 7 42 13
13 3 39 16
4 ? 28 11
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 5 (D) 7
Direction (71 to 80) Numbers are lace in figure on the basis of some rules. One place in vacant which is
indicated as (?). Find out the correct alternative for the vacant place and write its number against the
proper question number on your answer sheet- (NTSE Stage-I/UP/2019)
71.
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
72.
(A) 19 (B) 13 (C) 7 (D) 4
MAT_CLASS-X_58
73.
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
74.
(A) 20 (B) 57 (C) 28 (D) 46
75.
(A) 49 (B) 64 (C) 89 (D) 120
76.
(A) 25 (B) 52 (C) 21 (D) 12
77.
(A) 4 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 8
78.
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
79.
(A) 18 (B) 28 (C) 38 (D) 48
MAT_CLASS-X_59
80.
(A) 15 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 8
Direction : (81 to 82) Find the missing term.
81. (NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
(A) 185 (B) 68 (C) 78 (D) 93
82. (NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
(A) 54 (B) 73 (C) 92 (D) 108
Direction : (83 to 85) There is a specific rule in the following arrangement of numbers. Study that rule
carefully. According to that rule choose the correct alternative for the questions that follow.
(NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
83.
(A) 30 (B) 32 (C) 34 (D) 52
84.
(A) 57 (B) 84 (C) 98 (D) 121
85.
(A) 216 (B) 126 (C) 113 (D) 93
MAT_CLASS-X_60
Direction : (86 to 90) Find the missing number in the following NTSE Stage-I/Bihar/2019)
86. ?
(A) 320 (B) 274 (C) 262 (D) 132
87.
(A) 30 (B) 13 (C) 70 (D) 118
88.
(A) 14 (B) 22 (C) 32 (D) 320
89.
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 11 (D) 12
90.
(A) 47 (B) 45 (C) 37 (D) 35
Directions : (1 to 20) Find the missing term in figures.

B Y X
1. D W ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
F U T
(A) V (B) C (C) U (D) E

Z B X
2. Y C V (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
? D T
(A) W (B) X (C) Y (D) Z
E ? O
3. C H M (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
A F K
(A) L (B) J (C) G (D) N
MAT_CLASS-X_61
N O P
4. S R ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
T U V
(A) T (B) K (C) F (D) Q
3 4 5 3 7 6
5. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
10 13 ?
(A) 25 (B) 37 (C) 40 (D) 42
5 9 6 3 7 8
70 45 ?
(A) 85 (B) 81 (C) 75 (D) 64

3 7 3
7. 5 8 ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
2 5 5 4 7 12
(A) 9 (B) 11 (C) 14 (D) 16
5 6 5
8. 9 12 ?
3 11 8 12 7 6
(A) 12 (B) 9 (C) 8 (D) 6

4 5 6
9. 5 6 ?
3 8 7 6 10 8
(A) 15 (B) 13 (C) 9 (D) 8
6 8 4
10. 9 12 6 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
15 20 ?
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 20 (D) 25

7 8 9
11. 7 15 24 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
7 ? 46
(A) 33 (B) 23 (C) 22 (D) 14

78 ? 97
12. 43 67 58 (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
35 13 39
(A) 84 (B) 80 (C) 54 (D) 48
1 2 4
13. 2 2 4 5 19 7 8 ? 10 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
3 4 5
(A) 20 (B) 40 (C) 45 (D) 60
3 4
14. 4 2 6 5 3 3 6 ? 8 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)

4 1 2
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 8
MAT_CLASS-X_62
49 85 91
15. 21 7 35 51 ? 102 52 13 65 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
28 68 39
(A) 13 (B) 17 (C) 29 (D) 31
12 8 10 7
16. 14 16 13 15 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
9 11 ? 13
(A) 12 (B) 11 (C) 8 (D) 15
2 3 25
17. 3 5 64 (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
4 ? 144
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
12 8 7
18. 5 51 9 7 44 4 9 37 6 (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
8 9 ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 13
(A) 41 (B) 36 (C) 32 (D) 12
(A) 80 (B) 88 (C) 800 (D) 808

21. Fill in the missing term.
 C 2B  3 A
2A ? B
 3 C  A  2B
(A) – 3C (B) – 2C (C) 3C (D) 2B
22. Find the number in the position of ‘?’

(A) 41 (B) 45 (C) 50 (D) 52
23. Identify the number in the position of ‘?’ (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6
MAT_CLASS-X_63
24. Find the letter to be placed in place of ‘?’ in the figure given. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) M (B) N (C) Q (D) R

25. Identify the number corresponding to the ‘?’ (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 8

26. Which letter replaces the question mark ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
(A) L (B) N (C) P (D) R

27. From among the four alternatives given below, which numbr replaces the question mark ?
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 18 (D) 23

28. From among the four alternatives given below, which number replaces the question mark ?

(A) 11 (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 17
MAT_CLASS-X_64
29. In the following question, a matrix of certain numbers is given. These numbers follow a certain trend,
either row-wise or column-wise. Find this trend and choose the missing number from the given
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
(A) 20 (B) 43 (C) 89 (D) 96

30. What value replaces the question mark? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
(A) 18 (B) 24 (C) 36 (D) 45

31. Look at the patterns in the squares and understand their relationship to one another so as to fill in
the square with missing symbols. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
32. The number in the place of ‘?’ should be (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) 42 (B) 58 (C) 59. (D) 68

33. Find the missing number at the place of 'M' ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) 36 (B) 52` (C) 81 (D) 117

MAT_CLASS-X_65
34. Which letter replaces the question mark (?) ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) M (B) O (C) P (D) Q

35. Observe the trends in figures given below and find the missing character. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36. Identify the number in the position of “ ?” . (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) 24 (B) 28 (C) 32 (D) 36
37. Which of the following alternatives will fit in place of ‘M’ ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
MAT_CLASS-X_66
38. Which number will come in the place of ‘M’ ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) 21 (B) 32 (C) 40 (D) 63

39. What number comes inside the square in place of ‘X’ ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8

40. Find the alphabet that will replace? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
I 2 2 3 1 5
II 3 4 2 4 2
III H P I ? Y
(A) A (B) D (C) O (D) N
41. By studying the figure and number relationship, find the missing number ‘?’ :
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 12
MAT_CLASS-X_67
42. The number in the place ‘?’ should be ______. (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) 30 (B) 32 (C) 34 (D) 36
43. What number should replace the question mark? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) 15 (B) 14 (C) 13 (D) 10
MAT_CLASS-X_68
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C B B C B B B C B A C B B B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A C B B A B B A D B C B A A C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. D C B D A B C D D B A D C B B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. A A C B D B D C B A A C B C B
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. A C B B B C A B A D B C C D B
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Ans. A C D C D B D C D B C B C C C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A B B D C C B C D B C B B C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A C D B C C A C A A B B B C C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Ans. A D A D A B C A B A B B C
MAT_CLASS-X_69
Mathematical Operations
MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS
A. MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS
This section deals with questions on simple mathematical operation. There are four fundamental
operations, namely : Addition i.e. + ; Subtraction i.e. – ; Multiplication i.e., x; and Division i.e., .
There are also statements such as Less than i.e, < ;greater than i.e, > ; equal to i.e, = ; and not
equal to i.e,  etc.
Such operations are represented by symbols different from the usual ones. The candidate has to
make a substitution of real signs and solve the equation accordingly.
While attempting to solve a mathematical expression, proceed according to the rule BODMAS – that
is, Brackets, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition & Subtraction.We can perform addition or
subtraction in any order.
B. APPLICATION OF BODMAS
Example. 1
What is the value of (48 – 12) ÷ 4 + 6 ÷ 2 × 3 = ?
(A) 10 (B) 0.6 (C) 2 (D) 18
Solution :
(D) given expression
= (48 – 12) ÷ 4 + 6 ÷ 2 × 3
= 36 ÷ 4 + 6 ÷ 2 × 3 (Solving Bracket)
=9+3×3 (Solving Division)
=9+9 (Solving Multiplication)
= 18 (Solving Addition)
Example. 2
What is the value of 1260 ÷ 15 ÷ 7 = ?
(A) 12 (B) 58 (C) 122 (D) 588
Solution :
(A) Given expression = 1260  7 = 84 ÷ 7 = 12
15
C. PROBLEMS-SOLVING BY SUBSTITUTION
In these type of questions, you are provided with substitutes for various mathematical symbols or
numerals followed by a questions involving calculations of an expression or choosing the correct /
incorrect equations. The candidate is required to put in the real signs or numerals in the given
equation and then solve the questions as required.
Example. 3
If ‘+’ means ‘×’, ‘–’ means ‘÷’, ‘÷’ means ‘+’ and ‘×’ means ‘–’, then what will be the value of
16 ÷ 64 – 4 × 4 + 3 = ?
Solution :
(A) Using the correct symbols,
16 + 64 ÷ 4 – 4 × 3 = 16 + 16 – 12 = 20
Example. 4
If L denotes x, M denotes ÷, P denotes + and Q denotes –, then 8 P 36 M 6 Q 6 M 2 L 3 = ?
13 1 1
(A) (B) – (C) 14 (D) 5
6 6 2
Solution :
(D) Using the correct symbols,
Given expression
= 8 + 36 ÷ 6 – 6 ÷ 2 × 3
=8+6–3×3=5
MAT_CLASS-X_70
Example. 5
It being given that : > denotes +, < denotes –, + denotes ÷, – denotes =, = denotes ‘less than’ and ×
denotes ‘greater than’, find which of the following is a correct statement.
(A) 3 + 2 > 4 = 9 + 3 < 1 (B) 3 > 2 > 4 = 18 + 3 < 2
(C) 3 > 2 < 4 × 8 + 4 < 2 (D) 3 + 2 < 4 × 9 + 3 < 3
Solution :
(C) Using proper notations, we have :
11
(A) given statement is 3 ÷ 2 + 4 < 9 ÷ 3 – 1 or < 2, which is not true.
2
(B) given statement is 3 + 2 + 4 < 18÷3 – 2 or 9 < 4, which is not true.
(C) given statement is 3 + 2 – 4 > 8 ÷ 4 – 2 or 1 > 0, which is true.
5
(D) given statement is 3 ÷ 2 – 4 > 9 ÷ 3 – 3 or – > 0, which is not true.
2
D. INTERCHANGE OF SIGNS AND NUMBERS

Example. 6
Find out the sign to be interchanged for making the given equation correct
10 + 10 ÷ 10 – 10 ×10 = 10
(A) + and – (B) + and × (C) ÷ and × (D) + and ÷
Solution :
(B) By making the interchanges given in (A), the equation as 10 – 10 ÷ 10 + 10 × 10 = 10
or 109 = 10 which is false
By making the interchanges given in (B), the equation as 10×10 ÷ 10 – 10 + 10 =10 or 10 =10
which is true
By making the interchanges given in (C), the equation as 10 + 10 × 10 – 10 ÷ 10 = 10
or 109 = 10 which is false
By making the interchanges given in (D), the equation as 10 ÷ 10 + 10 – 10 × 10 = 10
or – 89 = 10 which is false
Example. 7
Which one of the four interchanges in signs and numbers would make the given equation correct ?
3+5–2=4
(A) + and – , 2 and 3 (B) + and – , 2 and 5 (C) + and – , 3 and 5 (D) None of these
Solution :
(C) By making the interchange given in (A), we get the equation as 2 – 5 + 3 = 4 or 0 = 4, which is
false.
By making the interchange given in (B), we get the equation as 3 – 2 + 5 = 4 or 6 = 4, which is false.
By making the interchange given in (C), we get the equation as 5 – 3 + 2 = 4 or 4 = 4, which is true.
E. DERIVING THE APPROPRIATE CONCLUSIONS

In these type of questions, certain relations between different sets of elements is given (in terms of
‘less than’, ‘greater than’ or ‘equal to’) using either the real symbols or substituted symbols. To
analyses the given statements and then decide which of the relations given as alternatives follows
from those given in the statements.
Directions : (8 to 9) In the following questions.
 means ‘is equal to’
means ‘is not equal to’
+ means ‘is greater than’
– means ‘is less than’
× means ‘is not greater than’
÷ means ‘is not less than’
Now select the correct alternative in each of the following questions :
MAT_CLASS-X_71
Example. 8
a – b – c implies –
(A) a – b + c (B) b + a – c (C) c × b + a (D) b + a ÷ c
Solution :
(B) With the notations given,
we have : a – b – c means a < b < c
From option (A), a – b + c means a < b > c, this is not true. From option (B), b + a – c means
b > a < c, this is true. From option (C), c × b + a means c < b > a, this is not true. From option (D),
b + a ÷ c means b > a > c, this is not true.
Example. 9
a + b + c does not imply –
(A) b – a + c (B) c – b – a (C) c – a + b (D) b – a – c
Solution :
(D) With the notations given,
we have : a + b + c means a > b > c
From option (A), b – a + c means b < a > c, this is true.
From option (B), c – b – a means c < b < a, this is true.
From option (C), c – a + b means c < a > b, this is true.
From option (D), b – a – c means b < a < c, this is not true.
Example. 10
Which of the following conclusions is correct according to the given expressions and symbols ?
A: B:> C:  D:= E: F: <
Expression (pEq) and (qEr)
(A) pEr (B) pFr (C) rBp (D) rBq
Solution :
(A) pEq and qEr  p q and q r  p r  pEr
Example. 11
If A + D > C + E, C + D = 2B and B + E > C + D, it necessarily follows that
(A) A + B > 2D (B) B + D > C + E (C) A + D > B + E (D) A + D > B + C
Solution
(D) A + D > C + E
 A + D > (2B – D) + E ( C + D = 2B)
 A + D > (B + E) + (B – D)
 A + D > (C + D) + (B – D)
 A + D > B + C.
Direction % (12) In answering the questions below, use the following information :
X  Y means divide X by Y
X  Y means multiply X by Y
X # Y means subtract Y from X
X  Y means add Y to X
Example. 12
One-fifth of one-tenth of two-third of a number X is given by
(A) X  (1  5)  (1  10)  (2  3) (B) X (1  5) (1  10) (2  3)
(C) X (1  5) (1  10) (2  3) (D) can't be determined
Solution :
1 1 2
(A) X    = X  (1  5)  (1  10)  (2  3)
5 10 3
Directions : (13 to 16) In the following questions, the symbols, ©, ©, =,  and –
 are used with the
following meanings
‘A © B’ means ‘A is greater than B’ ;
‘A © B’ means ‘A is greater than or equal to B’ ;
‘A = B’ means ‘A is equal to B’;
‘A  B’ means ‘A is smaller than B’;
‘A – B’ means ‘A is either smaller than or equal to B’;
MAT_CLASS-X_72
Now in each of the following questions, assuming the given statements to be true, find which of the
two conclusions  and  given below them is/are definitely true.
Give answer (A) if only conclusion  is true; (B) if only conclusion  is true; (C) if either  or  is true;
(D) if neither  nor  is true.
Example. 13
Statements : S © T, M – K, T = K
Conclusions : . T © M 
     T = M
Solution :
(C) Given statements : S > T, M  K, T = K.
Relation between T and M :
T = K, K  M  T  M  T > M or T = M
 T © M or T = M
So, either  or  is true.
Example. 14
Statements : S  M, M © L, L © P
Conclusions : . S = P 
     S – L
Solution :
(D) Given statements : S < M, M > L, L  P
 Relation between S and P :
S < M, M > L, L  P  no definite conclusion.
So,  is not true.
 Relation between S and L :
S < M, M > L  no definite conclusion.
So,  is also not true.
Example. 15
Statements : U = V, V  N, R – U
Conclusions : . R  N
     U © N
Solution :
(A) Given statements : U = V, V < N, R  U
 Relation between R and N :
R  U, U = V, V < N  R < N i.e. R  N
So,  is true.
 Relation between U and N :
U = V, V < N  U < N i.e. U  N
So, U © N i.e. U  N is not true.
Thus,  is false.
Example. 16
Statements : E © U, C  E, C © B
Conclusions :  U = C
 E © B
Solution :
(B) Given statements : E  U, C < E, C > B
 Relation between U and C :
U  E, E > C  no definite conclusion.
So,  is not true.
MAT_CLASS-X_73
 Relation between E and B :
E > C, C > B  E > B i.e. E © B
So,  is true.
F. ALPHANUMERIC PUZZLE
Example. 17
What is the value of A if each letter represents a different digit ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7

Solution :
(B) In the following question the value of A and B are 4 and 5 respectively.
435
5
2175
Directions : (18 to 20) Read the following statement.
Seven digits are chosen from among 0,1,........, 9 and each is represented by a different letter in the
subtraction problem below :
S L I D E
– D EA N
3 6 5 1
Example. 18
What digit does S represent ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Example. 19
What digit does N represent ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Example. 20
What digit does E represent ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Solution :
(18 to 20) :
S has to 1. Then D ( under L ) must be greater than 6. D = 7, L = 0, A = 2 Or. D = 8 L = 1, A = 3. Or,
D = 9 L = 2 or 3, A = 3 or 4.
If L was carried over from D to E then N = 9 and, D (Over A) would be 6 more than A, But this
cannot be true ( from the above inference about D, L, A ), hence E is not 0. E is 1 more than N.
E1. E = 2  N = 1.
E2. E = 3 N = 2.
18. (B) S = 1.
19. (C) N = 2.
20. (D) E = 3.
Example. 21
If 4  2 @ 3 = 6, 18  6 @ 4 = 12, then what will be the value to 24  3 @ 7 ?
(A) 21 (B) 27 (C) 72 (D) 56
Solution :
(D) Here sign  implies division and sign @ implies multiplication 4 ÷ 2 × 3 = 6, 18 ÷ 6 × 4 = 12.
Therefore, 24 ÷ 3 × 7 = 56.
MAT_CLASS-X_74
Example. 22
In the following question some numbers are given in the shape of figures
÷ = 2, ÷ = 5,
+ = 7, × = 18
What is the value of ?
(A) 9 (B) 6 (C) 3 (D) 2
Sol. (A) Clearly, the numbers are given in the shape of figures are as follow =10, = 5,
= 2, = 9. So,10 ÷ 5 = 2, 10 ÷ 2 = 5, 5 + 2 = 7,2 × 9 = 18 hence the value of is 9.
1. The value of 1001 ÷ 11 of 13 is

(A) 7 (B) 91 (C) 143 (D) 169
(6  6  6  6)  6
2. The value of is equal to
4 4 444
3 4 6
(A) 1 (B) (C) (D) 3
2 13 13
3. What mathematical operation should come at the place of ‘?’ in the equation
2 ? 6 – 12 ÷ 4 + 2 = 11
(A) + (B) – (C) × (D) ÷
4. If × means ÷ , – means ×, ÷ means + and + means –, then (3 – 15 ) × 8 + 6 = ?

(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) –1
5. If a means ‘plus’, b means ‘minus’, c means ‘multiplied by’ and d means ‘divided by’ then
16c 12 b 6d 2a 17 = ?
(A) 65 (B) 55 (C) 216 (D) 206
6. If L denotes , M denotes x, P denotes + and Q denotes –, then which of the following statements is
true?
3 173
(A) 32 P8 L 16 Q 4 =  (B) 6 M 18 Q 26 L 13 P 7 =
2 13
38
(C) 11 M34 L 17 Q 8 L3 = (D) 9 P 9 L9 Q 9 M9 = – 71
3
Directions : (7 to 9) Answer the questions on the basis of the information given below. If ‘$’ represents
‘+’, ‘,’ represents ‘–’, ‘#’ represents ‘×’ and ‘@’ represents ‘/’ then answer the following questions
based on the above given representation.
7. What is the value of 4 # 3 $ 10 @ 5 $ 8 # 2 , 18 ?
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 6.8 (D) 11.2
8. Which of the following has the value equivalent of 5 $ 6 # 2 $ 8 @ 4 ?
(A) 4 # 7 , 12 $ 2 # 1 (B) 8 # 2 , 3 $ 6 @ 3 (C) 8 @ 2 , 3 $ 6 # 3 (D) 4 $ 7 , 12 $ 2 # 1
9. Which of the given values is greater than
7 $ 3 , 2 $ 12 @ 4 ?
(A) 4 # 3 $ 6 @ 3 , 4 (B) 5 # 2 , 8 @ 4 $ 3 # 3 , 7
(C) 6 # 3 , 18 @ 2 $ 1 # 2 (D) 9 @ 3 $ 6 # 2 , 2 # 1
10. Find out the sign to be interchanged for making the given equation correct :
5 – 9 × 45 + 15 ÷ 3 = 5
(A) + and – (B) × and + (C) × and ÷ (D) × and –
11. Which one of the four interchanges (on both sides) in signs and numbers would make the given
equation correct?
6 × 4 + 2 = 16
(A) + and ×, 2 and 4 (B) + and ×, 2 and 6 (C) + and ×, 4 and 6 (D) None of these
MAT_CLASS-X_75
Directions : (12 to 13) For the following questions
means “bigger than”
 means “smaller than”
O means “equal to”
× means “addition”
= means “subtraction”
12. If a c and b × d O c, then
(A) d a (B) a O d (C) b c (D) d  a
13. If a = b  d = c and a O c, then
(A) d b (B) d  b (C) b O d (D) a d
Directions : (14 to 15) Some symbols are given below. These symbols denote some relationships between
number
 = greater than
 = equal to
= not less than
× = less than
+ = not greater than
 = not equal to
14. a  b × c does not mean :
(A) c b + a (B) b  c  a (C) c b × a (D) a  b  c
15. b c  a means :
(A) a b c (B) c × b × a (C) c b a (D) b a c
Directions : (16 to 17) The following symbols have been used
× stands for equal to
< stands for not equal to
– stands for greater than
+ stands for not greater than
> stands for less than
= stands for not less than
16. If p = q + r, then it is possible that –
(A) p × q – r (B) p + q – r (C) p – q – r (D) p < q < r
17. If p > q × r, then it is possible that –
(A) p + r + q (B) p = r – q (C) p × q + r (D) p = q – r
Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions some letters stands for arithmetic sign as indicated below.
The remaining letters have their serial numbers in the Alphabets. Decode the letters into number
and sign to decide correct alternative- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
A = ×, E = –, O = , U = +
18. TEF
(A) 14 (B) 12 (C) 16 (D) 18
19. SETUH
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
20. GULAB
(A) 26 (B) 28 (C) 31 (D) 38
21. NACED
(A) 32 (B) 36 (C) 39 (D) 38
22. RUFOBEG
(A) 14 (B) 16 (C) 12 (D) 18
MAT_CLASS-X_76
Directions : (23 to 27) In the following questions some numbers are given in the shape of figures. Finding
the values of the figures give the correct answer of the questions. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
– =1 ÷ =2
+ =3 – =4
23. =?
(A) 0 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
24. + =?
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
25. × =?
(A) 0 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6
26. × ÷ =?
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 24
27. + – =?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7
Directions : (28 to 31) In the following questions some relations are written by particular indicators as
shown below -
× = (Greater than)
= (Not less than)
 = (Not equal to)
= (Equal to)
+ = (Not greater than)
= (Less than)
Find out the correct answer for each question. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
28. If x y  z it is not possible –
(A) x  y z (B) x + y × z (C) x  y × z (D) x y z
29. If x y z it is not possible –
(A) x yz (B) x  y + z (C) x + y z (D) x + y z
30. If x y × z, it is possible –
(A) x × y z (B) x y+z (C) x y z (D) x yz
31. If x  y z, it is not possible –
(A) x × y + z (B) x  y × z (C) x yz (D) x + y + z
32. Find the correct inference according to given premises and symbols :
A : Not greater than B : Greater than C : Not equal to D : Equal to
E : Not less than F : Less than
Premises : (pCm) and (pAm)
(A) pBm (B) pDm (C) pEm (D) pFm
Direction : (33 to 34) In the following question find the relationship that can definitely be deducted on the
basis two relationship given. The symbols used are as follows :
means greater than,  means less than,– means not equal to, + means equal to
33. If 8A  6B and 3B  4C, therefore

(A) C A (B) C  A (C) 2C  A (D) C 2A
34. If B D, D  C, C A and B + A, therefore

(A) C B (B) C  B (C) C – B (D) Can’t be determined
35. If = 7, = 27, = 81 then =?

(A) 690 (B) 689 (C) 780 (D) 789
MAT_CLASS-X_77
36. What is the value of A if each letter represents a different digit ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 7

Directions : (37 to 39) In the following questions some relations are written by particular indicators as
shown below. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
O = Greater than
+ = Equal to
 = Not equal to
O = Not greater than
x = Not less than
= Less than
Find out the correct answer for each question.
37. If p  q O r, it is possible that -
(A) p × q × r (B) p × q r (C) p q Or (D) p O q O r
38. If p q  r, it is not possible that -

(A) p  q O r (B) p q  r (C) p O q r (D) p + q × r
39. If p × q O r, it is not possible that –

(A) p  q r (B) p × q + r (C) p  q O r (D) p O q + r
40. If 27  3 = 243 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
5  4 = 80
Then what is the value of 3  7 ?
(A) 84 (B) 147 (C) 63 (D) 23
41. If 23 52 = 48, then 43  35 = ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) 78 (B) 98 (C) 96 (D) 69
42. If `<' means `-' `>' means '+', `=' means `×' and `$'means '÷ ' then what will be the value of 27 > 81 $
9<6? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2018)
(A) 6 (B) 36 (C) 30 (D) 54.
43. If 20 * 3 = 180 and 4 * 5 = 100, then what is the value of 7 * 7 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2018)
(A) 21 (B) 49 (C) 343 (D) 7
44. If ( + ) stands for ( × ) , ( – ) stands for (÷) , ( × ) stands for ( – ) and ( ÷ ) stands for ( + ) , then value
of [26 + 72 – 4 × 5 ÷ 2] is (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
(A) 108 (B) 465 (C) 471 (D) 488
45. If A + B > C + D and D + A < B + C , then (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)

(A) D > B (B) C > D (C) A > D (D) B > D
46. If ‘+’ stands for ‘×’, ‘–’ stands for ‘÷’, ‘×’ stands for ‘–’’and ‘÷’ stands for ‘+’, then value of
(36  4 ) – 8  4
is (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
4  8  2  16  1
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 0 (D) 4
47. How many numbers from 1 to 50 are there which are prime ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2020)
(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 15 (D) 18
MAT_CLASS-X_78
48. If A > B , B > C and C > D, then which of the following conclusion is definitely wrong ?
(A) A > C (B) A > D (C) B > D (D) D > A
Direction : (49 to 53) In each of the questions Choose the correct alternative assuming  stands for ‘=’ 
stands for ‘>’ ;  for ‘<’ and  for ‘’. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2020)
49. If 6x  5y and 2y  3z, then

(A) 2x  3z (B) 4x  3z (C) 2x  z (D) 4x  3z
50. If ax  by, bx  cz and b2  ac, then
(A) ax  cy (B) ay  cz (C) y  z (D) y  z
51. If baxy  c2z, bx  ay and b2  ac, then
(A) ax2  cz (B) a2x2  cz (C) b2x  c2z (D) bx2  c2z
52. If bcy  ax, cy  bz and a2  bc, then
(A) cx  abz (B) cx  abz (C) cx  abz (D) c2x  a2z
53. If a2x  byz, czx  b2y and c2z  axy, then
(A) abc  xyz (B) abc  xyz (C) abc  xyz (D) abc  xyz
54. If 381A is divisible by 9 then the value of the smallest natural number A is
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 9
Direction (55 to 66) In each question the equation have become wrong because of the wrong order of
signs. Choose the correct order in signs from the four options given below so as to make the
equations correct. Write the alternative number of the correct option of the answer sheet against
the corresponding question number- (NTSE Stage-I / UP/2019)
55. 2 + 40 – 92 = 8 × 20
(A) × = + – (B) – + = × (C) = × + – (D) + – × =
56. 34 – 6 = 18 66 + 3
(A) = + – (B) + – = (C) + – =  (D) + = –
57. 2 – 21 × 7 = 17 11
(A) × – =  (B) × = –  (C) = – ×  (D) × = –
58. 7×3=4–6+1
(A) – + = × (B) + – = × (C) – + × = (D) + – × =
59. 63 = 7 44 + 6 – 41
(A) + = – (B) = + – (C) – = + (D) = + –
60. 69 × 25 = 10 + 6 – 9
(A) – + = × (B) = + × – (C) = × + – (D) × + – =
61. 41 = 32 + 10 = 9 + 54
(A) + = – + (B) + – = + (C) = + + – (D) = + – +
62. 5 = 5 + 3 17 × 8
(A) × + =  (B) + × = (C) × = + (D) + = ×
63. 38 + 2 – 46 = 33 × 3
(A) = × + – (B) × + = – (C) × = + – (D) – + = ×
64. 15 = 7 × 2 – 5 + 4
(A) × – + = (B) × – + = (C) – + = × (D) + – = ×
65. 24 – 6 + 9 2 = 7
(A) = + – (B) + = – (C) + = –  (D) + – = 
66. 5 = 8 – 29 + 4 × 15
(A) – = + × (B) + – = × (C) × = – + (D) + × = –
MAT_CLASS-X_79
Direction : (67 to 68) In the following table the digits are assigned with certain symbols. Observe them
carefully and choose the correct alternative to answer the questions.
67.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
68.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
69. If you write down all the numbers from 1 to 100, then how many times do you write 3 ?
(A) 11 (B) 18 (C) 20 (D) 21
70. How many prime numbers are there between 1 to 100 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
1. Given that ACT ÷ AT = 11, find out which of the following numbers does not stand for CAT to fulfil
the above equation (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 246 (B) 615 (C) 624 (D) 835
2. Given the following subtraction problem, find out which of the following number does not stand for
CART. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 6420 (B) 7531 (C) 8420 (D) 9753

3. If ‘–’ means ‘multiplied by’, ‘×’ means ‘plus’, ‘+’ means ‘divided by’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
14– 10 × 4 ÷ 16 + 8 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 142 (B) 134 (C) 6 (D) 5
4. If ‘+’ means ‘multiplied by’, ‘–’ means ‘divided by’, ‘×’ means ‘plus’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
(18 + 10 × 20) – 8 ÷ 6 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 92 (B) 35 (C) 19 (D) 26
5. If ‘+’ means ‘ divided by’, ‘–’ means ‘multiplied’, ‘×’ means ‘plus’ and ‘÷’ means ‘minus’ then
(280 + 10 × 20) – 8 ÷ 6 = ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) 378 (B) 258 (C) 70 (D) 64
Directions : (6 to 8) The following questions are based on the given matrix. The value of each letter is the
product of its row and column number e.g. the value of Z’ is 3 × 4 = 12.
Columns
0 1 2 3 4
0 B O J C P
Rows 1 E N H I D
2 G R A M V
3 F S T L Z
4 W X Y U K
Answer the following questions. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
6. Find the letters which make the least total among the alternatives.
(A) D K A (B) F H Y (C) O D X (D) V T M
MAT_CLASS-X_80
7. What is the total of GREAT ?
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 14
8. Find the letters which make the highest total among the alternatives.
(A) PLOT (B) PLAN (C) PLAY (D) PLUS
9. If A + B > C + D, B + E = 2C and C + D > B + E, it necessarily follows that :
(A) A + B > 2 C (B) A + B > 2D (C) A + B > 2E (D) A > C
Direction : (10) In answering the questions below, use the following information :
X  Y means divide X by Y
X  Y means multiply X by Y
X # Y means subtract Y from X
X  Y means add Y to X
10. A receives X number of balls. He gives 10% of his ball to B, 15% of his ball to C and 12% of his ball
to D. How many balls does he have with him now ?
(A) X  X  (10  100)  X  (15  100) # X  (12  100)
(B) X  X  (10  100)  X (15  100)  X  (1  100)
(C) X # [X  (10  100)  X  (15  100)  X  (12  100)]
(D) None of these
Direction : (11 to 12) In the question given below, use the following notations :
A B means ‘add B to A’;
A B means ‘subtract B from A’;
A @ B means ‘divide A by B’;
A , B means ‘multiply A by B’;
Now, answer the following question.
11. The time taken by two running trains in crossing each other is calculated by dividing the sum of the
lengths of two trains by the total speed of the two trains. If the length of the first train is L1, the length
of the second train is L2, the speed of the first train is V1 and the speed of the second train is V2,
which of the following expressions would represent the time taken ?
(A) (L1 L2) , (V1 V2) (B) (L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)
(C) [(L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)] , 60 (D) (L1 L2) @ (V1 V2)
12. The total airfare is calculated by adding 15% basic fare as fuel surcharge, 2% of basic fare as IATA
charges and Rs. 200 as airport tax to the basic fare. If the basic fare of a section is B, which of the
following will represent the total fare ?
(A) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B , 2) @ 100 200
(B) B (B , 15) @ 100(B , 2) @ 100 100
(C) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B , 2) @ 100 200
(D) B (B , 15) @ 100 (B, 2) @ 100 100
Directions : (13 to 17) In the following questions the symbols $, @, , and  are used with the following
meaning.
A $ B means A is greater than B
A @ B means A is either greater than or equal to B
A B means is A is equal to B
A  B means A is smaller than B
A  B means A is either smaller than or equal to B
Now in each of the following questions assuming the given statements to be true, find which of the
two conclusions I and II given below them is / are definitely true ? Give answer (A) if only
conclusions I is true, (B) if only conclusion II is true (C) if neither I nor II is true (D) if both I and II are
true.
13. Statements : P @ Q, M  N, N  Q
Conclusions : I. P $ M
II. N  P
MAT_CLASS-X_81
14. Statements : D  X, F @ Y, D $ F
Conclusions : I. X @ Y
II. Y  D
15. Statements : M P, S $ T, M @ T
Conclusions : I. T  P
II. S  T
16. Statements : U  V, X $ W, U  W
Conclusions : I. W $ V
II. U  X
17. Statements : G $ H, J  K, H  K
Conclusions : I. G $ K
II. J  K
Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions the symbol @, @ , =,  and are used with following
meaning :
P @ Q  P is greater than Q
P @ Q  P is either greater or equal to Q
P  Q  P is smaller than Q
P Q  P is either smaller than or equal to Q
P = Q  P is equal to Q.
Now in each of the following questions, assuming the given statement, to be true, find which of the
two conclusion I and II given below them is/are definitely true.
Give answer (A) if only conclusion I is true, give answer (B) if only conclusion II is true, give answer
(C) if either I or II is true, give answer (D) if neither I nor II is true, give answer (E) if both I and II are
true.
18. Statement : B @ V, K  C, C B
Conclusions : I. V @ C
II. B @ K
19. Statement : K @ T, S = K, T R
Conclusions : I. S @ R
II. T = R
20. Statement : U = M, P @ U, M @ B
Conclusions : I. P = B
II. P @ B
21. Statement : L @ N, J P, P @ L
Conclusions : I. J = L
II. P = N.
22. Statement : H @ G, D @ E, H = E
Conclusions : I. D @ H
II. G  D
23. In the correctly worked out multiplication problem at the below, each letter represent a different digit.
What is the value of B ?
A A
X A B
B B
A A X
A 3 B
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5
MAT_CLASS-X_82
Directions : (24 to 26) In the following questions find out the digits corresponding to the letters
representing those digits in the multiplication given below.
9bc
35d
3a4b
4a35
2961
34a39b
24. b stands for :
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
25. c stands for :
(A) 7 (B) 6 (C) 5 (D) 4
26. d stands for :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
27. Find the 4 digit number ABCD such that ABCD × 9 = DCBA.
(A) 1089 (B) 9801 (C) Both A and B (D) None of these
28. N.I.N.T.E.E.N O.N.E.


N.I.N.T.Y.F.I.V.E. F.I.V.E
I. Here ‘.’ (dot) represents multiplication
II. Every letter has unique value from 0-10
III. O < Y
Then the value of ‘O’ is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 2
Directions : (29 to 34) Digit 7 does not occur in the following multiplication. Find the missing digits denoted
by different letters.
29. What is the sum of the digits of Multiplicand ?

(A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 9 (D) 10
30. What is the sum of the digits of Multiplier ?
(A) 7 (B) 9 (C) 11 (D) 12
31. What is the sum of the digits of Row No. 1 ?
(A) 11 (B) 13 (C) 15 (D) 17
(A) 11 (B) 13 (C) 15 (D) 17
(A) 13 (B) 21 (C) 15 (D) 17
34. What is the sum of the digits of the Product ?
(A) 21 (B) 23 (C) 29 (D) 25
35. In this multiplication question the five letters represent five different digits. What are the actual
figures ? There is no zero.
(NTSE Stage-II /2013)

(A) M = 3, E = 9, A = 7, T = 4, S = 8 (B) M = 3, E = 9, A = 7, T = 8, S = 4
(C) M = 4, E = 3, A = 9, T = 7, S = 8 (D) M = 4, E = 9, A = 3, T = 7, S = 8
MAT_CLASS-X_83
36. Which symbol replaces the ‘?’ Figure below represent a balance.

(A) (B) (C) (D)
37. If 54/32 =4, 36/42 = 3, 92/22 = 7 then what is 28/33 = ? (NTSE Stage-II /2015)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 4 (D) 9
38. If m + n = o + p, m + q = p + n , 2 p < m + q and 2 m > o + n , then (NTSE Stage-II /2018)
(A) o > m > n > p > q (B) m > o > p > n > q
(C) n > o > p > m > q (D) o > p > n > q > m
39. Which interchange in signs and number would make the equation correct ? (NTSE Stage-II /2018)
(96 ÷ 128) + 64 = 2
(A) + and ÷, 64 and 96 (B) + and ÷, 64 and 128
(C) + and ÷, 96 and 128 (D) ÷ and +, 94 and 128
40. (NTSE Stage-II /2018)
What will come in place of “??” ?

(A) (B) (C) (D)
41. If in a certain code (NTSE Stage-II /2018)

23 × 26 = 42 and, 11 × 15 = 19
Then, 32 × 16 = ?
(A) 40 (B) 41 (C) 44 (D) 48
42. If A, B, C, D are distinct decimal digits, then which of the following option is correct?

(A) A = 3 B = 7 C = 5 D = 9 (B) A = 2 B = 3 C = 6 D = 5
(C) A = 3 B = 8 C = 6 D = 5 (D) A = 2 B = 3 C = 5 D = 7
43. Observe the following figure representing a balance. (NTSE Stage-II /2017)
7gm
9gm
Which of the following figure represents the correct balance ?

5gm 5gm
(A) (B)
8gm 8gm
(C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_84
44. With what operators, should the symbols @ and < be replaced so that the following expression is
valid. (NTSE Stage-II /2017)
100–8127 @ 3 < 6 = 115
(A) + and – (B) x and  (C) + and × (D)  and –
45. If ps (NTSE Stage-II /2019)
O + O = 10
O+ + = 10
O+ – × O = 5
Then, the value of  will be_____.
(A) 1.5 (B) 2.5 (C) 5 (D) 7.5
46.
then, find the code of T U R N S from the given alternatives provided there is no carrying over in the
given addition using letter codes. (NTSE Stage-II /2019)
(A) 1 3 6 2 5 (B) 6 5 2 3 1 (C) 1 6 3 5 2 (D) 5 3 1 2 6
47. If ‘15 + 10 means 5’ ; ‘6 × 3 means 9’ ; ‘8 ÷ 4 means 32’ ; and ’12 – 2 means 6’ ; then what will be
the value of 27 + 81 – 9 × 6 ? (NTSE Stage-II /2019)
(A) 36 (B) 24 (C) 12 (D) 6
48. If, a > b, a > 0, and b 0, then which of the following statements is always true ?
(A) a × b > 0 (B) a × b < 0 (C) a × b is undefined (D) a × b2 > 0
49. If a, b, c, d, and e are positive numbers, and it is given that, (NTSE Stage-II /2019)
a + b = c + d,
b + d = 2a,
d + e > a + b and
c+d>a+e
then, which of the following statement is true?
(A) d > a > b > e > c (B) d > b > e > a > c (C) a > b > c > d > e (D) a > d > b > e > c
50. The figure given below is prepared by some sticks and provides and equation that is incorrect. How
many minimum numbers of sticks must be removed from the left hand side to make it a correct
equation? (NTSE Stage-II /2019)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
MAT_CLASS-X_85
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A C C C D D B C D D D D A D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A A C C D A C D A C D A D C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B D A A B B A D C B C C C B D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C C D B D A C A B A C D B D A
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
Ans. B C C D A C C B C D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A C A C A C C D A C B C B C A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A B D C D E B C A C A D A A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B B C B B C C A A A B D A C A
Que. 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. C B D A C
MAT_CLASS-X_86
Direction Sense Test
DIRECTION SENSE TEST
A. DIRECTIONS
There are four directions such as North, South, East and West. The word NEWS came from North,
East, West and South. There are four regions : (i) North-East (ii) North-West (iii) South-East
(iv) South-West.
NORTH
S P
II I
O
WEST
EAST
III IV
Q R
SOUTH
The directions OP, OS, OQ and OR are-
North-East direction, North-West direction, South-West direction and South-East direction
respectively.
NOTE : The candidate must distinguish between the regions and directions, i.e., between North-East region
and North-East direction. If you move with your face Eastwards, your left hand is towards North and
your right hand is towards South. Similarly the positions of the directions of the hands can be fixed
when you move in any of the other three directions.
Example. 1
Mohan travels 7 km Eastwards, then he turns right and travels 3 km and further turns right again and
travels 11 km. How far is he from the starting point ?
(A) 5 (B) 14 (C) 21 (D) 23
Solution :
(A) The movement of Mohan from A to D as shown in figure. Now,
DE = (CD – CE) = (CD – AB) = (11 – 7) = 4 km
Required distance = AD = DE2  AE 2
= DE2  BC2 = ( 4)2  (3)2 = 5 km
A 7 km B
3 km 3 km
E
D 4km 7 km C
11 km
Example. 2
A man walks 9 km due East and then 12 km due South. How far is he from the starting point ?
(A) 15 km (B) 6 km (C) 7 km (D) None of these
Solution :
(A) The movement of man from A to C as shown in figure. Clearly, required distance
9 km
A B
12 km
C
AC = 2
AB  BC 2
= 9  122 = 15 km
2
MAT_CLASS-X_87
Example. 3
The time on the watch is quarter to three. If the minute-hand points to North-East, in which direction
does the hour hand point ?
(A) South-West (B) South-East (C) North-West (D) North-East
Solution :
(A) The required position of clock as shown in figure. Clearly, if minute hand points towards North-
East then hour hand will point towards South-West.
E S
12
9 3
6
N W
Example. 4
If I stands in up side down position with my face pointing Northwards, in what direction will my right-
hand point ?
(A) East (B) West (C) North (D) South
Solution :
(B) When I stand on my head with my face pointing Northwards. Clearly, my left hand will point
towards East and my right hand will point towards West.
Example. 5
From his house, Rajan went 25 km to the North. Then he turned West and covered 20 km. Then he
turned South and covered 15 km. Finally, turning to East, he covered 20 km. In which direction was
he from his house ?
Solution :
(C) The movements of Rajan are as shown in fig. (A to B, B to C, C to D and D
to E) Clearly, his final position is E which is to the North of his house at A.
Example. 6
Raj walked 20 metre towards South. Then he turned to his left and walked 25 metre. He then turned
to his left and walked 20 metre. He again turned to his right and walked 10 metre. At what distance
is he from the starting point and in which direction ?
(A) 35 metre, East (B) 35 metre, North (C) 40 metre, East (D) 60 metre, East
Solution :
(A) the movements of Raj are as shown in figure
 Raj's distance from the starting point A
= AE = (AD + DE) = (BC + DE) = (25 + 10) m = 35 m. So, E is to the East of A.
10 m
A D E
20 m 20 m
B C
25 m
MAT_CLASS-X_88
Example. 7
If South-East becomes North, North-East becomes West and so on, what will South become ?
(A) North-East (B) South - West (C) South (D) North - West
Solution :
(A) The initial and the final position of the directions as shown in the figure. Clearly, as observed in
the figure, South will become North-East.
N SW
NW NE S W
W E SE NW
SW SE E N
S NE
Initial position Final position
Example. 8
A man is facing North-West. He turns 90º in the clockwise direction and then 135º in the anti-
clockwise direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
Solution :
(B) As shown in the Fig. the man faces in the direction OA. After moving 90º clockwise, the man
faces in the direction OB. On moving to 135º anti-clockwise, he faces in the direction OC, which is
West.
A B
135º
90º
C O
Example. 9
A man is facing North-West. He turns 90º in the clockwise direction, then 180º in the anti-clockwise
direction and then another 90º in the same direction. Which direction is he facing now ?
(A) South (B) South-West (C) West (D) South-East
Solution :
(D) As shown in fig. the man initially faces in the direction OA. On moving 90º clockwise, he faces in
the direction OB. On further moving 180º anti-clockwise, he faces in the direction OC. Finally on
moving 90º anti-clockwise, he faces in the direction OD, which is South-East.
Example. 10
While facing East you turn to your left and walk 10 m then turn to your left and walk 10 m, and now
you turn 45º towards your right and go straight to cover 25 m. Now, in which direction are you from
your starting point ?
(A) North-East (B) South-West (C) South-East (D) North-West
Solution :
(D) The movement from A to D as shown in the figure. Clearly, the final
position i.e. D is to North-West of A.
D
25
m
45º 10 m
B
C
10 m
A
MAT_CLASS-X_89
Example. 11
I run along the sides of a square field ABCD where C is to the North-East of A and D is to the South-
East of B. Starting from A in anti-clockwise direction, in which direction shall I be running after
crossing C ?
Solution :
(B) The required position of the square field ABCD as shown in the figure. Starting from A in the
anti-clockwise direction. I will move from A to D, D to C, C to B and B to A. Clearly, I will be
running in the West direction after crossing C.
North
B C
West East
A D South
Example. 12
A and B start walking in opposite directions. A walked 5 km, B walked 6 km. Thereafter both turned
to their right and walked 2 km. They turned to right again and walked 3 km, again turned to right and
walked 2 km. How much distance apart are they from each other ?
(A) 2 km (B) 13 km (C) 3 km (D) 5 km
Solution :
(D) A and B are facing North and South direction respectively at initial position O. The movement of
A from O to W (O to X, X to Y, Y to Z and Z to W) and the movement of B from O to R (O to P, P to
Q, Q to S, S to R) as shown in figure. Clearly, required distance = RW
= RO + OW = (OP – PR) + (OX – XW)
= (6 – 3) + (5 – 3) = 3 + 2 = 5 km.
2 km
X Y
3 km
5 km Z
W
2 km
O
2 km
S R
6 km
3 km
Q P
2 km

1 Anil left home and cycled 10 km Southwards, turned right and cycled 5 km & turned right and cycled
10 km and turned left and cycled 10 km. How many kilometer will he have to cycle to reach his
home straight ?
(A) 10 km (B) 15 km (C) 20 km (D) 25 km
2. 'A' travelled Westwards 5 km, turned left and travelled 3 km, turned right and travelled 9 km. He then
travelled North 3 km. How far was 'A' from the starting point now ?
(A) 3 km (B) 5 km (C) 10 km (D) 14 km
3. Amar travels one km due East, then 5 km due South, then 2 km due East and finally 9 km due
North. How far is from the starting point ?
(A) 16 km (B) 8 km (C) 6 km (D) 5 km
4. Amit walks 2 km South, turned right and walked 1 km, again turned North and walked 5 km, turned
East and walked 5 km. How far is he from the starting point ?
(A) 3 km (B) 7 km (C) 5 km (D) 6 km
MAT_CLASS-X_90
5. A watch reads 4 : 30. If the minute-hand points to East, in which direction does the hour-hand point?
(A) North - East (B) South - East (C) North - West (D) North
6. A man walked 3 metre towards North, turned West and walked 2 metre then turned North and
walked 1 metre and finally turned East and walked 5 metre. How far is he from the starting point ?
(A) 5 metre (B) 8 metre (C) 10 metre (D) 12 metre
7. Amit faces towards North. Turning to his right he walks 25 metre. He then turns to his left and walks
30 metre. Then moves 25 metre to his right. He then turns to his right again and walks 55 metre.
Finally, he turns to the right and moves 40 metre. In which direction is he now from his starting point
?
(A) South-West (B) South (C) North-West (D) South-East
8. Kishan walks 10 km towards North. From there, he walks 6 km towards South. Then, he walks 3 km
towards East. How far and in which direction is he with reference to his starting point ?
(A) 5 km, North (B) 5 km, North-East (C) 7 km, East (D) 7 km, West
9. A man was facing East. He took Three paces forward, turned right, walked another two paces and
then turned right again, took three paces and turned about. Which direction was he last facing ?
(A) East (B) North (C) South (D) None of these
10. I am facing South. I turn right and walk 20 m. Then I turn right again and walk 10 m. Then I turn left
and walk 10 m and then turning right walk 20 m. Then I turn right again and walk 60 m. In which
direction am I from the starting point ?
(A) North (B) North-West (C) East (D) North-East
11.  went 15 m to the North, then turned West and covered 10 m, then turned South, and covered 5 m
then turned East and covered 10 m. In which direction am  now from my house ?
(A) North (B) South (C) East (D) West
12. At my house I am facing West, then I turn left and go 10 m, then I turn 90º anti-clockwise and go 5
m, and then I go 5 m to the South and from there 5 m to the West. In which direction am I from my
house ?
13. Sanjay went 70 metre in the East before turning to his right. He went 10 metre before turning to his
right again and went 10 metre from this point. From here he went 90 metre to the North. How far
was he from the starting point ?
14. A and B start walking from the same point. A goes North and covers 3 km; then turns right and
covers 4 km. B goes west and covers 5 km, then turns right and covers 3 km. How far apart are they
from each other ?
(A) 10 km (B) 9 km (C) 8 km (D) 5 km
15. L is to South-West of K, M is to the East of L and South-East of K and N is to the North of M in line
with LK. In which direction of K is N located ?
(A) North (B) East (C) South-East (D) North-East
16. Ramesh starts walking from his house at 4 PM facing towards sun and walks 5 km. Then he turns
left and walks 8 km. Again turning to left he walks 13 km and reaches Mohan's house. In which
direction Ramesh's house is from Mohan's house ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2008)
(A) North-West (B) North-East (C) South-West (D) South-East
17. Ramesh travels 3 km to east then moves to right and travels 5 km and at the end he again moves
right and travels 15 km. Then the distance and direction of initial point from Ramesh is
(A) 13 km south - west (B) 13 km north-east (C) 12 km north - east. (D) 12 km south-east
18. If North direction is called East and South direction is called West, then what will be called North-
East direction ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2018)
(A) North East (B) East-South (C) West South (D) North-West
MAT_CLASS-X_91
Direction : (19 to 20) Pradyumna walked 12 km west. Then he turned right and walked 5 km. Again he
turned right and walked 4 km. Finally he Again turned right and walked 11 km. Then
19. At the end, which direction Pradyumna is facing?
(A) North (B) East (C) South (D) West
20. At what distance is Pradyumna now from the original place?
(A) 8 km (B) 6 km (C) 12 km (D) 10 km
Direction : (21) Consider the following statements :
There are six villagers A, B, C, D, E and F
F is 1 km to the west of D
B is 1 km to the east of E
A is 2 km to the north of E
C is 1 km to the east of A
D is 1 km to the south of A (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
21. Which three villagers are in a line ?
(A) ACB (B) ADE (C) CBF (D) EBD
1. Kumar stands with his face pointing to the South-East direction. He walked 15 metre and then
turned Northwards and walked another 12 metre. How far was he then from the starting point ?
(A) 12 metre (B) 10 metre (C) 5 metre (D) None of these
2. Vinod travelled 6 km South from the starting point D, then turned right and moved 4 km and again
turned right and travelled 6 km and turned left and travelled 8 km. Find out how many kilometer he
has to cover to reach his starting point D. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) 10 km (B) 12 km (C) 14 km (D) 16 km
3. Suresh moves a distance of 7 km from a place P towards North, then turns left and walks 4 km,
again turns towards right and walks 3 km, then again turns right and walks 2 km to reach his
destination Q. Which direction is he facing now ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
(A) West (B) East (C) North-West (D) South
4. A child goes 50 metre towards South and then turning to his right, he goes 50 metre. Then, turning
to his left, he goes 30 metre. Again he turns to his left and goes 50 metre. How far is he from his
initial position ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
5. Ganesh moves 20 metres towards East from his house. Then he turns left 3 times each time
covering a distance of 20 meters. Finally he takes 2 successive right turns, each time covering a
distance of 20 metres. In which direction is he with respect to his house ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) North (B) North-East (C) South-West (D) North-West
6. Ashok is facing North. He turns 45 degrees in the clockwise direction and then turns 90 degrees in
the anticlockwise direction. Finally, he turns back. Which direction is he facing now ?
(A) South-East (B) South-West (C) North-East (D) North-West
7. Shabnam’s school bus picks her up from her house and takes two left turns and one right turn to
reach her school. If the bus is facing East, while reaching the school , which direction was the bus
facing at her home ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) North (B) South (C) East (D) West
8. One morning Ram and Shyam were talking to each other face to face. If Shyam’s shadow was
exactly to the right of Ram, which direction Shyam was facing ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) South (B) East (C) West (D) North
MAT_CLASS-X_92
Directions : (9 to 13) Study the maze given below and answer the questions that follow.
NORTH
Z
Y
W E
E X A
S S
T T
V
SOUTH
9. How many turns will ‘X’ take to come out of the maze ?
(A) 36 (B) 38 (C) 40 (D) 42
10. How many turns will ‘V’ take to come out of the maze ?
(A) 10 (B) 8 (C) 7 (D) 6
11. How many times ‘X’ has to go towards South, if he wants to meet ‘Z’ ?
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
12. How many times ‘W’ has to go towards East, if he wants to meet ‘V’ ?
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
13. How many turns will ‘Y’ take to meet ‘X’ ?
(A) 42 (B) 40 (C) 39 (D) 37
14. Prakash moves 40 km in the direction of North then he turns to right and moves 50 km. After this he
turns to right and moves 30 km. Again he turns to right and moves 50 km. How many kilometers
away is he from the starting point ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) 40 (B) 10 (C) 50 (D) 60
15. Shalini is standing at the South-East corner of a rectangular field. She starts crossing the field
diagonally . After walking half the distance, she turns right, walks some distance and turns left.
Which direction is Shalini facing now ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) South - East (B) South- West (C) North- East (D) North-West
16. One morning after sunrise, Seema was standing facing a pole. The shadow of the pole fell exactly to
her right. Which direction was she facing ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) North (B) South (C) West (D) East
17. Rahul travels 10 km to the North. He turns to the right and walks 5 km. Then again he turns to his
right and moves 10 km forward. How many km away from starting point is he ?
(A) 26 km (B) 19 km (C) 13 km (D) 5 km
18. Ram starts from a point P, drives 2 km towards North. He then turns to his left and drives 3 km and
after taking another turn to his left and drives 2 km, and finishes at point Q. After the first turn in
which direction Ram will be driving ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) West (B) North (C) East (D) South
MAT_CLASS-X_93
19. Rakesh starts from A and walks towards East to B. He turns south and walks to C. Then he turns
north-west and walks to D. Finally he turns south-west and comes to E. Which of the answer figures
shows the exact path he traced? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. Pankaj starts from A and walks north-east to B. He turns west and walks to C. Then turns south and
walks to D. He then turns east and walks to E. Finally he turns south-west and walks to F. Which of
the answer figures exactly shows the path Pankaj traced ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
C B
E
(A) (B) (C) (D) D
A
F
21. A sprinter goes off the starting block for 100m run and at that instant the second-hand of a
stopwatch had pointed towards North. He touches the finishing line exactly after 12 seconds. In
which direction did the second hand point when he just crossed the finishing line ?
(A) 18º North of East (B) 18º East of North (C) 72º North of East (D) 82º East of North
22. I left home at 3:00pm and returned at 3:48pm. The clock was rotated by 45°, so that when I left, the
hour-hand of a clock was pointing along the southeast direction. In which direction would the hour-
hand point when I returned? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) 15° East of South (B) 21º East of South (C) 63° South of East (D) 27° South of East
23. Madhu walks 15 metres towards north, then she turns left at 90° and walk 30 metres, then turns
right at 90° and walks 25 metres. How far, she is from the starting point and in which direction ?
(A) 55 mt., north -east (B) 50 mt., north-west (C) 60 mt., north (D) 50 mt., west
24. A ship navigating in the Indian Ocean is hit by a sea storm and drifts as follows :
40 km North
28 km north west
36 km west
52 km south and 29 km south east.
The ship had finally drifted in.................direction from its original position. (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
(A) South West (B) South (C) West (D) South East
25. Amita is standing at point A facing north direction. She walks for 5 kilometres in the north east
direction. Then she turns at an angle of 90º at her right and once again travels the same distance.
She reaches at Point B. Now she takes a turn at 90º to her left and walks for 3 kilometres and once
again takes right turn at 90º and travels 3 kilometres and reaches at Point C. What is the direction of
Point B and C respectively with respect to Point A ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
(A) East , East (B) East, North-East (C) North -East, East (D) North-East, North-East
MAT_CLASS-X_94
1
26. In a city, all the roads are either parallel to the East-West or North-South direction. Every th of a
8
kilometer from each road there is a crossing and the square area covered between four crossings is
called a block. Starting from a crossing, if I travel four blocks north, take left and then travel three
blocks west, I reach another crossing. What is the distance between these two crossing ?

(A) 5 km (B) 7 km (C) 7/8 km (D) 5/8 km
27. How many minimum right turns will you take to reach school from home?

(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
28. A person walked I00m straight from the point 'A' in the North-East direction, walked 200m in South-
West direction from there, 100m in North-East direction again, walked 100m eastward, 200m
southward and I00m westward to reach at the point 'B'. Choose the right answer from the following
to find out his/her distance and direction from 'A'. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) 100m, North (B) 100m, South (C) 200m, North (D) 200m, South
29. One evening before sunset two friends Rajni and Sanjiv were talking face to face. If Sanjiv’s shadow
was exactly to his right side, to which direction Rajni was facing ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) North (B) North east (C) South (D) South east
30. Kashvi facing towards rising sun turned to her left and walks for 60m. She then turned to west and
walked for 15m. Then she turned towards left at an angle of 45º and reached 95m from her original
position. How much total distance did she travel? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) 95m (B) 115m (C) 155m (D) 175m
31. Raju invited George for a dinner at his house. When George asked for the direction of Raju’s house,
Raju gave him the following instruction :
Proceed 140 metres south from your house then walk 200 metres to east. Then turn to north and
walk 100 metres. After that, walk 160 metres to west.
What is the shortest distance between the two houses and the direction to Raju’s house from
George’s house? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) 40 2 metres and north-west (B) 40 2 metres and south-east
(C) 80 metres and south-east (D) 80 metres and north-west
MAT_CLASS-X_95
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D D C A A D B A D A D B B D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21
Ans. A B B C D B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B B D D A B D B C B C D B D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B D A C D A B B A A D C D C D
Que. 31
Ans. B
MAT_CLASS-X_96
Seating Arrangement
SEATING ARRANGEMENT
A. SEATING ARRANGEMENTS
In these type of questions, some clues regarding seating or placing sequence (linear or circular or
rectangular) of some persons or items is given. The candidate is required to form the proper
sequence using these clues and answer the given questions accordingly.
B. LINEAR SEATING ARRANGEMENTS

Example. 1
Who among P, Q, R, S and T is in the exactly middle while standing in a line ?
(i) Q is to the immediate right of T.
(ii) S is exactly between P and T.
(iii) Q is exactly between T and R.
(A) P (B) Q (C) R (D) T
Solution :
(D) On the basis of information, we have the arrangement of the persons in a line as under.
P S T Q R
Directions : (2 to 4) Study the given information and answer the question that follows.
Five persons are standing in a queue. One of the two persons at the extreme ends is a Professor
and the other is a Businessman. An Advocate is standing to the right of a student. An Author is to
the immediate left of the Businessman. The Student is between the Professor and the Advocate.
Example. 2
Counting from the left the Author is at which place ?
(A) First (B) Second (C) Third (D) Fourth
Example. 3
Which of the following is in the exactly middle of the queue ?
(A) Professor (B) Advocate (C) Student (D) Businessman
Example. 4
If Advocate and the Businessman exchange their positions, also the Author and the Student, then
who will be standing to the left of the student ?
(A) Author (B) Businessman (C) Professor (D) Advocate
Solution :
(2 to 4) On the basis of the information given in the question, we have the arrangement of standing
order of persons as per figure.
2. (D) Author is fourth from the left.

3. (B) Advocate is in the middle of queue.
4. (B) Businessman will be to the left of Student if Advocate and Businessman, Author and Student
exchange their positions.
C. CIRCULAR SEATING ARRANGEMENTS
Example. 5
Five persons were playing cards game sitting in a circle all facing the centre. Mukund was to the
immediate left of Rajesh, Vijay was to the right of Anil and between Anil and Nagesh. Who was to
the immediate right of Nagesh ?
(A) Vijay (B) Rajesh (C) Anil (D) Mukund
Solution :
Mukand
Nag
sh
Raje
esh
(D)
An
il ay
Vi j
MAT_CLASS-X_97
Seating Arrangement
Directions : (6 to 8) Read the following information and answer the questions that follow :
(i) Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in a closed circle facing the centre.
(ii) E is to the immediate left of D.
(iii) C is exactly between A and B.
(iv) F is between E and A.
Example. 6
Who is to the immediate left of B ?
(A) A (B) C (C) D (D) E
Example. 7
Who is to the immediate right of C ?
(A) A (B) B (C) D (D) E
Example. 8
Which of the above given statements is superfluous ?
(A) (i) (B) (ii) (C) (iii) (D) All are required.
Solution :
(6 to 8) Clearly, in the circle the arrangement is as shown :
6. (C) Clearly, D is to the immediate left of B.
7. (A) Clearly, A is to the immediate right of C.
8. (D) Since all the statements are necessary to determine the arrangement, none of them is
superfluous.
D
B E
C F
A
Directions : (1 to 4) Study the given information and answer the questions that following.
(i) P, Q, R, S T, U and V are sitting in a row facing East.
(ii) R is on the immediate right of S.
(iii) Q is at an extreme end and has T as his immediate neighbour.
(iv) V is exactly between T and U.
(v) S is sitting third from the South end.
1. Who is sitting to the immediate right of T ?
(A) P (B) V (C) S (D) U
2. Which of the following pairs of people are sitting at the extreme ends ?
(A) PQ (B) PS (C) QR (D) UB
3. Name the person who is at the third place from the North end.
(A) T (B) U (C) V (D) S
4. Immediately between which of the following pairs of people is S sitting ?
(A) PR (B) PU (C) RT (D) RU
Directions : (5 to 6) Questions are based on the information given below.
A group of seven singers, facing the audience, are standing in a line on the stage as follows :
(i) D is to the immediate right of C.
(ii) F is to the immediate neighbours of G.
(iii) B is to the immediate left of F.
(iv) E is to the immediate left of A.
(v) C and B have one singer between them.
(vi) A and D have one singer between them.
5. Which of the following pairs of singer are sitting at the extreme ends ?
(A) D,G (B) F,A (C) E,G (D) E,F
MAT_CLASS-X_98
Seating Arrangement
6. Immediately between which of the following pairs of singer is D sitting ?
(A) A,B (B) F,A (C) B,C (D) E,F
Directions : (7 to 8) Answer the questions based on the following information.
6 men R, S, T, U, V and W sat around a circular table playing cards. It was noticed that no two
men the initial letters of whose names are adjacent in the alphabetical order, sat next to each other,
U was opposite of R. V was not to the immediate right of R.
7. Who sat to the immediate left of R ?
(A) S (B) T (C) V (D) W
8. Who sat to the immediate right of R ?
(A) S (B) T (C) V (D) W
Directions : (9 to 13) Study the following information and answer the given questions that following.
(i) Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated in a circle facing centre.
(ii) D is between B and G and F is to the immediate neighbours of A and H.
(iii) E is second to the right of A.
9. Which of the following is A’s position ?
(A) Immediate left of F. (B) Immediate right of F.
(C) Exactly between E and F. (D) Can’t be determined.
10. Which of the following is C’s position ?
(A) Exactly between E and A. (B) Between G and E.
(C) Second to the left of B. (D) Can’t be determined.
11. Who are the immediate neighbours of D ?
(A) B and C (B) C and E (C) B and G (D) B and G or B and H
12. If the positions of B and G and D and A are interchanged then who is sitting between B and G in
new position?
(A) D (B) A (C) H (D) E
13. If B is sitting opposite to C and H is sitting opposite to E then find who is sitting opposite to F ?
(A) B (B) G (C) A (D) D
Directions : (14 to 16) Six Persons P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting in a circle facing one another front to
front. P is sitting in front of Q, Q is sitting to the immediate right of T and immediate left of R, P is to
the left of U and right of S.
14. Who is sitting opposite to R ?
(A) P (B) Q (C) S (D) U
15. Who is sitting opposite to S ?
(A) U (B) T (C) R (D) Q
16. Who is sitting between P and R ?
(A) S (B) T (C) U (D) Q
17. X, Y, Z and P are sitting around a circular table and discussing their trades .
(i) X, sits opposite to cook
(ii) Y, sits right to the barber
(iii) The washerman is on the left of the tailor
(iv) P, sits opposite Z
What are the trades of X and Y ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) Tailor and Barber (B) Barber and Cook
(C) Tailor and Cook (D) Tailor and washerman
18. Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are standing in a circle. B is between F and C, A is between E and
D, F is to the left of D. Who is between A and F ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) B (B) C (C) D (D) E
19. Six students are sitting in a row. K is sitting between V and R. V is sitting next to M. M is sitting next
to B who is sitting on the extreme left and Q is sitting next to R.
Who are sitting adjacent to V ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) R and Q (B) B and M (C) K and R (D) M and K
MAT_CLASS-X_99
Seating Arrangement
20. P, Q, R, S and T are sitting around a circular table facing centre to the table. R is just the right to P
and is second to the left of S. T is not between P and S. Who is second to the left of R ? `
(A) Q (B) S (C) T (D) P
21. In a row of students, A is sixth form the left and B is tenth from the right. If there are 8 students
between A and B, then total number of students in the row is (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
(A) 23 (B) 24 (C) 25 (D) 26
Instruction : (22 to 26) Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given below :
Eight people E, F, G, H, J, K, L and M are sitting around a circular table facing the centre. Each of
them is of a different Profession, Chartered Accountant, Columnist, Doctor, Engineer, Financial
Analyst, Lawyer, Professor and Scientist but not necessarily in the same order. F is sitting second to
the left of K. The scientist is an immediate neighbour of K. There are only three people between the
scientist and E. Only one person is sitting between the Engineer and E. The Columnist is to the
immediate right of the Engineer. M is second to the right of K. H is the Scientist G and J are
immediate neighbours of each other. Neither G nor J is an Engineer. The Financial Analyst is to the
immediate left of F. The lawyer is second to the right of the Columnist. The Professor is an
immediate neighbour of the Engineer. G is second to the right of the Chartered Accountant.
22. Who is sitting second to the right of E ?
(A) Lawyer (B) G (C) Engineer (D) F
23. Who amongst the following is the Professor ?
(A) F (B) L (C) M (D) K
24. Three of the following four are alike in a certain way based on the given arrangement and hence
form a group. Which of the following does not belong in the group?
(A) Chartered Accountant - H (B) Doctor - M
(C) Engineer-J (D) Financial Analyst- L
25. What is the position of L with respect to the scientist?
(A) Third to the left (B) Second to the right
(C) Second to the left (D) Third to the right
26. Which of the following statement(s) is/are true according to the given arrangement?
(A) The Lawyer is second to the left of the Doctor
(B) E is an immediate neighbor of the Financial Analyst
(C) H sits exactly between F and the Financial Analyst
(D) Only four people sit between the Columnist and F.
Directions : (1 to 5) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given below it.
(I) Eight persons E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are seated around a square table- two on each side.
(II) There are three lady members and they are not seated next to each other.
(III) J is to the immediate neighbours of L and F.
(IV) G is between I and F.
(V) H, a lady member, is second to the left of J
(VI) L, a male member, is seated opposite of E, a lady member,
(VII) There is a lady member between F and I.
1. Who among the following is to the immediate neighbours of E and H ?
(A) F (B) I (C) J (D) None of these
2. How many persons are seated between K and F ?
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) Cannot be determined
3. Who among the following are the three lady members ?
(A) E, G and J (B) E, H and G (C) G, H and J (D) Cannot be determined
4. Who among the following is to the immediate left of F?
(A) G (B) I (C) J (D) Cannot be determined
MAT_CLASS-X_100
Seating Arrangement
5. Which of the following is true about J?
(A) J is a male member (B) J is a female member
(C) Gender of J cannot be determined (D) Position of J cannot be determined
Directions : (6 to 10) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions :
(i) Six flats on a floor in two rows, facing east and west are allotted to Q, R, S, T, U and V.
(ii) R gets east side facing and not next to T.
(iii) T and V get diagonally opposite flats.
(iv) S next to V gets a west facing flat.
(v) U gets a east facing flat. (NTSE Stage-II,2008/2009)
6. Which of the following combination gets west facing flats ?
(A) SQR (B) RTS (C) STU (D) QSV
7. Whose flat is between R and T ?
(A) Q (B) S (C) U (D) V
8. If the flats of U and Q are interchanged then whose flat will be opposite to the flat of U ?
(A) V (B) Q (C) T (D) S
9. The flats of which pair other than T and V are diagonally opposite to each other ?
(A) TQ (B) US (C) TU (D) RQ
10. Whose flat is between Q and V ?
(A) R (B) T (C) U (D) S
11. Six friends L, M, N, O, P and Q are seated in a circle facing the centre. Q is between L and O. N is
between P and M. P is not between O and N. O is second to the left of N.
Who is between L and N ? (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
(A) M (B) P (C) O (D) N
12. Six students are sitting in a row. A is sitting between B and C.B is sitting next to E. E is sitting next
to O who is sitting on the extreme left and D is sitting next to C.
Who two are sitting adjacent to B ? (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
(A) E&A (B) A&C (C) O&E (D) None of these
Directions : (13 to 15) Study the information carefully and then choose the correct alternative to answer the
questions.
Five friends A, B, C, D and E are sitting on a bench.
(1) A is sitting next to B.
(2) C is sitting next to D.
(3) D is not sitting with E.
(4) E is on the left end of the bench.
(5) C is on second position from the right.
(6) A is on the right side of B and to the right side of E.
(7) A and C are sitting together. (NTSE Stage-II,2010)
13. Where is A sitting ?
(A) Between B and D (B) Between D and C (C) Between C and E (D)Between B and C
14. C is sitting between
(A) B and D (B) A and E (C) D and E (D) A and D
15. What is the position of D ?
(A) Extreme left (B) Extreme right (C) Third form left (D) Second from left
Directions : (16 to 17) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions based on it by
selecting the correct option from the given alternatives.
(i) S, T, U, V, W, X and Y are sitting along a wall facing North direction
(ii) U is on the immediate right of V
(iii) T is at an extreme end and has W as his neighbour.
(iv) Y is between W and X.
(v) V is sitting third from the other end. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
16. Who is sitting on the left of X ?
(A) T (B) Y (C) W (D) U
17. Where is S sitting ?
(A) Extreme East (B) Extreme West (C) In the middle (D) Second from the East end
MAT_CLASS-X_101
Seating Arrangement
18. Six persons P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting in two rows, three in each as per following information.
T is not at the end of any row. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
S is second of the left of U.
R the neighbour of T is sitting diagonally opposite to S.
Q is the neighbour of U
Which of the following are sitting diagonally opposite to each other.
(A) P and R (B) S and P (C) P and U (D) None of these
Directions (19 to 23) : These questions are based on the following information:
, , , ,  ,,  ,  are sitting on a merry-go-round facing at the centre.  is second to the left on 
who is third to the left of .is fourth to the right of  who is immediate neighbour of  .  is not a
neighbour of or . is not a neighbour of . (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
19. Who is third to the left of 
(A)  (B)  (C)  (D) 
20. In which of the following pairs is the first person sitting to the immediate right of the second person ?
(A) ,  (B) ,  (C)  ,  (D)  , 
21. What is ‘s position with respect to  ?
(A) Third towards right (B) Third towards left (C) Second towards right (D) Second towards left
22. Who is sitting between  and ?
(A) Both  and  (B) Both  and  (C) Only  (D) Only 
23. How many of them are sitting between  and  ?
(A) 0 or 6 (B) 1 or 5 (C) 2 or 4 (D) 3
24. A, B, C, D and E are sitting on a bench. A is sitting next to B, C is sitting next to D, D is not sitting
next to E, who is sitting on the left end of the bench. C is on the second position from the right. A is
to the right of B and E. Counting from the left in which position is A sitting? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 5
(D) Cannot be determined from the given conditions.
Direction (25 to 27) : There are eight people A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H sitting around a circular table facing
centre. B is sitting second to the left for G who is sitting third to the right of F. Only E is sitting
between A and C. C is sitting third to the left of B. Only one person is sitting between E and H.
(NTSE Stage-II,2016)
25. Which of the following is correct ?
(A) D is sitting third to the left of H (B) F is sitting third to the left of G
(C) C is sitting third to the left of D (D) H is sitting second to the right of C
26. Based on the given information, which of the following is the correct position?
(A) A and C are sitting next to each other (B) F and G are sitting next to each other
(C) H and F are sitting next to each other (D) D is sitting next to H
27. Which of the following is the correct order of sitting of persons right of A?
(A) E C H D G B F (B) E C H F B D G (C) E B H D C F G (D) C H B E D G F
Directions (28 to 30) : A group of students is sitting in such a way that each occupies a corner of a
hexagonal table. Ninong is sitting opposite to Yaangba, Ribiya is sitting next to Silva, Nazelii is
sitting opposite to Silva, but not next to Ninong, one person is sitting between Talyang and Yaangba.
28. Who is sitting opposite to Ribiya ?
(A) Yaangba (B) Silva (C) Talyang (D) Nazeli
29. Who is sitting between Ribiya and Ninong ?
(A) Yaangba (B) Nazeli (C) Talyang (D) Silva
30. Who is sitting between Talyang and Yaangba ?
(A) Nazeli (B) Ribiya (C) Ninong (D) Silva
MAT_CLASS-X_102
Seating Arrangement
31. A, B, C, and D are to be seated in a row. C and D cannot be on adjacent seat. Also, B cannot be at
the third place. (NTSE Stage-II,2017)
Which of the following must be false ?
(A) A is at the fourth place (B) A is at the third place
(C) A is at the second place (D) A is at the first place
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B A C D C C C B B A C B B D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Ans. A C C D A B B D C B A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C B C A D C C D D B A D D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B A C C B A C D B B C B C D A
Que. 31
Ans. D
MAT_CLASS-X_103
Ranking & Ordering- Test
RANKING & ORDERING -TEST
A. NUMBER QUIBBLE
In these type of questions, generally a set, group or series of numerals is given and the candidate is
required to find out how many times a number satisfying the conditions, specified in the question
occurs.
Example 1.
How many 5's are there in the following sequence which are immediately followed by 3 but not
immediately preceded by 7 ?
8 9 5 3 2 5 3 8 5 5 6 8 7 3 3 5 7 7 5 3 6 5 3 3 5 7 3 8
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) Four
Solution :
(C) 8 9 5 3 2 5 3 8 5 5 6 8 7 3 3 5 7 7 5 3 6 5 3 3 5 7 3 8
Clearly, there are three such numbers.
Example. 2
In the following number series how many 8’s are there which are exactly divisible by the numbers
which are preceded and followed by it ?
824517284842282698454832843183
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Solution :
(D) As per the question
824517284842282698454832843183
Thus, four such numbers are there
B. ALPHABETICAL QUIBBLE
In these type of questions, generally a letter-series is given, be it the English alphabets from A to Z
or a randomised sequence of letters. The candidate is then required to trace the letters satisfying
certain given conditions as regards their position in the given sequence or the sequence obtained by
performing certain given operations on the given sequence.
Example. 3
How many W's are there in the following series which are immediately followed by W but not
immediately preceded by K ?
DW W DHKVDW ZDW WW DDW KWW DKKDHC
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) None
Solution :
(C) Clearly, W’s satisfying the given conditions can be marked as under
DW W DHKVDW ZDW WW DDW KWW DKKDHC
Example. 4
How many L’s are there which do not have R preceding them and also do not have T following them
?
ZQSTLRMNQNRTUVXRLTASLTQRSLT
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5
Solution :
(C) Z Q S T L R M N Q N R T U V X R L T A S L T Q R S L T
C. ALPHA-NUMERIC QUIBBLE
In these type of questions a jumped sequence of some letters, numbers and symbols is given and
the candidate is required to find out how many times a number or a letter or a symbol satisfying the
conditions, specified in the question occurs.
Directions : (5 to 6) Study the following arrangement of symbols, letters and numbers to answer the
questions given below it :
  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G  9 3 & T Y 
MAT_CLASS-X_104
Example. 5
How many such letters are there in the arrangement each of which is either immediately preceded
by a symbol or immediately followed by a number, but not both ?
(A) Three (B) Four (C) Five (D) None of these
Solution :
(D) The letters satisfying the given conditions are shown as under :
  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G  9 3 & T Y 
 Clearly, there are 8 such letters.
Example. 6
How many such consonants are there in the above arrangement each of which is immediately
followed by a consonant but not immediately preceded by a symbol ?
(A) Nil (B) One (C) Two (D) Three
Solution :
(B) We know that of the 26 letters of English alphabet, five letters namely A, E, I, O, U are vowels,
while remaining are consonants. The consonants satisfying the given conditions may be shown as
under :
  = F 2  K S 7 5 # $ P L V 8 @ M U E 6 Q G  9 3 & T Y Clearly, there is only one such
consonant.
D. RANKING TEST
In these type of questions, generally the ranks of a person both from the top and from the bottom
are mentioned and the total number of persons is asked. However, sometimes this question is put in
the form of a puzzle of interchanging seats by two persons.
(a) Useful tips

1. Position of person from upward = [Total number of persons - position of person from down] + 1
2. Position of person from downward = [Total number of persons - position of person from up] + 1
3. Position of person from right = [Total number of persons - position of person from left] +1
4. Position of person from left = [Total number of persons - position of person from right] + 1
5. Total number of persons = [Position of person from upward/right + position of person from
downward / left] – 1
Example. 7
In a row of girls, Mridula is 18th from the right and Sanjana is 18th from the left. If both of them
exchange their position, Sanjana becomes 25th from the left, how many girls are there in the row ?
(A) 40 (B) 41 (C) 42 (D) 35
Solution :
(C) Sanjana’s new position is 25th from left. But it is the some as Mridula’s earlier position which is
18th from the right.
Then the total number of girls are = (rank from left + rank from right) – 1
= (18 + 25) – 1= 43 – 1 = 42.
Example. 8
Anil and Sunil are ranked seventh and eleventh respectively from the top in a class of 31 students.
What will be their respective ranks from the bottom in the class ?
(A) 20th and 24 th (B) 24th and 20th (C) 25th and 21st (D) 26th and 22nd
Solution :
(C) Number of students behind Anil in rank = (31 – 7) = 24
So, Anil is 25th from the bottom.
Number of students behind Sunil in rank = (31 – 11) = 20
So, Sunil is 21st from the bottom.
MAT_CLASS-X_105
E. ORDERING TEST
In such type of questions, clues are given regarding comparisons among a set of persons or things
with respect to their qualities. The candidate is required to analyses the whole information, form a
proper ascending/descending sequence and then answer the given questions accordingly.
Example. 9
A is shorter than B but much taller than E. C is the tallest and D is shorter than A and taller than E.
Which one is the shortest ?
(A) A (B) E (C) B (D) D
Solution :
(B) According to the given statement
E<D<A<B<C
Example. 10
A is richer than B.
C is richer than A.
D is richer than C.
E is the richest of all.
If they are made to sit in the above degree of richness who will be in the middle position (central
position) ?
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
Solution :
(C) According to the given statement
C is in the middle position.

Example. 11
Ashok is older than Suresh, Vivek is not youngest. Raju is older than Ashok and Vivek is not older
than Suresh. Which one of the following statements must necessarily be true ?
I. Vivek is as old as Ashok
II. Vivek is as old as Raju
III. Vivek is as old as Suresh
IV. Suresh is younger than Vivek
(A) Only I (B) Only II (C) Only III (D) Either III or IV
Solution :
(C) According to the given statement V = S < A < R
Directions : (12 to 13) Read following information carefully and answer the questions given below it :
(i) P, Q, R, S and T are five friends.
(ii) Q is elder to T.
(iii) R is younger to P .
(iv) P is younger to T.
(v) S is elder to P .
Example. 12
Who among the following is the eldest ?
(A) P (B) Q (C) S (D) Data inadequate
Example. 13
Who among the following is the youngest ?
(A) P (B) R (C) T (D) Data inadequate
Solution :
(12 to 13) Thus, sequence of their age becomes
Q >T > S > P > R or Q >S > T > P > R or S >Q > T > P > R
12. (D) According to a given statement there are three sequences, as follows :
Q >T > S > P > R or Q >S > T > P > R or S >Q > T > P > R
Hence the answer is data inadequate
13. (B) Clearly, R is the youngest.
MAT_CLASS-X_106
1. How many even numbers are there in the following sequence of numbers which are immediately
followed by an odd number as well as immediately preceded by an even number ?
8 6 7 6 8 9 3 2 7 5 3 4 2 2 3 5 5 2 2 8 1 1 9
(A) One (B) Three (C) Five (D) None of these
2. In the following series, how many times the sum of two consecutive numbers results an even
number ? 12346342593674123676543
3. In the following number series, how many 8's are there which are immediately preceded by a
number which does not divide it but followed by a number which divides it ?
28283858853282384715838286
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
4. In the following series of numbers, find out how many times, 1, 3 and 7 have appeared together, 7
being in the middle and 1 and 3 on either side of 7 ?
2 9 7 3 1 7 3 7 7 1 3 3 1 7 3 8 5 7 1 3 7 71 7 3 9 0 6
5. The positions of how many digits in the number 423157698 will remain unchanged after the digits
within the number are arranged in ascending order ?
(A) None (B) One (C) Two (D) Three
6. In the following series how many C’s are there which are immediately followed by ‘Y’ but not
immediately preceded by ‘J’ ?
JCDYJCYOJHCYYYCIJWCYACY
(A) one (B) two (C) three (D) four
7. How many A’s are there in the following series which are immediately followed by B as well as
immediately preceded by Z ?
AMBZANA ABZABAZBAPZABAZAB
8. In a Class Vidya ranks 7th from the top, Divya is 7 ranks ahead of Megha and 3 ranks behind Vidya.
Sushma who is 4th from the bottom, is 32 ranks behind Megha. How many students are there in the
class ?
9. In a queue of boys Sohan is 9th from the back. Ramesh's place is 8th from the front. Radhey is
standing in the middle of the two. What could be the minimum number of boys standing in the queue
?
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 14
10. If all the numbers from 7 to 59, which are divisible by 3 are arranged in descending order then which
number will be at 10th place from the bottom ?
(A) 36 (B) 39 (C) 30 (D) 27
11. In a class of 35 students, Kunal is placed seventh from the bottom whereas Sonali is placed ninth
from the top. Pulkit is placed exactly in between the two. What is Kunal’s position from Pulkit ?
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 13
12. In a queue, A is eighteenth from the front while B is sixteenth from the back. If C is twenty-fifth from
the front and is exactly in the middle of A and B, then how many persons are there in the queue ?
(A) 45 (B) 46 (C) 47 (D) 48
13. Students line up in a queue in which Ashish stands fifteenth from the left and Sachin is seventh from
the right. If they interchange their places, Sachin would be fifteenth from the right. How many
students are there in the queue ?
14. In a group of six children, Q is taller than P but not as tall as L. M is taller than N and O, but not as
tall as P. Who is the shortest among them ?
(A) N (B) O (C) M (D) Data inadequate
15. R earns more than H but not as much as T, M earns more than R. Who earns least among them ?
(A) H (B) R (C) T (D) M
MAT_CLASS-X_107
Direction : (16 to 18) Read the following information and answer the questions.
A was punctual. B came after him and C immediately before B. D was earliest but E was last of all
getting to school.
16. Who arrived first at school ?
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
17. Who arrived second ?
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
18. Who came third ?
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
Directions : (19 to 23) Read the following information and answer the questions given below it :
Alka is older than Mala. Gopal is older than Mala but younger than Alka. Kapil is younger than Ram
and Mala. Mala is older than Ram.
19. Whose age is between Gopal and Ram ?
(A) Mala (B) Kapil (C) Alka (D) None of these
20. Whose age is between Mala and Kapil ?
(A) Gopal (B) Ram (C) Alka (D) None of these
21. Whose age is exactly in the middle of all the five ?
(A) Mala (B) Gopal (C) Ram (D) Alka
22. Who is the eldest ?
(A) Alka (B) Mala (C) Kapil (D) Gopal
23. Who is the youngest ?
(A) Mala (B) Ram (C) Alka (D) Kapil
24. How many odd numbers are in the following number series, which does not contains just after it an
odd number, but contains an even number just before it ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
35814976159234852
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
25. If all the even numbers in between numbers from 32 to 51 are arranged in a row then number at fifth
position from right, will be– (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 36 (B) 40 (C) 42 (D) 48
26. How many A are in the given letter series which does not has B just before it but has C just after it ?
DACBACDACBCACBACBADC (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
27. There are five friends A, B, C, D and E. A is shorter than B but taller then E, C is tallest, D is little
shorter than B and little taller than A. If they are standing in the order of their heights who will be in
the middle ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) D (B) C (C) A (D) B
28. In the following series how many 4's are preceded by 5 but not followed by 2 or 3?
5454765423854115463642 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 5
29. In a class the rank of Sohan is sixteen from the top and fortynine from the bottom. The total number
of students in the class are - (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 64 (B) 65 (C) 66 (D) 67
30. In the following series how many times 7, 8, 9 appear together when 7 being in the middle ?
7287921789167421797828972 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
31. How many 6's are there in the following sequence which are followed by 3 and preceded by 8 ?
9486327186898136897863136843235 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2012)
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
32. If the following numbers are written in ascending order, the sum of the digits of middle number will
be
810, 912 , 910 , 809, 781, 673, 573 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) 9 (B) 12 (C) 17 (D) 13
MAT_CLASS-X_108
33. How many 3s are there in the following number series which are just preceded by 6 but not
immediately followed by 7?
323743563746389635183724286395 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
34. How many pairs of successive numbers have a difference of 2 in the following sequence ?
6, 4, 1, 2, 2, 8, 7, 4, 2, 7, 5, 3, 8, 6, 2, 1, 7, 0, 4, 1, 3, 2, 8, 6 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2018)
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
35. How many odd numbers are there in the sequence each of which is immediately followed by an odd
number ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
5,1,4,7,3,9,8,5,7,2,6,3,1,5,8,6,3,8,5,2,2,4,6,4,9,6
(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
36. A has 18th rank in a class of 49 students. What is his rank from the last ?(NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
(A) 18 (B) 19 (C) 31 (D) 32
Direction : (37 to 38) In a queue, Amruta is at the 11th place from front. Suneeta is at 26th pla from behind.
Sapna is at the central place between Amruta and Suneeta. If there are 60 person in the queue,
then (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/2019)
37. At which place Sapna is standing from the front?
(A) 12 (B) 24 (C) 23 (D) 26
38. At which place Sapna is standing from behind?
(A) 37 (B) 23 (C) 23 (D) 39
39. In a row of boys, if A who is 10th from the left and B who is 9th from the right interchange there
positions, A becomes 15th from the left. How many boys are there in the row?
(A) 23 (B) 31 (C) 27 (D) 28
40. How many 7’s immediately preceded by 6 but only immediately followed by 4 are there in the
following series ?
742764 367535 784376 72406 743 (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6
41. If Chandra is smaller in height than Rina, Puja is taller than Sita and Sita is taller than Rina. Who
among these is smallest in height? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
(A) PUJA (B) RINA (C) SITA (D) CHANDRA
Directions : (1 to 3) These questions are based on the following arrangement of symbols, letters and
numbers.
  9 B Q = $ 2 5 R J  L 3 @ Y M E 6 8  ÷ D F 4  H 7 
1. How many such numbers are there in the arrangement each of which is immediately preceded by a
symbol but not immediately followed by a letter ?
2. How many such symbols are there in the above arrangement each of which is either immediately
followed by a number or immediately preceded by a letter ?
3. How many such letters are there in the arrangement each of which is immediately followed by a
number but not immediately preceded by a symbol ?
4. In a row of girls, Rina and Mona occupy the ninth place from the right end and tenth place from the
left end, respectively. If they interchanged their places, Rina and Mona occupy seventeenth place
from the right and eighteenth place from the left, respectively. How many girls are there in the row?
(A) 25 (B) 26 (C) 27 (D) Data inadequate
MAT_CLASS-X_109
5. Nitin was counting down from 32. Sumit was counting upwards, the numbers starting from 1 and he
was calling out only the odd numbers. What common number will they call out at the same time if
they were calling out at the same speed ?
(A) 19 (B) 21
(C) 22 (D) They will not call out the same number
6. How many 9's are there which come after 6 or multiple of 3 ?
699969796979592989696999979896978 (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) 7 (B) 9 (C) 11 (D) 6
7. Shyama ranked 12th from the top and 28th from the bottom among those children who passed the
examination. Eight children failed in the examination while five children did not appear in the
examination. How many children were there in the class ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) 50 (B) 51 (C) 52 (D) 53
8. If you write all the numbers from 201 to 250, then how many times will you write the numeral 2 ?
(A) 70 (B) 65 (C) 25 (D) 80
9. How many c's are there in between two consonants in the following series ?
cabcdcdcecfcocicjckcck (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 11
10. How many times '+' comes before '÷' and after '×' in the following series?
+ ÷ – × U × – ÷ + + × + ÷ – + ÷ U ÷ × + ÷  U + × ÷ – U × + ÷ ÷ × U ÷ × – ÷ U × + ÷ – + × ÷ ×
+÷×+÷ (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 7
Directions : (11 to 13) Study the following number line and answer the questions that follow.
25917251973952468197527319785265419782010978519735169
721737951 (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
11. How many times is number ‘3’ preceded by number ‘7’ and not followed by an even number ?
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
12. How many times is number 5 followed by 1 or 2, but not preceded by 8 ?
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
13. How many times is number 9 preceded by 1 and succeeded by 7 which is not followed by 5 ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
14. Raju (A) is taller than Sonu (B). Ravi (C) is taller than Monu (D) but shorter than Raja (E). Sonu is
shorter than Monu and Monu is taller than Raju.
Who is the tallest ? Write the code of the boy in your answer script. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
15. Three persons A, B and C are standing in a queue. There are 5 persons in between A and B and
eight persons between B and C.If there are 3 persons ahead of C and 21 persons behind A, what
would be the minimum number of persons in the queue ? (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
16. In a queue, Ramesh is the 7th from the back, Suresh is standing 6th from the front and only Shyam
is standing in between the two. Find the minimum number of boys standing in the queue ?
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 14
17. In a queue of 10 persons, A is standing on 7th from front and B is standing 6th from back. 3 persons
entered the queue disrupting the positions of A and B. Find the pair of numbers indicating minimum
possible disruption in their position from the front? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) 6, 10 (B) 6, 9 (C) 7, 10 (D) 7, 9
MAT_CLASS-X_110
18. In the following how many times is rectangle preceded by a circle but following by a triangle?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
19. Which figure has been used most of the times ? (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. In a dairy, there are 60 cows and buffalos. The number of cows is twice that of buffalos. Buffalo X
ranked seventeenth in terms of milk delivered. If there are 9 cows ahead of Buffalo X, how many
buffalos are after in rank in terms of milk delivered? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13
21. Amongst five friends, Lata, Alka, Rani, Asha and Sadhana. Lata is older than only three of her
friends. Alka is younger to Asha and Lata. Rani is older than only Sadhana. Who amongst them is
the eldest? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) Asha (B) Lata (C) Alka (D) Sadhana
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B C C D C D A B A B C C D A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A C A B A A D B C A A B A B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
Ans. A C C D C D C B A B D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D C B D C C B B A C B B E 28
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21
Ans. B B A A C A
MAT_CLASS-X_111
Blood Relation
BLOOD RELATION
A. BLOOD RELATIONS
Problems on Blood Relations involve analysis of information showing blood relationship among
members of a family. In the questions, a chain of relationship is given in the form of information and
on the basis of these information relation between any two members of the chain is asked. Students
are supposed to be familiar with the knowledge of different relationship in a family.
Grandfather's son Father or uncle
Grandmother's son Father or uncle
Grandfather's only son Father
Grandmother's only son Father
Mother's or Father's mother Grandmother
Mother's or Father's father Grandfather
Grandfather's only daughter-in-law Mother
Grandmother's only daughter-in-law Mother
Mother's or Father's son Brother
Mother's or Father's daughter Sister
Mother's or Father's brother Uncle
Mother's or Father's sister Aunt
Husband's or wife's sister Sister-in-law
Husband's or wife's brother Brother-in-law
Son's wife Daughter-in-law
Daughter's husband Son-in-law
Brother's son or Sister's son Nephew
Brother's daughter or Sister's daughter Niece
Uncle or Aunt's son or daughter Cousin
Sister's husband Brother-in-law
Brother's wife Sister-in-law
Remark : A relation on the mother’s side is called ‘maternal’ while that on the father’s side is called
‘paternal’. Thus, mother’s brother is ‘maternal uncle’ while father’s brother is ‘paternal uncle’.
Note : To build a family tree, certain standard notations are used to indicate a relationship between the
members of the family.
‘+’ stand for male person.
‘–’ stand for female person.
‘+/–’ male or female person.
‘ ’ stand for married couple.
+/ –
B
A is Son or Daughter of B.
+/–
A
+/ –
+ B
B is uncle or aunt of A.
+/–
A
MAT_CLASS-X_112
Blood Relation
Tree Diagram of Blood Relation Asuming Your Self as Male
Tree Diagram of Blood Relation Asuming Your Self as Female
MAT_CLASS-X_113
Blood Relation
B. DIRECT-RELATIONSHIP
In these type of questions, around about description is given in the form of certain small relationship
and you required to analyses the whole chain of relations and decipher the direct relationship
between the persons concerned.
Example. 1
Pointing towards a man in the photograph, Archana said, “He is the son of the only son of my
grandmother”. How is that man related to Archana ?
(A) Cousin (B) Nephew (C) Brother (D) Son
Solution :
(C) Only son of Archana’s grandmother means Archana’s father & his son is Archana’s brother.
Example. 2
Pointing to a photograph, a lady tells Amit, "I am the only daughter of this lady and her son is your
maternal uncle." How is the speaker related to Amit's father ?
(A) Sister-in-law (B) Wife (C) Either (A) or (B) (D) Neither (A) nor (B)
Solution :
(B) The lady who is talking to Amit is the daughter of the lady in the photograph. The son of that lady
who is the brother of the lady who is talking to Amit. The brother of this lady is the maternal uncle of
Amit. The lady is the mother of Amit & wife of Amit ‘s Father.
C. RELATION PUZZLE
In these type of questions, mutual blood relations of more than two persons are mentioned. The
candidate is required to analysis the given information, work out a family chart and then answer the
given questions.
Example. 3
Rohit and Rohan are brothers. Soniya and Sunita are sisters. Rohit’s son is Sunita’s brother. How is
Rohan related to Soniya?
(A) Father (B) Brother (C) Grand Father (D) Uncle
Solution :
(D) Rohit’s son is Sunita’s brother means Rohit is Sunita’s father. Rohit and Rohan are brothers.
Sunita and Soniya are sisters. So, Rohan is the uncle of Soniya.
Directions : (4 to 6) P, Q, R, S, T, U, V & W are the family members. Q is the sister of V and V is the
brother of R. P whose father is W, is husband of T. S is the husband of Q and U is the son of V. P is
the father of Q.
Example. 4
How U is related with T ?
(A) Son (B) Mother (C) Grandson (D) Nephew
Example. 5
How S is related with R ?
(A) Son (B) uncle (C) Brother-in-law (D) Brother
Example. 6
How W is related with R ?
(A) Grand father (B) uncle (C) Son (D) Brother
Solution : (4 to 6)
+ W
Father
Wife
P T
+ –
Father
Husband Sister Brother
S Q V R
+ – + +
Son
U
+
MAT_CLASS-X_114
Blood Relation
4. (C) U is son of V and V is son of T.
 U is grandson of T.
5. (C) S is husband of Q and Q is sister of R.
S is brother -in- law of R.
6. (A) R is son of P and P is son of W.
W is grandfather of R.
D. CODED RELATION
In such questions, the relationship are represented by certain specific symbols such as +, –, ÷, ,
, $, @, , , etc. The candidate is then required to analyse some given codes to determine then
relationship between a set of persons, or to express a given relationship in the coded form.
Example. 7
A + B means A is the son of B, A – B means A is the wife of B. A × B means A is the brother of B, A
÷ B means A is the mother of B, A = B means A is the sister of B. Which of the following represents
P is the maternal-uncle of Q ?
(A) R × P ÷ Q (B) P × R ÷ Q (C) P + R ÷ Q (D) P + R × Q
Solution :
(B) P × R  P is brother of R.
R Q  R is mother of Q.
P is maternal uncle of Q.
Example. 8
A × B means A is the sister of B, A ÷ B means A is the daughter of B, A – B means A is the son of B.
On the basis of this information you have to tell, how is P related to S in the relationship?
P–Q×R ÷S
(A) Brother (B) Son (C) Grandson (D) Daughter’s son
Solution :
(D) According to the directions
+/–
r S
h te
ug Daughter
Da
– Sisters –
Q R
Son
P +
P is the son of the daughter of S.
1. Amit said, “This girl is the wife of the grandson of my mother.” How is Amit related to the girl ?
(A) Father (B) Father-in-law (C) Grandfather (D) Husband
2. Introducing a girl, Vipin said, "Her mother is the only daughter of my mother-in-law. "How is Vipin
related to the girl ?
(A) Uncle (B) Father (C) Brother (D) Husband
3. Showing the lady in the park, Vineet said, "She is the daughter of my grand father's only son”. How
is Vineet related to that lady ?
(A) Brother (B) Cousin (C) Father (D) Uncle
4. Pointing to a man, Amit said, " His son is my son's uncle”. How is that man related to Amit ?
(A) Brother (B) Uncle (C) Father (D) Grandfather
5. Pointing to a man Asha said, “His brother’s father is the only son of my grand father”. How Asha is
related to the man?
(A) Mother (B) Aunt (C) Sister (D) Daughter
MAT_CLASS-X_115
Blood Relation
6. If P is the brother of the son of Q’s Son, how is P related to Q ?
(A) Son (B) Brother (C) Cousin (D) Grandson
7. T is the son of P. S is the son of Q. T is married to R. R is Q's daughter. How is S related to T ?
(A) Brother (B) Uncle (C) Father-in-law (D) Brother-in-law
Directions : (8 to 10) Read the following information and answer the questions given below.
A is the father of B who is the sister of C, C is the husband of P and L is mother of C.
8. How P is related to L ?
(A) Daughter-in-law (B) Sister-in-law (C) Mother-in-law (D) Daughter
9. How B is related to L ?
(A) Daughter (B) Sister (C) Son (D) Brother
10. How A is related to L ?
(A) Wife (B) Father (C) Husband (D) Son
11. If Nishant is the brother of Brijesh, Mitali is the sister of Nishant, Jai is the brother of Purnima,
Purnima is the daughter of Brijesh. Who is the uncle of Jai?
(A) Brijesh (B) Mitali (C) Nishant (D) Purnima
12. If A is B's brother, B is C's sister and C is D's father then D is A's.
(A) Brother (B) Sister (C) Nephew (D) Data inadequate
Directions : (13 to 16) Study the following information to answer the given questions.
A + B means A is father of B.
A – B means A is wife of B.
A × B means A is brother of B.
A ÷ B means A is daughter of B.
13. If P ÷ R + S + Q, which of the following is true ?
(A) P is daughter of Q. (B) Q is aunt of P. (C) P is aunt of Q. (D) P is mother of Q.
14. If P – R + Q, which of the following is true?
(A) P is mother of Q. (B) Q is daughter of P. (C) P is aunt of Q. (D) P is sister of Q.
15. If P × R ÷ Q, which of the following is true?
(A) P is uncle of Q. (B) P is father of Q. (C) P is brother of Q. (D) P is son of Q.
16. If P × R – Q, which of the following is true?
(A) P is brother in law of Q. (B) P is brother of Q. (C) P is uncle of Q. (D) P is father of Q.
17. Sita introducing a man to her husband Ram, told "Grand father of his son is only a son of my
Grandfather" how Sita is related to that man? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) Daughter-in-Iaw (B) Sister (C) Daughter (D) Mother-in-Iaw
18. Introducing Radha, Kalpana said "her mother is alone daughter of my mother". How Kalpana is
related to Radha? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2007)
(A) Mother (B) Sister (C) Niece (D) Daughter
19. If M is Father of N , L is Brother of M and P is Mother of L, then what is the relation of N with P ?
(A) Grand-Daughter (B) Grand-Son (C) Father (D) Data inadequate
20. Shanker is father of 'B' but 'B' is not son of Shanker then what is the relationship of 'B' to Shanker ?
(A) Grand daughter (B) Mother (C) Daughter (D) Grand Son
21. Sachin is the brother of the son of Ajit's son. Then what is the relationship of Sachin to Ajit ?
(A) Brother (B) Cousin (C) Nephew (D) Grandson
22. A and B are brother. C and D are sisters. A’s son is D’s brother. How is B related to C ?
(A) Brother (B) Father (C) Uncle (D) Son
MAT_CLASS-X_116
Blood Relation
Directions : (23) Read the following information carefully and answer the question given below.
A + B means A is the daughter of B;
A – B means A is the husband of B;
A x B means A is the brother of B. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2013)
23. If P + Q – R, which one of the following is true?
(A) R is the mother of P (B) R is the sister-in-law of P
(C) R is the aunt of P (D) R is the mother-in-law of P
24. Ramesh is father of Mohan and Shyam is son of Mohan . What is the relation between Ramesh and
Shyam ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) Son (B) Brother (C) Grandfather (D) father
25. B is father of C but C is not son of B. What is the relation of C with B ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2014)
(A) Sister (B) Brother (C) Daughter (D) Nephew
26. A is uncle of B, B is daughter of C, C is the wife of D's son. Then how is A related to D ?
(A) Son (B) Brother (C) Father (D) Maternal uncle
27. Sailesh introduces Mahipal as the son of the only brother of his father's wife How is Mahipal related
to Sailesh ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2017)
(A) Cousin (B) Son (C) Maternal uncle (D) Son-In-law
28. À + B' means A is the son of B. À - B' means A is the wife of B. Then what does P+R-Q mean?
(A) Q is the father of P (B) Q is the son of P (C) P is the father of Q (D) R is the son of Q.
29. If Ranjana is the sister of the- son of Sohan's son, how is Ranjana related to Sohan ?
(A) Daughter (B) Sister (C) Granddaughter (D) Uncle.
30. A family has a man, his wife, their four sons and their wives. Each son has 3 sons and 1 daughter.
How many male members are there in the whole family ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
(A) 5 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 17
Directions (31 to 32) : Read the information given below carefully. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./2019)
A is the son of B. B’s sister C has a son D and a daughter E. F is maternal uncle of D.
31. How is A related to D ?
(A) Cousin (B) Nephew (C) Brother (D) Uncle.
32. How is E related to F ?
(A) Sister (B) Daughter (C) Niece (D) Wife
Direction : (33 to 36) Read the information given below to answer the questions that follow :
(i) A $ B means A is mother of B.
(ii) A  B means A is father of B.
(iii) A @ B means A is husband of B.
(iv) A % B means A is daughter of B. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2020)
33. If P @ Q $ M  T, then what relationship is of P with T ?
(A) Maternal grandfather (B) Maternal grandmother
(C) Paternal grandfather (D) Paternal grandmother
34. Which of the following expressions indicates that 'R is the sister of H' ?
(A) H $ D @ F  R (B) R % D @ F $ H (C) R $ D @ F  H (D) H % D @ F $ R
35. If G $ M @ K, then how is K related to G ?
(A) Mother in law (B) Daughter (C) Daughter in law (D) None of these
36. Which of the following expression indicates H is the brother of N ?
(A) H  R $ D $ N (B) N % F @ D $ H  R (C) N % F @ D $ H (D) N % F @ D % H
37. P is the brother of Q and R. S is R’s mother. T is P’s father. Which of the following statement cannot
be true ? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/2019)
(A) T is Q’s father (B) S is P’s mother (C) P is S’s son (D) Q is T’s son
MAT_CLASS-X_117
Blood Relation
1. Pointing to a photograph, a man says to his friend, “She is the grand-daughter of the elder brother of
my father”. How is the girl in the photograph related to the man ?
(A) Niece (B) Sister (C) Aunt (D) Sister-in-law
2. Pointing to a girl in the photograph, Amar said, “Her mother’s brother is the only son of my mother’s
father”. How is the girl’s mother related to Amar ?
(A) Mother (B) Sister (C) Sister-in-law (D) Grandmother
Directions : (3 to 6) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given below:
There are six children playing football namely A, B, C, D, E and F. A and E are brothers. F is the
sister of E. C is the only son of A’s uncle. B and D are the daughters of C’s father.
3. How is C related to F ?
(A) Cousin (B) Brother (C) Son (D) Uncle
4. How many male players are there ?
(A) One (B) Three (C) Five (D) Six
5. How many female players are there ?
(A) Two (B) Three (C) Five (D) One
6. How is D related to A ?
(A) Uncle (B) Sister (C) Niece (D) Cousin
7. If P $ Q means P is the father of Q, P # Q means P is mother of Q and P Q means P is the sister
of Q. Then how is Q related to N if N # L $ P  Q.
(A) Grandson (B) Granddaughter (C) Nephew (D) Data inadequate
8. S – T means S is the mother of T, S ÷ T means S is the father of T, S × T means S is the brother of
T. Which of the following represents M is the son of Q ?
(A) M × Q ÷ R (B) M ÷ Q × R (C) Q ÷ M × R (D) Q × M × R
9. If A + B means A is the brother of B, A – B means A is the father of B, A × B means A is the wife of
B, then P × R – S + T means (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) P is the mother of T. (B) T is the sister of P.
(C) R is the grand father of T. (D) T and R are sisters.
10. A and B are brothers, C and D are sisters. The son of A is brother of D. Then the relation of B with C
is
(A) Husband (B) Brother (C) Uncle (D) Nephew
11. A + B means A is the daughter of B, A × B means A is the son of B and A – B means A is the wife of
B. If T – S × B – M, which of the following is NOT true ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
(A) M is the husband of B (B) B is the mother of S
(C) S is the daughter of B (D) T is the wife of S
12. A family consists of six members P,Q,R,X,Y,Z.

Q is the son of R but R is not mother of Q.
P and R are a married couple.
Y is the brother of R, X is the daughter of P. Z is the brother of Q.
Which symbol represents all the children of P ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) QXYZ (B) QXZ (C) XZR (D) QZ
13. In a family of 6 (A, B, C, D, E and F) members, there is one married couple with equal number of
male and female members. Read the following relations and find out the one from the alternatives.
Which is not true for the given family. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
Relations :
A and E are sons of F.
D is the mother of a boy and a girl.
B is the son of A.
(A) A, E, B are males (B) C is the granddaughter of F
(C) C is the daughter of E (D) D is the wife of A
MAT_CLASS-X_118
Blood Relation
P
14. If P + Q means P is husband of Q, means P is sister of Q, P * Q means P is the son of Q. How is
Q
C
D related to A in D * B + ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
A
(A) Son (B) Nephew (C) Sister (D) Couple
15. Afsana was walking in a desert. Anwar was passing by riding on a camal. Afsana requested for a lift.
Anwar said he will give lift only to those who are related to him. At this, Afsana told him that Anwar’s
mother-in-law is the mother of her mother-in-law. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
How is Anwar related to Afsana ?
(A) Father (B) Maternal uncle (C) Brother-in-law (D) Father-in law
16. Study the following information : (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
If ‘A$B’ means A is brother of B,
‘A@B’ means A is wife of B,
‘A # B’ means A is daughter of B and
A  B means A is father of B.
Based on the above information, which of the following alternative represents the correct group of
symbols that indicates the relationship for ‘K’ is father-in-law of H ?
(A) H@J$L#P K (B) H@J$P L# K (C) H@J$L#K P (D) H@P$JL#K
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B B A C C D D A A C C D C A D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A B A D C D C A C C A A A C D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
Ans. A C C B C B D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans. A A A B B D D C A C C B C B D C
MAT_CLASS-X_119
Puzzle Test
PUZZLE –TEST
A. PUZZLE TEST
This chapter comprises of questions given in the form of puzzles, involving certain number of items,
persons or things. You are required to analyses the given information of clue and answer the
questions accordingly.
Hints for Handling The Questions :
 Generally, several condition in the form of information are given with the question. So, do not make
hurry to mix all the given information, instead go step by step.
 To avoid confusion while solving such questions, you should symbolize persons, items by dot, lines
etc.
B. CLASSIFICATION TYPE PUZZLES

This type consists of questions in which certain items belonging to different groups or possessing
different qualities are given along with some clues with the help of which the candidate is required to
group and analyses the given items and answer the questions accordingly.
Directions : (1 to 3) Read following information carefully and answer the questions given below it :
(i) A and B are good in Biology & Chemistry.
(ii) A & C are good in Biology & Physics.
(iii) C, D & E are good in Physics & History.
(iv) C & E are good in Physics & Mathematics.
(v) D & B are good in Chemistry & History.
Example. 1
Who is good in Physics, History & Mathematics but not in Biology ?
(A) D (B) C (C) A (D) E
Example. 2
Who is good in Physics, History, Mathematics & Biology ?
(A) C (B) E (C) D (D) B
Example. 3
Who is good in Physics, Chemistry & History ?
(A) C (B) E (C) D (D) B
Solution : (1 to 3) By given information we can make the following table :
Person Biology Chemistry Physics History Maths

A x x
B x x
C x
D x x
E x x
1. (D) Clearly, E is good in Physics, History & Mathematics but not in Biology.
2. (A) Clearly, C is good in Physics, History, Mathematics & Biology.
3. (C) Clearly, D is good in Physics, Chemistry & History.
C. FAMILY-BASED PUZZLES
In these type of questions, some clause are given regarding relationship among different members
of a family, together with their professions, qualities, dresses, preferences etc. The candidate is
required to analyses the whole information and then answer the given questions accordingly.
MAT_CLASS-X_120
Puzzle Test
Directions : (4 to 5) Read the given information carefully and answer the questions that follow :
Ratan, Anil, Pinku and Gaurav are brothers of Rakhi, Sangeeta, Pooja and Saroj, not necessarily in
that order. Each boy has one sister and the names of bothers and sisters do not begin with the
same letter. Pinku and Gaurav are not Saroj’s or Sangeeta’s brothers. Saroj is not Ratan’s sister.
Example. 4
Pooja’s brother is ?
(A) Ratan (B) Anil (C) Pinku (D) Gaurav
Example. 5
Which of the following are brother and sister ?
(A) Ratan and Pooja (B) Anil and Saroj (C) Pinku and Sangeeta (D) Gaurav and Rakhi
Solution :
(4 to 5) As given that the names of brothers and sisters do not begin with the same letter and Pinku
and Gaurav are not Saroj or Sangeeta’s brothers, Pinku cannot be the brother of Pooja and Hence
he is the brother of Rakhi.
Now we have that Gaurav cannot be the brother of Saroj, Sangeeta or Rakhi. Therefore Gaurav is
the brother of Pooja. As given that Saroj is not Ratan’s sister and Rakhi and Pooja can also not be
the sister’s of Ratan (From above conclusions), Ratan is the brother of Sangeeta. Anil will have to
be the brother of saroj as this is the only valid combination left. Therefore, we have this table finally.
Brother Sister
Pinku Rakhi
Gaurav Pooja
Ratan Sangeeta
Anil Saroj
4. (D) Clearly, Pooja’s brother is Gaurav.

5. (B) Clearly, Anil and Saroj are brother and sister.
D. SELECTION BASED ON GIVEN CONDITION

Directions : (6 to 10) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given below it :
There are five men A, B, C, D and E and six women P, Q, R, S, T and U. A, B and R are advocates;
C, D, P, Q and S are doctors and the rest are teachers. Some teams are to be selected from
amongst these eleven persons subject to the following conditions :
A, P and U have to be together.
B cannot go with D or R.
E and Q have to be together.
C and T have to be together.
D and P cannot go together.
C cannot go with Q.
Example. 6
If the team is to consist of two male advocates, two lady doctors and one teacher, the members of
the team are
(A) A B P Q U (B) A B P U S (C) A P R S U (D) B E Q R S
Solution :
(B) The male advocates are A and B, lady doctors are P, Q and S ; teachers are E, T and U.
Now, A and B will be selected.
A, P and U have to be together. Now, we have to select one lady doctor more. It can be Q or S. But
Q and E have to be together. Since E is not selected, so S will be selected. Thus, the team is A B P
US
.Example. 7
If the team is to consist of one advocate, two doctors, three teachers and C may not go with T, the
members of the team are :
(A) A E P Q S U (B) A E P Q T U (C) B E Q S T U (D) E Q R S T U
Solution :
(B) The advocates are A, B and R ; doctors are C, D, P, Q, S ; teachers are E, T and U. The team
consists of 3 teachers i.e. E, T, U. Now, A, P and U have to be together. E and Q have to be
together. Thus, the team is A E P Q T U.
MAT_CLASS-X_121
Puzzle Test
Example. 8
If the team is to consist of one male advocate, one male doctor, one lady doctor and two teachers,
the members of the team are :
(A) A C P T U (B) A D E P T (C) A D E P U (D) B C E Q U
Solution :
(A) The male advocates are A and B ; male doctors are C and D ; lady doctors are P, Q and S ;
teachers are E, T and U. If A is selected, P and U will be selected. D and P cannot go together. So,
a male doctor C will be selected. C and T have to be together. Thus, the team is A C P T U. If B is
selected, D will not be selected. So, male doctor C will be chosen. C and T have to be together.
Now, the second teacher to be selected is E or U. But, U cannot go without A. So, E will be selected.
E and Q have to be together. Thus, the team can also be B C E Q T.
Example. 9
If the team is to consist of one advocate, three doctors and one male teacher, the members of the
team are:
(A) A D P S U (B) C D R S T (C) D E Q R S (D) D E Q R T
Sol. (C) The advocates are A, B and R ; the doctors are C, D, P, Q and S ; male teacher is E. Clearly, E
will be selected. E and Q have to be together. C and Q cannot be together. So, C will not be
selected. P also cannot be selected because U is not selected. So, two other doctors D and S will be
selected. P is not selected, so A will not be selected. D is selected, so B cannot be selected. Thus,
the team is D E Q R S.
Example. 10
If the team is to consist of two advocates, two doctors, two teachers and not more than three ladies,
the members of the team are :
(A) A B C P T U (B) A C P R T U (C) A E P Q R T (D) B C E Q R T
Solution :
(A) A C P R T U and A E P Q R T are wrong because each of these combinations consists of four
ladies. B C E Q R T is incorrect because B and R cannot go together.
E. MISCELLANEOUS PUZZLES
Example. 11
A vagabond runs out of cigarettes. He searches for the stubs, having learnt that 7 stubs can make a
new cigarette, good enough to be smoked, he gathers 49 stubs, If he smokes 1 cigarette every three
- quarters of an hour, how long will his supply last ?
(A) 5.25 hr (B) 6 hr (C) 4.5 hr (D) 3 hr
Solution :
49
(B) He has got =  7 cigarettes.
7
3
The duration of time he will take to smoke these 7 cigarettes = 7  hr = 5.25 hr (i.e. 5 hr and 15
4
min). Now note that after he has smoked these 7 cigarettes, he will collect 7 more stubs (one form
each), form which he will be able to make another cigarette. This will take him another 3 hr (45 min)
4
to smoke. Therefore, total time taken = 6hr.
Directions : (12 to 13) Read the following information and answer the questions that follow.
There are 70 clerks working with M/s. Jha Lal Khanna & Co. chartered accountants, of which 30 are
female.
(i) 30 clerks are married.
(ii) 24 clerks are above 25 years of age
(iii) 19 Married clerks are above 25 years of age; among them 7 are males.
(iv) 12 males are above 25 years of age
(v) 15 males are married.
Example. 12
How many unmarried girls are there ?
(A) 12 (B) 15 (C) 18 (D) 10
Example. 13
How many of these unmarried girls are above 25 ?
(A) 12 (B) 15 (C) 4 (D) 0
MAT_CLASS-X_122
Puzzle Test
Solution :
(12 to 13) : From the given data, we can make the following table with the help of which rest of the
questions can be solved very easily.
Male (40) Female (30)

Above 25
Married 7 12
Unmarried 5 0
Below 25
married 8 3
unmarried 20 15
Total 40 30
12. (B)There are 15 unmarried girls.
13. (D)In these 15 unmarried girls no one is above 25.
Directions : (1 to 5) Five students A, B, C, D & E of a class secured distinction in four subjects English,
Science, Maths and Sanskrit as: A and C secured distinction in English and Science. B, C and E
secured distinction in Science and Sanskrit, while A, D and E Secured distinction in English and
Maths then find out the correct alternatives for each question. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2007)
1. The student who secured distinction in all the four subjects is –
(A) A (B) E (C) C (D) D
2. The students who secured distinction in English, Science and Maths are –
(A) A,B (B) D, E (C) A, E (D) C, D
3. The Student who secured distinction in three subjects except Maths is-
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
4. The Student who secured distinction in Sanskrit and Science but not in Maths and English is-
(A) B (B) C (C) D (D) E
5. The Student who secured distinction in only English and Maths is -
(A) C (B) B (C) D (D) A
Directions : (6 to 10) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions given below it.
(i) Five professors (Dr. Joshi, Dr. Davar, Dr. Natrajan, Dr. Choudhary and Dr. Zia) teach five different
subjects (zoology, physics, botany, geology and history) in four universities (Delhi, Gujarat, Mumbai,
and Osmania). Do not assume any specific order.
(ii) Dr.Choudhary teaches zoology in Mumbai University .
(iii) Dr. Natrajan is neither in Osmania University nor in Delhi University and he teaches neither
geology nor history.
(iv) Dr. Zia teaches physics but neither in Mumbai University nor in Osmania University.
(v) Dr. Joshi teaches history in Delhi University.
(vi) Two professors are from Gujarat University.
(vii) One professor teaches only one subject and in one University only.
6. Who teaches geology ?
(A) Dr Natrajan (B) Dr. Zia (C) Dr. Davar (D) Dr. Joshi
7. Which university is Dr. Zia from ?
(A) Gujarat (B) Mumbai (C) Delhi (D) Osmania
8. Who teaches botany ?
(A) Dr. Zia (B) Dr. Davar (C) Dr. Joshi (D) Dr. Natrajan
MAT_CLASS-X_123
Puzzle Test
9. Who is from Osmania University ?
(A) Dr. Natrajan (B) Dr. Davar (C) Dr. Joshi (D) Dr. Zia
10. Which of the following combination is correct?
(A) Delhi University - Dr. Zia (B) Dr. Choudhary - geology
(C) Dr. Davar - Mumbai University (D) Dr. Natranjan - Gujarat University
Directions : (11 to 15) Study the following information carefully and answer the question given below it :
(i) A, B, C, D, E and F are six members in a family in which there are two married couples.
(ii) E, a teacher is married to the doctor who is mother of C and F.
(iii) B, the lawyer is married to A
(iv) A has one son and one grandson.
(v) Of the two married ladies one is a housewife
(vi) There is also one student and one male Engineer in the family.
11. How is A related to C ?
(A) Grand father (B) Mother (C) Sister (D) Grand mother
12. Who among the following is the housewife ?
(A) A (B) B (C) D (D) None of these
13. How is C related to F ?
(A) Brother (B) Sister (C) Brother or Sister (D) None of these
14. Which of the following represents the group of females in the family ?
(A) ADC (B) ADF (C) BEC (D) Data inadequate
15. Which of the following is true about the grand-daughter in the family ?
(A) She is a lawyer (B) She is a student (C) She is an engineer (D) None of these
Directions : (16 to 20) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow.
I. There are six students (A, B, C, D, E and F) in a group. Each student can opt for only three
choices out of the six which are music, reading, painting, badminton, cricket and tennis.
II. A, C and F like reading.
III. D does not like badminton, but likes music.
IV. Both B and E like painting and music.
V. A and D do not like painting, but they like cricket.
VI. All student except one like badminton.
VII. Two students like tennis.
VIII.F does not like cricket, music and tennis.
16. Which pair of students has the same combination of choices ?
(A) A and C (B) C and D (C) B and E (D) D and F
17. Who among the following students likes both tennis and cricket ?
(A) A and B (B) C (C) B and D (D) D
18. How many students like painting and badminton ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
19. Who among the following do not like music ?
(A) A , C and D (B) A, B and C (C) A, C and F (D) B, D and F
20. Which of the following is the most popular choice?
(A) Tennis (B) Badminton (C) Reading (D) Painting
Directions : (21 to 25) Read the following paragraph carefully and choose the correct alternative.
The office staff of XYZ corporation presently consists of three females A, B, C and five males D, E,
F, G and H. The management is planning to open a new office in another city using three males and
two females of the present staff. To do so they plan to separate certain individuals who do not
function well together. The following guidelines were established
I. Females A and C are not to be together
II. C and E should be separated
III. D and G should be separated
IV. D and F together should not be part of a team.
21. If A is chosen to be moved, which of the following cannot be a team ?
(A) ABDEH (B) ABDGH (C) ABEFH (D) ABEGH
MAT_CLASS-X_124
Puzzle Test
22. If C and F are to be moved to the new office, how many combinations are possible ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
23. If C is chosen to the new office, which number of the staff cannot be chosen to go with C ?
(A) B (B) D (C) F (D) G
24. Under the guidelines, which of the following must be chosen to go to the new office ?
(A) B (B) D (C) E (D) G
25. If D goes to the new office, which of the following is/are true ?
I. C cannot be chosen
II. A cannot be chosen
III. H must be chosen.
(A) I only (B) II only (C) I and II only (D) I and III only
Directions : (26 to 30) Study the following information carefully and answer the questions that follow :
A team of five is to be selected from amongst five boys A, B, C, D and E and four girls P, Q, R and
S. Some criteria for selection are :
A and S have to be together
P cannot be put with R.
D and Q cannot go together.
C and E have to be together.
R cannot be put with B.
Unless otherwise stated, these criteria are applicable to all the questions below :
26. If two of the members have to be boys, the team will consist of :
(A) A B S P Q (B) A D S Q R (C) B D S R Q (D) C E S P Q
27. If R be one of the members, the other members of the team are :
(A) P S A D (B) Q S A D (C) Q S C E (D) S A C E
28. If two of the members are girls and D is one of the members, the members of the team other than D
are :
(A) P Q B C (B) P Q C E (C) P S A B (D) P S C E
29. If A and C are members, the other members of the team cannot be :
(A) B E S (B) D E S (C) E S P (D) P Q E
30. If including P at least three members are girls, the members of the team other than P are :
(A) Q S A B (B) Q S B D (C) Q S C E (D) R S A D
Direction : (31) The ages of Mandar, Shivku, Pawan and Chandra are 32, 21, 35 and 29 years, not in order,
Whenever asked they lie of their own age but tell the truth about others.
(i) Pawan says, “My age is 32 and Mandar’s age is not 35”
(ii) Shivku says, “My age is not 29 and Pawan’s age in not 21”
(iii) Mandar says, “My age is 32.”
31. What is Chandra’s age ?
(A) 32 years (B) 35 years (C) 29 years (D) 21 years
Direction- Question no 32 to 36 are based on the following information. Read carefully the
information and find out the correct alternative for each question
Ramesh likes to study Hindi, English and Maths.
Suresh likes to study Science, English and Hindi.
Ahmad like to study English, Maths and Geography.
Bobby likes to study Maths, Science and Hindi.
Gopal likes to study only Hindi. (NTSE Stage-I/UP/ 2019)
32. Which subject is liked by most of the boys?
(A) Science (B) English (C) Hindi (D) Maths
33. How many boys like English?
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) Five
34. How many boys like Science?
(A) One (B) Two (C) Three (D) Five
MAT_CLASS-X_125
Puzzle Test
35. Which subject is liked by least of the boys?
(A) Geography (B) English (C) Science (D) Maths
36. How many boys like Maths?

(A) Four (B) Three (C) Two (D) One
Direction : (37 to 39) Atul, Tushar, Nishant and Amar are four players. Except Nishant all play cricket. Atul
plays only cricket and football. Only three players play football. Tushar plays all the games except
kho-kho. Only one player does not play kabaddi. Only Nishant does not play football. Nishant and
Amar are expert in kho-kho. (NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/ 2019)
37. Which game Tushar, Nishant and Amar play ?
(A) Kabaddi (B) Kho-Kho (C) Cricket (D) Football.
38. Who plays all the games ?

(A) Atul (B) Tushar (C) Nishant (D) Amar
39. Which game is played by only two players ?

(A) Cricket (B) Kabaddi (C) Football (D) Kho-kho
Direction : (40 to 44) Read carefully the information given below and answer the questions
Eight person A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated in a line and all of them are facing North, not
necessarily in the same order. Each one of the above person lives in different floor of a eight floor
building (e.g – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8) not necessarily in the same order.
The person living on the 3rd floor is sitting on the second place towards right of the person living on
2nd floor. C lives on 5th floor, A is sitting on the fourth place towards left of the person living on 8th
floor. D is not sitting on either side of H. Neither A nor the person living on 8th floor are sitting on the
extreme ends of the line. B is sitting on the third place towards left of F. There is only one person
sitting between G who lives on 1st floor and the person living on 8th floor. In between G and the
person living on 7th floor there are sitting 2 persons. He is sitting just left of the person living on 7th
floor. Between H and F, who lives on 6th floor there are two persons sitting.
(NTSE Stage-I/Bihar/ 2019)
40. B lives on which floor ?

(A) 5th (B) 3rd (C) 2nd (D) 7th
41. How many persons are sitting between G and B ?

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
42. D lives on which floor ?

(A) 3rd (B) 4th (C) 2nd (D) 7th
43. Who is sitting just left of the person living on 7th floor ?
(A) H (B) F (C) A (D) B
44. Who is sitting three places towards right of A

(A) B (B) E (C) F (D) C
MAT_CLASS-X_126
Puzzle Test
Directions : (1 to 5) Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given below it :
There are five friends A, B, C, D and E. Two of them are businessmen while the other three belong
to different occupations viz. medical, engineer and legal. One businessman and the lawyer stay in
the same locality S, while the other three stay in three different localities P, Q and R. Two of these
five persons are Hindus while the remaining three come from three different communities viz.
Muslim, Christian and Shikh. The lawyer is the oldest in age while one of the businessmen who runs
a factory is the youngest. The other businessman is a cloth merchant and agewise lies between the
doctor and the lawyer. D is a cloth merchant and stays in locality S while E is a Muslim and stays in
locality R. The doctor is a Christian and stays in locality P, B is a Shikh while A is a Hindu and runs a
factory.
1. Who stays in locality Q ?
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) E
2. What is E’s occupation ?
(A) Business (B) Engineer (C) Lawyer (D) Doctor
3. Agewise who among the following lies between A and C ?
(A) Lawyer (B) Doctor (C) Cloth merchant (D) Engineer
4. What is B’s occupation ?
(A) Business (B) Engineer (C) Lawyer (D) Doctor
5. What is C’s occupation ?
(A) Doctor (B) Lawyer (C) Engineer (D) Business
Directions : (6 to 10) Questions are based upon the information given below. Study the information
carefully and then choose the correct alternative.
A, B, C, D, E and F are members of a family. There are two married couples in the family. B is a
businessman and father of E. F is a teacher and grandfather of C. D is grandmother of E and she is
a domestic lady. C is daughter of A. In the family there are two students, one businessman, one
teacher, one domestic lady and one engineer. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
6. Which of the following are married couples ?
(A) FD, AB (B) FC, AB (C) EC, BF (D) FD, AC
7. What is the profession of A ?
(A) Student (B) Teacher (C) Engineer (D) Domestic lady
8. Who is the husband of A ?
(A) D (B) C (C) E (D) B
9. Which one among the following is the group of male persons ?
(A) EF (B) BFE (C) BF (D) ADE
10. Who is the sister of E ?
(A) C (B) F (C) B (D) A
Directions : (11 to 14) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions based on it by
selecting the correct option from the given alternatives.
Five students K, L, M, N and O study in a class of these
(i) K and L study Physics and Chemistry
(ii) M and L study Physics and Mathematics
(iii) N and K study Biology and Chemistry
(iv) O and L study Anthropology and Civics
(v) O and N study Chemistry and Mathematics (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
11. Who among the students studies maximum number of subjects ?
(A) O (B) N (C) L (D) K
12. Who among the students studies minimum number of subjects ?
(A) O (B) N (C) K (D) M
13. Who among the students studies only four subjects ?
(A) M (B) O (C) N (D) K
MAT_CLASS-X_127
Puzzle Test
14. Which of the following pairs studies Chemistry and Civics ?
(A) K and N (B) L and M (C) L and O (D) M and N
Directions : (15 to 19) These questions are based on following information.
Rajesh, Sudhir and Mohan play football, hockey and cricket. Rajesh, Rakesh and Mohan play
hockey, cricket and Basket ball. Rajesh, Sudhir, Naresh and Mohan play football and cricket.
15. Which two boys play all the games?
(A) Rajesh and sudhir (B) Rajesh and Rakesh
(C) Sudhir and Mohan (D) Rajesh and Mohan
16. Which game is played by all the boys?
(A) Basket Ball (B) Cricket (C) Football (D) Hockey
17. Who does not play football?
(A) Rakesh (B) Sudhir (C) Naresh (D) Mohan
18. Which two games are not played by Naresh?
(A) Cricket and Football (B) Cricket and Hockey
(C) Hockey and Basketball (D) Football and Basketball
19. Who do not play basket ball ?
(A) Rajesh and Mohan (B) Sudhir and Naresh
(C) Rakesh and Rajesh (D) Mohan and Rakesh
Directions : (20 to 24) A, B, C, D, E and F are members of a family. Amongst them there are lawyer,
doctor, teacher, salesman, engineer and an accountant. There are two married couples in the
family. ‘D’ who is a salesman is married to the lady teacher. Doctor is married to the lawyer. ‘F’ who
is an accountant is son of ‘B’ and also brother of ‘E’. ‘C’ who is lawyer is daughter in law of ‘A’. E is
an unmarried engineer. ‘A’ is grand mother of ‘F’. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
20. What is the profession of B ?
(A) Salesman (B) Doctor (C) Lawyer (D) Teacher
21. What is the profession of A ?
(A) Teacher (B) Doctor (D) Lawyer (D) Engineer
22. What is the relation of B with D ?
(A) Brother (B) Grandson (C) Son (D) Father
23. What is the relation of D with F ?
(A) Husband (B) Brother (C) Father (D) Grandfather
24. Which of the following is a married couple ?
(A) C and D (B) A and B (C) B and C (D) D and B
25. You have 8 similar looking coins. 7 of them weigh the same. One of them is less in weight. You have
a scale. You can put coins on both sides of the scale and it’ll tell you which side is heavier or will
stay in the middle if both sides weigh the same. What is the minimum number of weighing required
to find out the odd coin?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
26. Two players X and O play a game of “doughts and crosses” on a 3 × 3 grid. The purpose of the
game is for a player to get 3 symbols belonging to the player in a straight line (vertically, horizontally
or diagonally). Each player marks one symbol on his or her turn. After two moves (1 turn each), the
grid looks as follows with X to play next. Where should X put his symbol next so that he will always
win this game finally regard less of how well O plays? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
o
(A) Bottom row right corner

(B) Bottom row middle cell
(C) Middle row left most cell
(D) It is not possible to always ensure X wins if O plays carefully
MAT_CLASS-X_128
Puzzle Test
27. An electrical circuit for a set of 4 lights depends on a system of switches A, B, C and D. When these
switches work they have the following effect on the lights: They each change the state of two lights
(i.e. on becomes off and off becomes on). The lights that each switch controls are as follows.
A B C D
1 and 2 2 and 4 1 and 3 3 and 4
= ON = OFF
In configuration 1 shown below, switches CBDA are activated in turn, resulting in configuration 2.
One switch did not work and had no effect at all. Which was that switch?
configuration1 configuration 2 (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)

(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
Directions (28 to 32) : A, B, C, E, F, G and H are seven employees in an organisation working in the
departments of Administration, Accounts and Operations. There are at least two employees in each
department. There are three females, one in each department. Each of seven employees earns
different amount. The only bearded employee F works in administration and his only other colleague
G earns the maximum. C, the least earner works in Accounts. B and E are brothers and do not work
in the same department. A, husband of H. works in Accounts and earns more than each of F, B and
E. The wife in the couple earns more than the husband. (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
28. Which of the following is a group of females :
(A) GCE (B) GEH (C) GCH (D) GHB
29. In which department(s) do three people work ?

(A) Operations (B) Accounts
(C) Operation or Account (D) Data inadequate
30. What will be position of A from the top when they are arranged in descending order of their income ?
(A) Second (B) Third (C) Fourth (D) Fifth
31. In which of the following department does B work ?
(A) Operations (B) Accounts (C) Administration (D) Data inadequate
32. Which of the following statements is definitely true ?
(A) B earns less than F and H (B) F earns more than B and E
(C) B earns more than E and C (D) B earns less than A and H
Directions (33 to 35) : Five periods of Hindi, English, Science, Mathematics and Sanskrit are to be taken by
five different teachers A, B, C, D and E in five different periods 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Each teacher will
teach only one subject and takes only one period.
Science is not the 3rd period. 5th period is taken by D who does not teach Hindi or Sanskrit. A takes
3rd period. The one who teaches Sanskrit takes 4th period. There are two periods after and two
periods before Mathematics period. Hindi period is between Science and Mathematics period. B
teaches Science. E takes period just before D's period.
After reading the above information, answer the following questions. (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
33. Who teaches the Hindi and in which period?

(A) C teaches Hindi in 2nd period (B) E teaches Hindi in 1st period
(C) C teaches Hindi in 4th period (D) Data is inadequate
MAT_CLASS-X_129
Puzzle Test
34. Which of the following is the correct sequence of subject-period -teacher?

(A) Mathematics –3 – D (B) Sanskrit –4 – E
(C) Mathematics – 2 –A (D) Hindi – 2 –E
35. The subject taught by teachers A, B, C, D and E respectively are

(A) Mathematics, Science, Hindi, Sanskrit, English
(B) Mathematics, Science, English, Hindi, Sanskrit
(C) Mathematics, Hindi, English, Sanskrit, Science
(D) Mathematics, Science, Hindi, English, Sanskrit
Direction : (36 to 37) A class is to be taught five subject- Hindi, Physics, Chemistry, Biology and
Mathematics by five direrent teachers –A,B, C, D, and E in five periods (1 to 5). A teacher can teach
in only one of the periods. The following details are available about the teaching.
• A teaches mathematics which is not taught in the first period.
• Physics is taught by D in an even numbered period.
• Chemistry is taught in a odd period, and it precedes mathematics period.
• E teaches in the first period.
• C teaches Chemistry but not in the first or the last periods.
Hindi is taught in the last period. (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
36. Which of the following statements is necessarily true ?
(A) Third period is of Hindi taught by B
(B) Second period is of Physics taught by C
(C) Fourth period is of Mathematics taught by A
(D) Fifth period is of Biology taught by D
37. Which subject is taught by B ?

(A) Physics (B) Chemistry (C) Biology (D) Hindi
Directions : (38 to 42) A, B, C, D, E, F and G are seven teachers, Each one teaches only one and different
language from among Konkani, Hindi, Malayalam, English, Manipuri, Tamil and Kannada on
different days of a week. C teaches Malayalam on Friday. B teaches Konkani on the next day of the
day on which the concerned teacher teaches English. F teaches on Thursday but neither teaches
Hindi nor English. D teaches Tamil on the previous day on which day F teaches. A teaches Kannada
on Tuesday. G teaches on the next day of the day on which the concerned teacher teaches
Malayalam. E does not teach English. (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
38. Which subject does E teach?

(A) Tamil (B) Hindi (C) Manipuri (D) Malayalam
39. On which day B teaches?

(A) Monday (B) Friday (C) Wednesday (D) Sunday
40. Which language does F teach?

(A) Manipuri (B) Kannada (C) Tamil (D) English
41. Which language does G teach?

(A) Hindi (B) English (C) Kannada (D) Konkani
42. On which day D teaches?

(A) Saturday (B) Tuesday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
MAT_CLASS-X_130
Puzzle Test
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C C A C C A D B D D A C D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C D C C B B A B A D A D C D A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Ans. A C C B A B A B D C C B A D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A B D C A A C D C A C D B C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B A C B B A C D C A A C C B B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Ans. D D A B D C D B D A B C
MAT_CLASS-X_131
Venn Diagram
VENN DIAGRAM
A. LOGICAL VENN DIAGRAM

1. An object is called a subset of another object, if former is a part of later and such relation is shown
by two concentric circles.
(i) Pencil, Stationary
(ii) Spinach, Vegetable
(iii) Chair, Furniture
It is very clear from the above relationship that one object is a part of other, and hence all such
relationships can be represented by figure below –
2. An object is said to have an intersection with another object, when two objects share some thing in
common.
(i) Surgeon, Males
(ii) Politicians, Indian
(iii) Educated, Unemployed
Surgeon Males
Politician Indian
Educated Unemployed
All the three relationships given above have something in common as some surgeons can be male
and some female, some politicians may be Indian and some may belong to other countries,
educated may be employed and unemployed as well. And all the three relationships can be
represented by figure above.
3. Two objects are said to be disjoint when neither one is subset of another nor they share anything in
common. In other words, totally unrelated object fall under this type of relationship
(i) Furniture, Car
(ii) Copy, Cloth
(iii) Tool, Shirt
It is clear from the above relationship that both the objects are unrelated to each other, and hence
can be represented diagrammatically as shown in figure above. From the above discussion we
observe that representation of relationship of two objects is not typical if students follow the above
points. But representation of three objects diagrammatically pose slight problem before the students.
A variety of such relationship is being discussed in the following examples.
Directions : (1 to 6) Each of these questions given below contains three group of things. You are to choose
from the following four numbered diagrams, a diagram that depicts the correct relationship among
the three groups of thing in each question.
Example. 1
Moon, Earth, Universe
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) Moon and Earth are the parts of universe and therefore are subsets of universe.
MAT_CLASS-X_132
Venn Diagram
Example. 2
India, Pakistan, Asia
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) India and Pakistan are the subsets of Asia.
Example. 3
Batsman, Cricket, Stick
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) Batsman is a subset of Cricket and Stick is something unrelated to Cricket.
Example. 4
Book, Pen, Pencil
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(C) Book, Pen, Pencil are neither subset of one another nor have anything in common.
Example. 5
Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the relationship among Tennis fans, Cricket
players and Students?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) From the relationship given in the question, we observe that each of the objects carries
something in common to one another. A Tennis fan can be a cricket player as well as student.
Hence Diagram (A) represents this relationship.
Example. 6
Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the relationship among smokers, bidi smokers,
cancer patients?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(B) Bidi smokers is a subset of smokers and cancer patient may be a smoker, bidi smoker and non-
smoker. Hence third object shares a common relationship with first and second object as well.
B. SIMPLE VENN DIAGRAM

Directions : (7 to 11) In the following diagram, three classes of population are represented by three figures.
The triangle represents the school teachers, the square represents the married persons and the
circle represents the persons living in joint families.
F
E B C
D A
Example. 7
Married persons living in joint families but not working as school teachers are represented by
(A) C (B) F (C) D (D) A
Example. 8
Persons who live in joint families, are unmarried and who do not work as school teachers are
represented by
(A) C (B) B (C) E (D) D
MAT_CLASS-X_133
Venn Diagram
Example. 9
Married teachers living in joint families are represented by
(A) C (B) B (C) D (D) A
Example. 10
School teachers who are married but do not live in joint families are represented by
(A) C (B) F (C) A (D) D
Example.11
School teachers who are neither married nor do live in joint families are represented by
(A) F (B) C (C) B (D) A
Solution :
7. (C) Married persons living in joint families are presented by the region common to the square and
the circle i.e., D and B. But, according to the given conditions, the persons should not be school
teachers. So, B is to be excluded. Hence, the required condition is denoted by region D.
8. (C) Persons living in joint families are represented by the circle. According to the given conditions,
the persons should be unmarried and not working as school teachers. So, the region should not be
a part of either the square of the triangle. Thus, the given conditions are satisfied by the region E.
9. (B) Married teachers are represented by the region common to the square and the triangle i.e., B
and C. But, according to the given conditions, the persons should be living in joint families. So, the
required region should be a part of the circle. Since B lies inside the circle, so the given conditions
are satisfied by the persons denoted by the region B.
10. (A) As in the above question, married teachers are represented by B and C. But, here, the given
conditions lay down that the persons should not be living in joint families. So, the required region
should lie outside the circle. Since C lies outside the circle, so the given conditions are satisfied by
the persons denoted by the region C.
11. (A) School teachers are represented by the triangle. But according to the given conditions, persons
are neither married nor do they live in joint families. So, the region should not be a part of either the
square or the circle. Such a region is F.
C. DOT SITUATION
The problems on dot situation involve the search of similar conditions in the alternative figures as
indicated in the problem figure. The problem figure contains dots placed in the spaces enclosed
between the combinations of square, triangle, rectangle and circle. Selecting one of these dots we
observe the region in which this dot is enclosed i.e. to which of the four figures (circle, square,
rectangle and triangle) is this region common. Then we look for such a region in the four
alternatives. Once we have found it. We repeat the procedure for other dots, if any. The alternative
figure which contains all such regions is the answer.
Directions : (12 to 14) In each of the following questions, there is a diagram marked (X), with one or more
dots placed in it. The diagram is followed by four other figures, marked (A), (B), (C) and (D) only one
of which is such as to make possible the placement of the alternative in each case.
Example. 12
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(C) In figure (X), the dot lies in the region common to the circle and the triangle only. Such a region
is present in figure (C) only.
MAT_CLASS-X_134
Venn Diagram
Example. 13
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) In figure (X), one of the dots is placed in the region common to the circle and the triangle and the
other dot is placed in the region common to the triangle and the square.
From amongst the figures (A), (B), (C) and (D), only figure (A) has both the regions, one common to
circle and triangle and the other common to triangle and square.
Example. 14
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(C) Figure (X), contains one dot in the square only, another dot in the region common to the square
and the triangle only and the third dot in the region common to the circle and the triangle. Figure (A)
does contain a region which lies in the square alone. Figures (B) and (D) do not contain any region
common to the circle and the triangle. Only figure (C) contains all the three types of regions.


Directions : (1 to 7) Each question below has three items having certain relationship among them. The
same relationship is expressed by sets of circles, each circle representing one item irrespective of
its size. Match the items with right set of circles.
1. Computer skilled, Graduates, Employed.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. Vegetable, Apple, Spinach
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3. Clever, Punctual, Poor
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4. Copper, Cobalt, Silver
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_135
Venn Diagram
5. Doctor, Lawyer, Male
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. Man, Husband, daughter
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7. Female, Medicine, Physician
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (8 to 12) Study the figure below and answer the following questions.
No. of families
50 having T.V.
No. of 110 18 80 30
families having
V.C.R. 20 20 No. of families
10 15 15
having scootors
15
40 25
No. of families having maruti
8. Find out the number of families which have all the four things mentioned in the diagram.
(A) 40 (B) 30 (C) 35 (D) 20
9. Find out the number of families which have scooters.
(A) 145 (B) 100 (C) 188 (D) 240
10. Find out the number of families which have V.C.R. and T.V. both
(A) 84 (B) 24 (C) 104 (D) 100
11. Find out the number of families which have only one thing, that is, either V.C.R. or T.V. or Scooter or
Maruti.
(A) 160 (B) 184 (C) 225 (D) 254
12. Find out the number of families which have T.V. and scooter both but have neither V.C.R. nor
Maruti.
(A) 15 (B) 30 (C) 4 (D) 50
Directions : (13 to 16) Read the following information carefully and answer the questions based on them :
The circle represents poor boys, the square represents educated boys, the triangle represents the
boys who are employed somewhere and the rectangle represents those who help in the family
business. Each section of the diagram is numbered.
12 9
3
5 2 1 11
4 8 6
7
13. Which number represents those poor boys who help in family business but are not educated or
employed elsewhere ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
14. Which number represents the group of educated poor boys who are employed somewhere but do
not help in family business ?
MAT_CLASS-X_136
Venn Diagram
15. Which section does number 12 represent ?
(A) Uneducated poor boys who do not help in family business
(B) Educated poor boys employed in service
(C) Uneducated boys who help in family business
(D) Educated poor boys who help in family business.
16. Which number represents that section of poor boys who are neither educated nor are in any
employment or have any family business ?
(A) 5 (B) 1 (C) 11 (D) 12
Directions : (17 to 21) Following questions are based on the Venn diagram given below in which the
triangle stands for lady, the rectangle stands for doctors, the circle stands for teachers and the,
square stands for engineers. Find out the correct answer of each question from the alternatives
given under it. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
4
5
8
3 8
10
7 2
11
17. How many persons are engineers as well as do only teaching job ?
(A) 5 (B) 8 (C) 13 (D) 7
18. The numbers of lady doctors who are neither engineer nor teachers are-
(A) 0 (B) 7 (C) 10 (D) 11
19. The number of engineers who are neither doctors nor lady teachers are-
(A) 4 (B) 11 (C) 9 (D) 2
20. The numbers of lady doctors who are engineers but teach children of the village are –
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 15
21. The numbers of gents teachers who are neither doctors nor engineers are –
(A) 12 (B) 9 (C) 5 (D) 4
Directions : (22 to 23) Questions are based on Venn Diagram. Circle stands for rural, Triangle stands for
educated, square stands for hard-working and Rectangle stands for intelligent persons. Numbers
given represent serial number of the area. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
1 8 9
6 7 10
2 5 13
12
3 4 11
22. Which area represents “Intelligent, hard-working and educated but not rural” persons ?
(A) 12 (B) 10 (C) 4 (D) 3
23. Which area represents “Hard-working and intelligent but neither rural nor educated” persons?
(A) 11 (B) 5 (C) 3 (D) 4
Directions: (24 to 25) In the following diagram 'I' represents Indians 's' represent scientist and 'p' represents
politicians. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
I
c s
d e
a
b f
g
p
24. Indians those are politicians but not scientist will be –

(A) a (B) b (C) d (D) f
MAT_CLASS-X_137
Venn Diagram
25. Scientists which are politician but not Indians will be –
(A) d (B) e (C) f (D) g
Directions : (26 to 28) Following four diagrams marked A, B, C and D are given as alternatives. Choose
the best suitable alternative diagram marked A, B, C and D, the one that represent the best
relationship amongst the three given groups. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
26. Birds, Crows, Cats

27. Snakes, Land creatures, Water eveatures
28. Males, Nephews, Nieces
Directions (29 to 30) : These questions are based on the following diagram. In this diagram there are three
sets U, A and B. Which represent the married persons, educated people and teachers respectively
live in a colony. The total population of the colony is 300. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
260 136 24
B
29. Number of unmarried persons in the colony is

(A) 40 (B) 112 (C) 124 (D) 125
30. Number of educated people who is not teacher is
(A) 120 (B) 112 (C) 124 (D) 125
31. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents cows, horses and animals ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)

32. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents rectangle, quadrilateral and polygon ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
33. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents intelligence, ability and honesty ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
34. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents quadrilateral, rectangle and square ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
35. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents female, mother and doctor ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_138
Venn Diagram
Directions (36 to 37) : Give answer according to the following Venn diagram. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
Artist
4 3
8 Writer
6 7
10
12 Teacher
36. Total number of teachers are

(A) 12 (B) 31 (C) 19 (D) 22.
37. How many artists are there who are writer but not teacher?
(A) 8 (B) 14 (C) 13 (D) 7.
38. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents Bus, Car and Vehicle ?
(NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
39. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents white colour, clothes and natural
flowers ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (40) Out of 500 students, the following Venn diagram represents the number of students who got
Distinction in Physics, Chemistry and Maths subjects.

40. How many students got Distinction in both Physics and Maths subjects, when the students who got
Distinction in Chemistry subject is not included ?
(A) 26 (B) 15 (C) 28 (D) 24
Directions : (41 to 46) In the following question a dot is placed in the figure marked as (X), this figure is
followed by four alternatives marked as (A) , (B), (C) and (D). One out of these four options contains the
common region to circle, square, triangle and rectangle similar to that of marked by dot in figure (X).
Select that option.
41.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_139
Venn Diagram
42.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
43.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
44.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
45.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
46.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_140
Venn Diagram
47. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents France, Europe and Canada ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
48. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents House, Kitchen and Bathroom ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
49. Which of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents Males, Fathers and doctors ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions (50 to 51) Based on the diagram given below. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2019)
Circle A represents men having TV, circle B represents men having scooter, circle C represents
men having laptop and circle D represents men having car.
50. Men having scooter, TV, laptop but not car are represented by which number ?
(A) 4 (B) 7 (C) 11 (D) 12
51. Men having only car (no other item) are represented by which number ?
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
52. Which one of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents the relation between Indian, Pakistan
and Asia ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2020)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
53. Which one of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents the relation between police, Thief
and Criminal ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2020)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_141
Venn Diagram
54. Which one of the following Venn diagrams correctly represents the relation between Rajasthan,
Jaipur and Amer ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2020)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
55. How many educated people are employed ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2020)
(A) 18 (B) 26 (C) 24 (D) 20

Direction : (56 to 60) The following questions are based on the diagram given below. Study the diagram
carefully and answer the questions based upon it.
In the diagram
(i) Rectangle represents males.
(ii) Triangle represents educated.
(iii) Circle represents urban, and
(iv) Square represents civil servants. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj. /2020)
56. How many among the following are educated males, who are not an urban resident ?
(A) 10 (B) 4 (C) 11 (D) 9
57. How many the following are neither civil servant nor educated but are urban and not a male ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 10
58. How many among the following are female, urban resident and also a civil servant ?
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 10 (D) 14
59. How many among the following are educated male who hail from urban area ?
(A) 4 (B) 2 (C) 5 (D) 11
60. How many among the following are only a civil servant but neither male not urban oriented and
uneducated?
(A) 10 (B) 8 (C) 7 (D) 9
Direction (61 to 71) Four sets of circles have been given below. Three circles of sets have some relation
with each other. Questions given below have three words each of which are also related to each
other in some way. This relation between words is similar to that in one of the sets of circles. Find it
out from the four options given below each question and write its serial number against
corresponding question number on your answer sheet- (NTSE Stage-I /UP /2019)
MAT_CLASS-X_142
Venn Diagram
61. Hospital, Doctor, Nurse
(A) Set-4 (B) Set-1 (C) Set-2 (D) Set-3
62. Advocate, Female, Male
63. City, Market, Shop
64. Minute, Second, Gram
65. Cricket, Hockey, Football
66. Furniture, Chair, Table
(A) Set - 1 (B) Set - 4 (C) Set - 3 (D) Set - 2
67. Train, Car, Bicycle
68. Garden, Plant, Leave
69. Sky, Stars, Road
70. River, Fish, Cat
71. Pond, Water, Frog
Direction : (72 to 76) Study the following figure and answer the questions
Here
1. Large triangle represents artist
2. Small triangle represents scientists
3. Rectangle represents dancers
4. Circle represents doctors NTSE Stage-I /Bihar /2019)
72. Which letter represents artists who are doctor and dancer ?
(A) H (B) G (C) D (D) A
73. Which letters represents those artists who are neither scientist nor doctor ?
(A) A and B (B) A and L (C) B and G (D) L and H
74. Which letters represents those artists who are dancer as well as doctor ?
(A) A and D (B) G and H (C) C and A (D) C and D
75. Which letter represents those artists who are not doctor, not scientist and not dancer ?
(A) D (B) F (C) A (D) G
76. Which letter represents those scientists who are not artists ?
(A) B (B) D (C) L (D) F
MAT_CLASS-X_143
Venn Diagram
Directions : (1 to 5) The following questions are based on the diagram given below. In the diagram, circle
represents tall children, the square represents obese children, rectangle represents the energetic
children and the triangle represents girl children. Study the diagram and answer the questions that
follow.
Girls
Energetic 8
15
9
11 4 7 Tall
5
10 3
2 1 6
Obese 12
14
13
1. Which area represents girls who are tall and obese but not energetic ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
2. Which of the following areas represents the tall, obese and energetic girls ?
(A) Only 3 (B) 3 and 4 (C) 2 and 3 (D) 2, 3 and 4
3. Which of the following area represents children who are tall, obese and energetic but are not girls?
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 9
4. Which areas represent energetic children who are not obese ?
(A) 1, 13 and 15 (B) 13 and 15 (C) 1, 11 and 15 (D) 6, 13 and 15
5. Which of the following areas represent obese and energetic children, who are neither girls nor tall ?
(A) 2 and 12 (B) 3 and 10 (C) 2 and 3 (D) 11 and 12
Directions : (6 to 10) Which of the Venn diagrams given in the alternatives best represents the relation
between the given items ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
6. Doctors, Engineers, Lawyers
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7. Books, Newspaper, Words
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. Boys, Students, Players
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9. Animals, Cows, Grass-eating animals
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10. Mammals, Tigers, Cows
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_144
Venn Diagram
Directions : (11 to 15) The following questions are based on the figure given below. In this figure the
rectangle represents artists, the circle represents players and the triangle represents doctors. The
numbers in different sections refer to the number of persons in that area. A few questions are then
asked based upon this information. (NTSE Stage- II,2008)
15 Players
20 5 25
18 4 8 Doctors
28
Artists
11. How many players are neither artists nor doctors ?
(A) 35 (B) 28 (C) 24 (D) 18
12. How many doctors are players but not artists ?
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 20 (D) 25
13. What percentage of doctors has at least one more interest - either arts or sports in life ?
(A) 55% (B) 50% (C) 45% (D) 40%
14. How many players are artists but not doctors?
(A) 28 (B) 25 (C) 18 (D) 5
15. In terms of number, arrange artists, players and doctors in decreasing order (Those with maximum
number first, with minimum number last)
(A) Players, Artists, Doctors (B) Players, Doctors, Artists
(C) Artists, Doctors, Players (D) Artists, Players, Doctors
Directions : (16 to 17) Which of the Venn diagrams given in the alternatives best represents the relation
between the given items ? (NTSE Stage-II,2008)
16. Mothers, Engineers, Females
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17. Crows, Birds, Snakes
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (18 to 19) The numbers in different section of the overlapping circles indicate the number of
people who speak different language. Answer the questions that follow. (NTSE Stage- II,2009)
English Hindi
10 5 11
3
7 9
15
Tamil
18. How many people speak only two languages ?
(A) 19 (B) 21 (C) 24 (D) 30
19. How many cannot speak all the three languages ?
(A) 21 (B) 36 (C) 57 (D) 60
Directions : (20 to 22) In each of the following questions, patterns of circles are used to represent
relationship among different items. Each circle represent an item. Which of the patterns represents
the relationship among the items given in the question ? (NTSE Stage- II,2009)
20. House, Kitchen, Bedroom
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_145
Venn Diagram
21. Animal, Insect, Cockroach
(A) (B) (C) (D)

22. Players, Human Beings, Students
(A) (B) (C) (D)
23. In the figure, the circle represents youth, the triangle represents footballers and the rectangle
represents athletes. Which letter(s) represent(s) athletes among youths who are not footballers ?
(NTSE Stage- II,2013)

(A) g (B) g and c (C) f (D) f and d
24. Which of the following diagram/sets indicate the relation between women, mothers and parents?
(NTSE Stage- II,2013)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (25 to 27) In the following question a dot is placed in the figure marked as (X), this figure is
followed by four alternatives marked as (A) , (B), (C) and (D). One out of these four options contains
the common region to circle, square, triangle and rectangle similar to that of marked by dot in figure.
Select that option. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
25.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
26. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_146
Venn Diagram
(A) (B) (C) (D)

28. In the following figure, square represents professors, circle represents males, triangle represents
cricketers and rectangle represents trainers. (NTSE Stage-II,2016)
On the basis of information given in the above diagram, which of the following is correct ?
(A) C represents male professors who are cricketers too
(B) I represents male trainers who play cricket
(C) B represents male professors who are trainers
(D) F represents male trainers who are not cricketers
29. Which of the following diagrams indicates the best relation among men, fathers and teachers?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction (30-31) : Answer these questions by using the following diagram.
Each square stands for different class.

A. Represents Indians B. represents Students
C. Represents Talented individuals D. represents players
30. How many Indian non-player students who are talented ?
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 10 (D) 12
31. How many talented Indians are players ?

(A) 13 (B) 17 (C) 19 (D) 22
MAT_CLASS-X_147
Venn Diagram
32. In a school, commerce and arts subjects were offered. Some students opted only for commerce and
some only arts. There were science students also who did not choose any of these subjects. the rest
of them accepted both commerce and arts. Which one of the following Venn diagram correctly
reflects this situation? (NTSE Stage-II,2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (33 to 35) The following figures represent students who can play, sing and dance.
33. Which part of the figures represents students who can sing and dance ?
(A) F (B) C (C) F and C (D) E and G
34. The number of students who can play in more by ‘a’ than the number of students who can dance;
and the number of students who can do both playing and singing is more by ‘b’ than the number of
students who can do both singing and dancing. Then what is the difference of the number of
students who can only dance and who can only play?
(A) a + b (B) (2a – b) or (b – 2a) (C) (a – 2b) or (2b –a) (D) (a – b) or (b –a)
35. It is given that the total numbers of students in all the three disciplines are same. Also, sum of the
number of students who can only dance, and twice of the number of students who can do both
singing and dancing, equals the sum of the students who can do both singing and playing and the
students who can do both dancing and playing. Then which among the alternative is a correct
statement about the number of students who can only play and those who can only sing ?
(A) The number of students who can only sing is twice as many as the number of students who can
only play
(B) The number of students who can only sing is equal to the sum of the number of student who can
sing and dance and the number of students who can only play and sing.
(C) The number of students who can only play and sing equals the number of students who can only
dance and play.
(D) The number of students who can only dance equals to the number of students who can only
sing.
36. The following figures represent information given against them.
Total number of students who applied for Board Examination.
Total number of students who actually appeared at Board Examination.
Total number of urban students who appeared at Board Examination
Total number of students who qualified at Board Examination. (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
Based on the above information which of the following figures represents the above facts?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_148
Venn Diagram
37. Which one of the following venn diagrams represents the relation among men, doctors and patients
in a hospital? (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B C A B D A B D C D C B D D A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D C A B B D A D B C D A D A B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A A C A C B A C A B A D D B A
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. A C C B D A B A B A C B C A C
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C D A D B D C B A B C B A B C
Que. 76
Ans. D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C A B A D B B A C D A B D C A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D C B C B D D A A D B C B B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
Ans. B A C D A C A
MAT_CLASS-X_149
Syllogism
SYLLOGISM
Syllogism literally means to stay together, giving us the sense of putting two propositions or
premises together in order to draw a logical conclusion from them.
Venn-Diagram Representation of Four Propositions
1. Universal Affirmative (A) : All S are P.
There are two possibilities to represent the relation between S and P given by universal affirmative
proposition "All S are P". This can also be understood with the help of set theory.
Case I. S = {a, b, c} P = {a, b, c, d}
Case II. S = {a, b, c} P = {a, b, c}
Case I is represented by Fig. (i) and Case II is represented by Fig. (ii). In both these cases, we see
that every element of set S is also the element of set P. Hence, we can definitely say that the above
two figures show All S are P".
2. Universal Negative (E) : No S are P
There is only one possibility of drawing the relationship between S and P.

S = {a, b, c} P = {d, e, f}
From the above two sets, it is clear that none of the elements of S is the element of set P.
3. Particular Affirmative (I) : Some S are P
There are three possible representations given by Fig. (iv), Fig. (v) and Fig. (vi) depicting particular
affirmative proposition "Some S are P". This can be supported with the help of following sets:
Case I. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {c, d, e, f}
Case II. S = {a, b} P = {a, b, c, d}
Case III. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {a, b}
In all the three cases we find that some of the elements of S are also the elements of set P.
MAT_CLASS-X_150
Syllogism
4. Particular Negative (O) : Some S are not P
The particular negative proposition "Some S are not P" can be represented with the help of three
possible figures given in (vii), (viii) and (ix).
Venn-diagram representations of the above propositions can be supported by way of following sets:
Case I. S = {a, b, c} P = {c, d, e}
Case II. S = {a, b, c, d} P = {c, d}
Case Ill. S = {a, b, c} P = {d, e, f}
In all the three cases, we find that there are some elements in set S which are not elements of set P.
Hence all the cases along with the respective figures support the proposition "Some S are not P".
Venn-Diagram Representation
Immediate inferences drawn from each type of propositions (A, E, I, O). One of the important points
to be noted while drawing inference from Venn-diagrams is that all possibilities of Venn-diagrams
should be taken in account. Let us now discuss each type of proposition in relation to the pictorial
representation.
1. A-Type-All S are P
It is clear from the A type of proposition that all S are contained in P. Therefore, circle representing S
will be either inside or equal to circle representing P. However, in both the cases, conclusions
(Some P are S) and (Some S are P) are true This case can be understood clearly by taking two sets
in all possible ways.
P
S
4 S, P
1
2
3 5 1
2
3
(i) S = {1,2,3} P = {1,2,3,4,5}

(ii) S = {1,2,3} P = {1,2,3}
The above cases show the all the possibilities of two sets S and P showing the relationship between
each other as represented by the proposition. All S are P. Now in both the cases we see that set
{2,3} is the part of set S and also of set P. Hence, it is clear that inference (Some S are P) is true
from this relationship. Likewise set {2,3} is the part of set P and also of set S. Therefore, it is also
clear that inference (Some P are S) is true. Inference (Some P are not S) is not valid because it is
true from case (i) but false from case (ii). Inference (All P are S) is not valid because it is true from
case (ii) and false from case (i).
MAT_CLASS-X_151
Syllogism
2. E- Type-No S is P
There is only one possibility of Venn-diagram representation of E-type proposition. The relationship
can also be shown by two sets S = {1,2,3} and P = {4, 5, 6 } . From these two sets, we see that set
{ 2, 3} is the part of set S but not of set P. It implies that inference (Some S are not P ) is true.
Similarly, set {5,6} is the part of set P but not of set S. This means that inference (Some P are not S)
is true.
Therefore, on the basis of E-type proposition, we can draw following immediate inferences.
(i) No P is S.
(ii) Some S are not P.
(iii) Some P are not S.
Any other immediate inference drawn from E-type proposition is not valid.
3.  -Type -Some S are P
This Proposition gives rise to many possible representations of Venn-diagrams and hence most of
the inferences drawn therefrom are invalid and doubtful This relationship can be shown by following
sets and respective Venn-diagrams.
(i) S = { 1, 2, 3, 4 } P = { 3, 4, 5, 6 }
Set {3,4} is the part of set S as well as set P, hence some S are P
(ii) S = { 1, 2, 3, 4} P = { 1, 2}
Set {1,2 } is the part of set S as well as set P, hence some S are P.
(iii) S = { 1,2} P = { 1,2,3,4}
Set { 1,2} is the part of set S as well as set P, hence some S are P.
MAT_CLASS-X_152
Syllogism
The above three combinations of sets and respective diagrams show the relationship between S
and P as represented by I-type proposition. From all the possible combinations, it is clear that
inference (Some P are S ) is true. Inference (Some S are not P} is true from combinations (i) and (ii)
But it is not true from combinations (iii). Therefore, inference (Some S are not P) is not a valid
inference drawn from the above proposition.
4. O-Type-Some S are not P
From this proposition no immediate inference can be drawn. Let us discuss this proposition in the
light of Venn-diagram representation.
(i) S = {1,2,3,4} P = {3,4,5,6}
Set {1,2} is the part of set S but not of set P, hence this shows the relationship represented by the
proposition 'Some S are not P'.
(ii) S = {1,2,3} P = {4,5,6}
Set {2, 3} is the part of set S but not of set P, hence this shows the relation represented by the
proposition 'Some S are not P'.
(iii) S = {1,2,3,4,5} P = {4,5}
Set {1,2,3} is the part of set S but not of set P, hence denotes proposition 'Some S are not P'.
On the basis of all possible combinations showing relationship between S and P, no valid inference
can be drawn.
Inference - Some S are P is true from case (i) and (iii) but not true from case (ii) and hence it is an
invalid inference. Inference - Some P are not S is true from case (i) and (ii) but not true from case
(iii) and hence it is an invalid inference.
Students should note that if an inference is true, it has to comply with or follow all the
possible pictorial representation of Venn-diagrams.
MAT_CLASS-X_153
Syllogism
Directions : (1 to 5) In these types of questions, two statements followed by two conclusions, I and II, are
given. You have to take the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from
commonly known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions
logically follows from the two given statements, disregarding commonly known facts. Mark the
answer
(A) if only I follows
(B) if only II follows
(C) if both I and II follow
(D) if neither I nor II follows
Example. 1
Statements : Some players are dancers
All dancers are tall.
Conclusions : I. Some players are tall.
II. All players are tall.
Solution :
(A)
P–I P – II
So some players (those who are dancers) are tall.

Example. 2
Statements : Anil is a good sportsman.
Sportsmen are healthy.
Conclusions: I. All healthy persons are sportsmen.
II. Anil is healthy.
Solution :
(B)
P–I P – II
So Anil has to be healthy.
Example. 3
Statements: Businessmen marry only fair girls.
Anisha is fair.
Conclusions: I. Anisha was married to a businessman.
II. Anisha was not married to a businessman.
Solution :
(D)
So Anisha may or may not be married to a businessman.

Example. 4
Statements : All apples are oranges.
Some oranges are grapes.
Conclusions: I. Some apples are grapes.
II. Some grapes are apples.
MAT_CLASS-X_154
Syllogism
Solution :
(D)
So grapes may or may not be apples.
Example. 5
Statements : All men are bachelors.
Some men are educated.
Conclusions: I. Some bachelors are educated.
II. Some educated are bachelors.
Solution : (C)
Here some bachelors are definitely educated. So both conclusions follow. 
Directions : (1 to 10) In each question, two statements are followed by two conclusions, I and II. You have
to take the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from commonly
known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions logically follows
from the two given statements, disregarding commonly known facts. Mark the answer
(A) if only conclusion I follows
(B) if only conclusion II follows
(C) if both I and II follow.
(D) if none follows
1. Statements : All pens are roads. All roads are houses.
Conclusions : I. All houses are pens.
II.Some houses are pens.
2. Statements : Some tins are pens.
Some pens are rods.
Conclusions: I. No rod is tin.
II. All tins are rods.
3. Statements : Some sabres are bombs.
Key is a sabre.
Conclusions : I. Some bombs are sabres.
II. Some keys are bombs.
4. Statements : All lenses are horns.
No horn is colourful.
Conclusions: I. Some lenses are colourful.
II. No lens is colourful.
5. Statements: All flirts are smart.
All smart are rotten.
Conclusions: I. All rotten are flirts.
II. All smarts are flirts.
MAT_CLASS-X_155
Syllogism
6. Statements: All puppies are dogs.
All dogs are trained.
Conclusions: I. Some trained are puppies.
II. All trained are puppies.
7. Statements: All advocates are obese.
Some obese are priests.
Conclusions: I. Some advocates are priests.
II. Some priests are advocates.
8. Statements: Some psychiatrists are singers.
All singers are tall.
Conclusions: I. Some psychiatrists are tall.
II. All psychiatrists are tall.
9. Statements: All coins are crows.
Some crows are pens.
Conclusions: I. No pen is coin.
II. All coins are pens.
10. Statements: All magicians are dumb.
Some magicians are educated.
Conclusions: I. Some dumb are magicians.
II. Some educated are dumb.
Directions: (11 to 12) In each question, two or more statements are followed by two or more than two
conclusions. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they appear to be at variance
with commonly known facts, and then decide which of the conclusions logically follow(s) from the
given statements. For each question, mark out an appropriate answer choice that you think is
correct.
11. Statements : 1. All bibs are red.
2. All red are flowers.
3. No flowers are tablets
Conclusions: I. Some flowers are bibs
II. No tablets are bibs
III. Some red are bibs
IV. Some tablets are red.
(A) I, II and III follow (B) II, III and IV follow (C) Only I and II follow (D) Only I and III follow
12. Statements : 1. All pencils are birds.
2. All birds are skies.
3. All skies are hills.
Conclusions : I. All pencils are hills.
II. All hills are birds
III. All skies are pencils.
IV. All birds are hills.
(A) Only I and II follow (B) Only I and III follow (C) Only III and IV follow (D) None of these
Directions (13 to 16) : In each of the questions below are given two statements and two conclusions
numbered I and II. You have to take the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at
variance from commonly known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given
conclusions logically follows from the two given statements. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2014)
13. Statements :
(I) Some books are pencils.
(II) Some pencils are pens.
Conclusions :
I. All books are pens.
II. Some pens are books.
(A) Only conclusion I is true. (B) Only conclusion II is true
(C) Conclusions I and II both are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
MAT_CLASS-X_156
Syllogism
14. Statements :
(I) Some men are educated.
(II) Educated persons prefer small families.
Conclusions :
I. All small families are educated.
II. Some men prefer small families
(A) Only conclusion I is true
(B) Only conclusion II is true
(C) Conclusions I and II both are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
15. Statements :
(i) Some hens are cows.
(II) All cows are horses.
Conclusion :
I. Some horses are hens
II. Some hens are horses
(C) Conclusions I and II both are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
16. Statements : All students are boys (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2015)

No boy is dull
Conclusions :
I. There is no girl student in the class
II. No student is dull
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
Direction : (17 to 20) In each of the questions below two statements and two conclusions numbered I and II
are given. You have to take the given two statements to be true even it they seem to be at variance
from commonly known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions
logically follows from the two given statements. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2017)
17. Statements : (i) All dancers are singers.
(ii) All singers are teachers.
Conclusions :
I. All dancers are teachers.
II. Some singers are dancers.
(D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.
18. Statements : (i) Some fruits are mangoes.
(ii) Some fruits are not guavas.
Conclusions :
I. All fruits are mangoes.
II. All mangoes are fruits.
MAT_CLASS-X_157
Syllogism
19. Statements (i) No horse is dog.
(ii) All dogs are elephants.
Conclusions
I. No elephant is horse.
II. Some elephants are dogs.
20. Ìn the given question there are two statements and they have two conclusions I and II. You have to
take the given statements to be true even if they seem to vary to commonly known facts. Read the
conclusions and decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the two given
statements even disregarding commonly known facts. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
Statements : (I) : All women are intelligent.
(II) : Some women are educated.
Conclusions : (I) : All educated women are intelligent.
(II) : All intelligent are women.
(A) Only conclusion I is true (B) Only conclusion II is true
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true.
Directions (21 to 22) Have two statements and two conclusions I and II. You have to assume the given
statements as true even if it seems to vary to commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions
carefully and decide which of the given conclusions logically follow(s) from the two given statements
even disregarding commonly known facts. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2019)
21. Statements : (I) : All mangoes are trees.
(II) : All oranges are trees.
Conclusions (I) : Some mangoes are oranges.
(II) : All oranges are mangoes.
(A) Only conclusion I follows. (B) Only conclusion II follows
(C) Both conclusions I and II follow (D) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
22. Statements : (I) : Earth is smaller than Moon.

(II) : Moon is bigger than Sun.
Conclusions (I) : Sun is bigger than Earth.
(II) : Earth and Sun are equal.
(A) Only conclusion I follows (B) Only conclusion II follows.
(C) Both conclusions I and II follow. (D) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
Direction : (23 to 25) In each of the following questions two statements and two conclusions numbered I
and II are given. You have to take the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at
variance from commonly known facts. Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given
conclusions logically follows from the two given statements NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
23. Statements :
(i) All dancers are singer
(ii) All singers are teachers
Conclusions :
(i) All dancers are teachers
(ii) Some singers are dancers
(A) Only conclusions I is true (B) Only conclusions II is true
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true (D) Neither conclusions I nor conclusion II is true
MAT_CLASS-X_158
Syllogism
24. Statements :
(i) Some fruits are mangoes
(ii) Some fruits are not guavas
Conclusions :
(i) All fruits are mangoes
(ii) All mangoes are fruits
25. Statements :
(i) No Horse is Dog
(ii) All Dogs are Elephants
Conclusions :
(i) No Elephant is Horse
(ii) Some Elephants are Dogs
Directions : (1) In each question, two statements are followed by two conclusions, I and II. You have to take
the given two statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from commonly known facts.
Read the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions logically follows from the two
given statements, disregarding commonly known facts. Mark the answer
(A) if only conclusion I follows
(B) if only conclusion II follows
(C) if both I and II follow.
(D) if none follows
1. Statements : Some clouds are thunder.
All clouds are rain.
Conclusions: I. Those clouds which are not thunder, are also rain.
II. Those clouds which are not thunder, are not necessarily rain.
Directions : (2 to 7) In each question, two or more statements are followed by two or more than two
conclusions. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they appear to be at variance
with commonly known facts, and then decide which of the conclusions logically follow(s) from the
given statements. For each question, mark out an appropriate answer choice that you think is
correct.
2. Statements : 1. All big are novels.
2. Some novels are willows.
3. No willows is pencil.
Conclusions: I. Some willow are big.
II. Some novels are pencils.
III. No willow is big.
IV. Some novels are not pencils.
(A) I and either II or IV follow (B) I, III and IV follow
(C) I, II and III follow (D) Either I or III and IV follows
3. Statements : 1. Some spoons are bowls.
2. All bowls are knives.
3. All knives are forks.
Conclusions : I. All spoons are forks.
II. All bowls are forks.
III. Some knives are bowls.
IV. Some forks are spoons.
(A) Only II and III follow (B) Only II and IV follow
(C) Only III and IV follow (D) None of these
MAT_CLASS-X_159
Syllogism
4. Statements : 1. All benches are desks.
2.Some desks are roads.
3.All roads are pillars.
Conclusions : I. Some pillars are benches. II. Some pillars are desks.
III. Some roads are benches. IV. No pillar is bench.
(A) None follows (B) Only either I or IV, and III follow
(C) Only either I or IV follows (D) Only either I or IV, and II follow
5. Statements : 1. All lamps are books.
2. No book is coloured.
Conclusions : I. Some lamps are coloured.
II. No lamp is coloured. (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
(C) Both I and II follow. (D) Neither I nor II follows.
6. Statements : 1. All envelopes are umbrellas.
2. All umbrellas are chalks.
Conclusions :
I. Some chalks are envelopes.
II. Some umbrellas are not envelopes. (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
(A) Only conclusion I follows. (B) Only conclusion II follows.
(C) Both I and II follow (D) Neither I nor II follows.
7. Statements : 1. All dogs are reptiles.
2. Some cats are reptiles.
Conclusions : I. Some dogs are cats.
II. Some cats are not reptiles. (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
(C) Both I and II follow. (D) Neither I nor II follows.
8. Statements: (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
All the students passed the examination.
Some of the students are girls.
Select the correct alternative.
(A) Some of the boys passed the examination (B) All the girl students failed in the examination
(C) None of the boys passed the examination (D) No girl student failed in the examination.
Directions (9 to 10) : Take the given statement(s) as true and decide which of the conclusion logically
follows from the statements. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
9. Statement : All Actors are Musicians.
No Musician is a Singer.
Some Singers are Dancers.
Some Dancers are Musicians.
Conclusions :
I. Some Actors are Singers
II. Some Dancers are Actors
III. No Actor is a Singer
(A) Only conclusion I follows. (B) Only conclusion III follows.
(C) Exactly one of conclusion I, III follows. (D) Only conclusion II follows.
10. Statement : All Clocks are Alarms.

No Clocks are Cuckoos.
All Cuckoos are Alarms.
Some Cuckoos are Birds .
Conclusion :
I. Some Alarms are Birds.
II. No Clock is a Bird
III. All Birds are Alarms
(A) Only conclusion I follows. (B) Only conclusion II follows.
(C) Only conclusion III follows. (D) Both conclusion II and III follows.
MAT_CLASS-X_160
Syllogism
11. In the question given below, there are three statements followed by three conclusions numbered I, II
and III. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance from
commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions, and then decide which of given conclusion(s)
logically follows from the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.
(NTSE Stage-II _2016)
Statements : All teachers are professors
No professor is male
Some males are designers
Conclusion : I No designer is professor
II Some designers are professors
III No male is teacher
(A) Only III follows (B) Both I and II follows
(C) Either I or II follows (D) Either I and III follows; or II and III follows
12. In the question below, there are three satements followed by four conculsions numbered I, II, III, and
IV. You have to consider every given statement as true, even if it does not conform to the well -
known facts. Read all the concusions and then decide which of the conclusions can be logically
derived from the given statements. (NTSE Stage-II _2016)
Statements : All frogs are snakes
Some snakes are birds
All birds are apples
Conclusions : I Some apples are frogs
II No apple is a frog
III Some snakes are apples
IV All birds are snakes
(A) Either I or II; and III follows (B) III and IV follows
(C) Either I or II follows (D) Either I or II; and either III or IV follows
13. Identify the conclusion(s) which logically follow(s) from the given statements (NTSE Stage-II _2018)
A. Some men are educated.
B. Educated men prefer small families
Conclusions :
I. All small families are educated,
II. Some men prefer small families.
(C) Both I and II follow. (D) Neither I nor II follows
14. Choose the conclusions which logically follows from the given statements.
Statement : (NTSE Stage-II_2017)
All the pens are papers
All the papers are boats
Some birds are boats.
Conclusion :
A. Some boats are pens
B. Some birds are papers
C. None of the pens are birds
(A) Only A and B (B) Only A (C) Only C (D) Only A and C
MAT_CLASS-X_161
Syllogism
Directions : (15 to 17) In the following questions, there are statements followed by conclusions. Choose the
conclusion(s) which must logically follow from the given statements. (NTSE Stage-II_2019)
15. Statements :
A. Some grandmothers are mothers.
B.Some mothers are daughters.
C. All the daughters are married women.
Conclusions :
I. Some married women are mothers.
II. Some daughters are grandmothers.
III. No daughter is grandmother.
IV. Some mothers are grandmothers.
(A) Only I and II (B) Only II and III (C) Only II and IV (D) Only I and IV
16. Statements :
A. Some students are smart-working.
B. All intelligent are smart-working.
C. All the teachers are students.
Conclusions :
I. Some students are intelligent.
II. No teacher is smart-working.
III. Some intelligent are students.
(A) Either I or II (B) Only I and II (C) None of I, II and III (D) Only I and III
17. Statements :
A. Some candidates are students.
B. All children are citizens.
C. all citizens are candidates.
Conclusions :
I. Some citizens are students.
II. Some candidates are children.
III. All children are candidates.
IV. No child is student.
(A) Only I and II (B) Only II and III (C) Only III and IV (D) Only I, II and III
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D A B D A D A D C A D D B C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. C C D B A D D C D B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D D D B A D D B A D A B B D
Que. 16 17
Ans. C B
MAT_CLASS-X_162
Analogy
ANALOGY
‘Analogy’ means ‘Similarity’. A particular relationship is given and another similar relationship has
to be identified from the alternatives provided. Analogy tests are, therefore, meant to test a
candidate’s overall knowledge, power of reasoning and ability to think concisely and accurately.
A. KINDS OF RELATIONSHIP
(a) Study & Topic Relationship
Botany : Plants (Botany means study of Plants)
Zoology : Animals
Pathology : Diseases
Cardiology : Heart
Astronomy : Planets
Astrology : Future
Cytology : Cells
Geology : Earth
Mycology : Fungi
Craniology : Skill
Ornithology : Birds
Nephrology : Kidney
Pedology : Soil
Phycology : Algae
Histology : Tissues
Nidology : Nests
Seismology : Earthquakes
Penology : Punishment
Archaeology : Artifacts
Ecology : Environment
Anthology : Collection of Poems
Trigonometry : Triangles
Paleography : Writings
Semantics : Language
Hematology : Blood
Malacology : Molluscs
Bryology : Bryophytes
Taxonomy : Classification
Orography : Mountains
(b) Worker & Tool Relationship
Laborer : Spade (Spade is a tool used by a Laborers)
Carpenter : Saw
Wood cutter : Axe
Blacksmith : Anvil
Soldier : Gun
Tailor : Needle
Chef : Knife
Farmer : Plough
Author : Pen
Warrior : Sword
Sculptor : Chisel
Mason : Plumb line
MAT_CLASS-X_163
Analogy
Jockey : Tack
Gardener : Harrow
Surgeon : Scalpel
Astronomer : Telescope
Lumberjack : Axe
Painter : Brush
Violinist : Bow
Barber : Scissors
Butcher : Chopper
Doctor : Stethoscope
Cobbler : Awl
(c) Tool & Action Relationship
Needle : Saw (A needle is used for sewing)
Knife : Cut
Gun : Short
Pen : Write
Microscope : Magnify
Spanner : Grip
Sword : Slaughter
Filter : Purity
Spade : Dig
Mattock : Dig
Steering : Drive
Spoon : Feed
Chisel : Carve
Axe : Grind
Shield : Guard
Auger : Bore
Oar : Row
Loudspeaker : Amplify
Shovel : Scoop
(d) Worker and Working place
Chef : Kitchen (Chef works in a Kitchen)
Farmer : Field
Warrior : Battle field
Engineer : Site
Sailor : Ship
Pilot : Cockpit
Beautician : Parlor
Actor : Stage
Mechanic : Garage
Painter : Gallery
Grocer : Grocery
Waiter : Restaurant
Gambler : Casino
Servant : House
Worker : Factory
Umpire : Pitch
Teacher : School
Artist : Theatre
Doctor : Hospital
Clerk : Office
Driver : Cabin
Scientist : Laboratory
Lawyer : Court
MAT_CLASS-X_164
Analogy
(e) Worker & Product
Poet : Poem (Poet writes poem)
Farmer : Crop
Author : Book
Cobbler : Shoes
Mason : Wall
Editor : Newspaper
Hunter : Prey
Carpenter : Furniture
Butcher : Meat
Gold Smith : Ornaments
Producer : Film
Architect : Design
Tailor : Clothes
Teacher : Educations
Dramatist : Play
Choreographer : Ballet
Judge : Justice
(f) Product and Raw Material
Cloth : Fibre (Cloth is made of Fibre)
Paper : Pulp
Book : Paper
Jewellery : Gold
Oil : Seed
Road : Asphalt
Sack : Jute
Metal : Ore
Fabric : Yarn
Pullover : Wool
Furniture : Wood
Butter : Milk
Wine : Grapes
Omelette : Egg
Rubber : Latex
Wall : Brick
Shoes : Leather
Prism : Glass
Linen : Flax
Jaggery : Sugarcane
Chair : Cane
(g) Instrument & Measurement
Scale : Length (Scale is an Instruments used to measure length)
Ammeter : Current
Balance : Mass
Thermometer : Temperature
Odometer : Speed
Hygrometer : Humidity
Screw gauge : Thickness
Seismograph : Earthquake
Anemometer : Wind
Barometer : Pressure
Taseometer : Strains
Raingauge : Rain
Sphygmomanometer : Blood Pressure
MAT_CLASS-X_165
Analogy
(h) Quantity & unit
Time : second (Seconds is the unit of Time)
Force : Newton
Length : Meter
Energy : Joule
Work : Joule
Current : Ampere
Volume : Litre
Temperature : Degrees
Potential : Volt
Mass : Kilogram
Pressure : Pascal
Area : Hectare
Conductivity : Mho
Resistance : Ohm
Angle : Radians Magnetic
field : Oersted
Power : Watt
Luminosity : Candela
Frequency : Hertz
(i) Animal & Young ones
Dog : Puppy (Puppy is the young one of Dog)
Lion : Cub
Man : Child
Hen : Chicken
Sheep : Lamb
Cow : Calf
Cat : Kitten
Duck : Duckling
Horse : Pony / Calf
Insect : Larva
Stallion : Colt
Butterfly : Caterpillar
Frog : Tadpole
Pig : Farrow
Tortoise : Turtle
(j) Male & Female

Tiger : Tigress (Tigress is Female tiger )
Son : Daughter
Gentleman : Lady
Nephew : Niece
Drone : Bee
Dog : Bitch
Stage : Doe
Sorcerer : Sorceress
Horse : Mare
Lion : Lioness
MAT_CLASS-X_166
Analogy
(k) Word & Synonym
Vacant : Empty (Empty means almost the same as Vacant)
Substitute : Replace
Blend : Mix
House : Home
Solicit : Request
Flaw : Defect
Fierce : Violent
Dearth : Scarcity
Ban : Prohibition
Mend : Repair
Assign : Allot
Abduct : Kidnap
Sedate : Calm
Alight : Descend
Presage : Predict
Pressure : Assume
Fallacy : illusion
Dissipate : Squander
Brim : Edge
Dissipate : Squander
Haughty : Proud
(l) Word & Antonym

Good : Bad
Cruel : Kind
Best : Worst
Sink : Float
Strong : Weak
Initial : Final
Start : End
Ignore : Notice
Advance : Retreat
Create : Destroy
Gentle : Harsh
Deep : Shallow
Affirm : Deny
Kindle : Extinguish
Mourn : Rejoice
Cordial : Hostile
Kindle : Extinguish
Chaos : Peace
Fresh : Stale
Condense : Expand
Lend : Borrow
Gradual : Abrupt (Sudden)
MAT_CLASS-X_167
Analogy
(m) Words & Intensity
Quarrel : War
Anger : Rage
Kindle : Burn
Error : Blunder
Wish : Desire
Sink : Drown
Unhappy : Sad
Famous : Renowned
Moist : Drench
Crime : Sin
Refuse : Deny
B. WORD ANALOGY
Direction : (1 to 3) In the following questions, choose the words that show the same relationship
as given in the each questions.
Example. 1
Match is related to Win in the same way as Examination is related to
(A) Write (B) Appear (C) Success (D) Attempt
Solution :
(C) One of outcomes of ‘Match’ is ‘Victory’. Likewise ‘Success’ is one of the outcomes of
‘Examination’.
Example. 2
Boat is related to Oar in the same way as Bicycle is related to
(A) Road (B) Wheel (C) Seat (D) Paddle
Solution :
(D) ‘Oar’ is a devise used to push a ‘Boat’. Likewise ‘Paddle’ is used to push the ‘Bicycle’.
Example. 3
As Earthquake is related to Seismograph in the same way, Milk is related to which ?
(A) Hydrometer (B) Hygrometer (C) Spherometer (D) Lactometer
Solution :
(D) ‘Seismograph’ is an instrument by which intensity of ‘Earthquake’ is measured. In same manner
the purity of milk is measured by lactometer.
Directions : (4 to 5) In each of the following questions, there is a certain relationship between two given
words on one side of :: and one word is given on another side of : : while another word is to be found
from the given alternatives, having the same relation with this word as the words of the given pair
bear. Choose the correct alternatives.
Example. 4
Ice : Water :: Solid : ?
(A) Liquid (B) Solution (C) Matter (D) Substance
Solution :
(A) First is made from second.
Example. 5
Tea : Leaves : : Coffee : ?
(A) Leaves (B) Beverage (C) Seeds (D) Plant
Solution : (C) Later is the original form of the former.
MAT_CLASS-X_168
Analogy
Directions : (6 to 7) In each of the following questions, there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which are
related in some way. Obtain the same relationship between the term to the right of the sign :: from
one of the four alternatives given under it.
Example. 6
Factory : Production : :
(A) School : Education (B) Teacher : Discipline (C) Mother : Love (D) Plants : Fruit
Solutoin :
(A)Production is carried out in a factory similarly education is given by in a school.
Example. 7
Mosquito : Malaria : :
(A) Tobacoo : Cancer (B) Road : Accident (C) Housefly : Food (D) Soil : Erosion
Solution : (A) Second is the causes of first.
Directions : (8 to 9) In each of the following questions, a group of three interrelated words is given. Choose
a word from the given alternatives, that belongs to the same group.
Example. 8
Potato : Carrot : Radish
(A) Tomato (B) Spinach (C) Sesame (D) Groundnut
Solution :
(D) Groundnut [All of these grow under the ground].
Example. 9
Basket : Pail : Pan
(A) Spoon (B) Bowl (C) Fork (D) Knife
Solution :
(B) Bowl [These are the things for keeping something].
Directions : (10 to 11) Three words are given in each question, which have something in common among
themselves. Out of the four given alternatives, choose the most appropriate description about these
three words.
Example. 10
Spinach : Fenugreek : Celery
(A) These are cactus plant (B) These are wild flowers
(C) These are wild plants (D) These are leafy vegetables
Solution :
(D) These are leafy vegetables.
Example. 11
Petrol : Phosphorus : Cooking gas
(A) They are fuels (B) They are highly inflammable
(C) They can’t be sold without permit (D) India has to import them
Solution :
(B) They are highly inflammable.
MAT_CLASS-X_169
Analogy
C. NUMBER ANALOGY
This section deals with four types of questions.
1. Choosing a number related to a given number in the same manner as the two numbers of another
given pair are related to each other;
2. Choosing a similarly related pair as the given number pair on the basis of the relation between the
numbers in each pair.
3. Choosing a number similar to a group of numbers on the basis of certain common properties that
they possess;
4. Choosing a number set similar to a given number set.
Directions : (12 to 14) In each of the following questions, there is a certain relation between two given
number on one side of : : and one number is given on another side of : : while another number is to
be found from the given alternatives, having the same relation with this number as the numbers of
the given pair bear. Choose the best alternative.
Example. 12
3 : 24 :: 5 : ?
(A) 120 (B) 45 (C) 124 (D) 27
Solution :
(A ) 33 – 3 = 24 similarly 53 –5 = 120
Example. 13
11 : 1331 : : 12 : ?
(A) 1782 (B) 1728 (C) 1792 (D) 1772
Solution :
(B) 113 = 1331 similarly 123 = 1728
Example. 14
6 : 18 : : 4 : ?
(A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 16
Solution :
(C) 62 = 36 , 36 ÷ 2 = 18 similarly
42 = 16 , 16 ÷ 2 = 8
Directions : (15 to 16) Question consists of a pair of numbers that have a certain relationship to each other,
followed by four other pairs of numbers given as alternatives. Select the pair in which the numbers
are similarly related as in the given pair.
Example. 15
5 : 18
(A) 30 : 96 (B) 21 : 66 (C) 19 : 61 (D) 11 : 35
Solution :
(B) The relationship is x : (3x + 3).
Example. 16
11 : 1210
(A) 8 : 448 (B) 6 : 2160 (C) 7 : 1029 (D) 9 : 729
Solution :
(A) The relationship is x : x2 (x -1).
MAT_CLASS-X_170
Analogy
Direction : (17 to 18) In each of the following questions, choose that set of numbers from the alternative
sets that is similar to the given set ?
Example. 17
Given group : (5, 6, 22)
(A) 4, 8, 2 (B) 3, 8, 26 (C) 8, 9, 34 (D) 7, 9, 48
Solution :
(C) The pattern is 5 + 6 = 11×2 = 22
So, the same pattern is 8 + 9 = 17×2 = 34
Example. 18
Given set : (8, 3, 2)
(A) (10, 6, 5) (B) (63, 8, 3) (C) (95, 24, 5) (D) (168, 15, 4)
Solution :
(B) In each set, 1st number = (2nd number)2 – 1; 2nd number = (3rd number)2 – 1.
Directions : (19 to 20) In each of the following questions, choose one number which is similar to the
numbers in the given set ?
Example. 19
Given set : 192,282,372
(A) 453 (B) 461 (C) 236 (D) 425
Solution :
In all the numbers, the sum of digits is 12.
Example. 20
Given set : 363, 489, 579
(A) 562 (B) 471 (C) 382 (D) 281
Solution :
(B) Number Sum of digits New sum of digits
363  3 + 6 + 3 = 12  1+2=3
489  4 + 8 + 9 = 21  2+1=3
579  5 + 7 + 9 = 21  2+1=3
471  4 + 7 + 1 = 12  1 + 2 = 3
D. ALPHABET ANALOGY
In alphabet Analogy questions, two groups of letters related to each other in some way, are given.
The candidate is required to find out this relationship and then choose either a letter-group which is
related in the same way to a third group provided in the question or a pair consisting of similarly
related letter-groups.
Directions : (21 to 24) In each of the following questions, there are two terms to the left of the sign :: which
are related in some way. Obtain the same relationship between the term to the right of the sign ::
from one of the four alternatives given under it.
Example. 21
MANTEL : NAMLET :: VANITY : ?
(A) NAVYIT (B) NAVYTI (C) NAVIYI (D) AVNTIY
Solution :
(B) Group of three letters is reversed.
Example. 22
LXNU : NYPV :: QTBR : ?
(A) RUSD (B) SDSU (C) SUDS (D) RSUD
Solution :
(C) Second term is obtained from the first by moving its first and third letters two steps forward while
the second and fourth letters one step forward.
MAT_CLASS-X_171
Analogy
Example. 23
CG : EI :: FJ : ?
(A) JK (B) IJ (C) LM (D) GK
Solution :
(D) Letter groups consist of 2 letters in alphabetic order skipping 3 letters immediately following.
Example. 24
DFHJ : LNPR :: ? : BDFH
(A) VXZT (B) UVXZ (C) TXVZ (D) TVXZ
Solution :
(D) All the letters of the second term are moved eight steps backward to obtain the first term. 
Direction : (1 to 4) In the following questions, choose the words that show the same relationship as given
in the each questions.
1. Heart is related to Blood in the same way as Lung is related to
(A) Oxygen (B) Chest (C) Purification (D) Circulation
2. Disease is related to pathology in the same way as Planet is related to

(A) Sun (B) Satellite (C) Astrology (D) Astronomy
3. Hour is related to Second in the same way as Tertiary is related to

(A) Ordinary (B) Secondary (C) Primary (D) Intermediary
4. Flower is to a Bouquet as Minister is to a.

(A) Voter (B) Cabinet (C) Constituency (D) Department
Directions : (5 to 7) In each of the following questions, there is a certain relationship between two given
words on one side of :: and one word is given on another side of : : while another word is to be found
from the given alternatives, having the same relation with this word as the words of the given pair
bear. Choose the correct alternatives.
5. Mirror : Reflection : : Water : ?

(A) Conduction (B) Reflection (C) Refraction (D) Defraction
6. Oil : Seed :: Butter : ?

(A) Goat (B) Cow (C) Milk (D) Ghee
7. Cobbler : Leather : : Carpenter: ?

(A) Furniture (B) Wood (C) Hammer (D) Chair
8. Water : Oxygen
(A) Helium : Nitrogen (B) Salt : Sodium (C) Tree : Plant (D) Food : Hunger
9. Manager : Cabin
(A) Driver : Train (B) Captain : Desk (C) Pilot : Cockpit (D) Servant : Hospital
10. Aeroplane : Hanger
(A) Train : yard (B) Train : Plat form (C) Train : Rail (D) Train : Railway station
MAT_CLASS-X_172
Analogy
Direction : (11) In the following question, a group of three interrelated words is given. Choose a word from
the given alternatives, that belongs to the same group.
11. Botany : Zoology : Cardiology
(A) Morphology (B) Seismology (C) Pedology (D) Taxonomy
Directions : (12 to 15) In each of the following questions, there is a certain relation between two given
number on one side of : : and one number is given on another side of : : while another number is to
be found from the given alternatives, having the same relation with this number as the numbers of
the given pair bear. Choose the best alternative.
12. 425 : 2 :: 613: ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
13. 7584 : 4251 : : 4673 : ?
14. 225 : 257 : : 289 : ?

(A) 301 (B) 316 (C) 320 (D) 325
15. 9 : 79 : : 100 : ?
(A) 901 (B) 1009 (C) 9889 (D) 9998
Directions : (16 to 18) Question consists of a pair of numbers that have a certain relationship to each other,
followed by four other pairs of numbers given as alternatives. Select the pair in which the numbers
are similarly related as in the given pair.
16. 12 : 144
(A) 22 : 464 (B) 20 : 400 (C) 15 : 135 (D) 10 : 140
17. 5 : 35
(A) 7 : 77 (B) 9 : 45 (C) 11 : 55 (D) 3 : 24
18. 7 : 24
(A) 30 : 100 (B) 23 : 72 (C) 19 : 58 (D) 11 : 43
Direction : (19 to 21) In each of the following questions, choose that set of numbers from the alternative
sets that is similar to the given set ?
19. Given set : (8, 15, 24)
(A) (6, 13, 21) (B) (10, 17, 28) (C) (11, 18, 27) (D) (13, 20, 32)
20. Given set : (2, 14, 16)
(A) (2, 7, 8) (B) (2, 9, 16) (C) (3, 21, 24) (D) (4, 15, 18)
21. Given set : (3, 18, 36)
(A) (2, 10, 16) (B) (4, 24, 48) (C) (6, 42, 48) (D) (12, 72, 96)
22. ACF : EDG :: IEH : ?
(A) OFJ (B) OFI (C) GHI (D) LMN
23. FG : LM :: ? : ?
(A) NO: TU (B) HI : RS (C) GH : KL (D) DE : BA
24. AEZ : EIY :: IOX : ?
(A) UYZ (B) AEX (C) EIX (D) OUW
25. ? : IJGH :: STQR : NOLM
(A) OPMN (B) NOLM (C) MNKL (D) LMNO
26. KLQM : CFMK :: NRPT : ?
(A) FLLR (B) HIJH (C) FLTM (D) RLTM
MAT_CLASS-X_173
Analogy
27. CEHG : XVST :: ? : OMJK
(A) LMNO (B) LNQP (C) NLPQ (D) OPMN
28. APOC : ? :: ITSK : MVUN
(A) DRQH (B) ERQF (C) EQRG (D) DQRH
29. NM : QP :: ZY : ?
(A) MQ (B) YW (C) CB (D) YZ
30. BACE : DACE :: FACE : ?
(A) HACE (B) LACE (C) CASE (D) NACE
31. ZA : YB :: XC : ?
(A) YZ (B) NM (C) BC (D) WD
32. ACEG : ? :: BDFH : KMOQ
(A) LMNO (B) JLNP (C) JNLO (D) JLON
33. XAYZ : PSRQ :: JMKL : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) UVXZ (B) YZVX (C) WZYX (D) WXYZ
34. PQRR : RQPR :: CDEE : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) EDCE (B) EECD (C) ECDE (D) CDEF
35. ADCB : ZWXY :: GJIH : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) TQRS (B) PSRQ (C) SVUT (D) TSRQ
36. GiL : J I O :: LnQ : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) O p S (B) P r U (C) O r U (D) O q T
37. DFJL : OQUW :: EGKM : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) NPTU (B) JLPR (C) PRVX (D) RTWY
38. LOQ : GJL : : ? : ADF (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) BEG (B) FIK (C) PSW (D) CEG
39. BCE : FGM : : ABD : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) EDK (B) DEH (C) EFL (D) CBA
40. DEF : IKM : : NOP : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) UVX (B) SUW (C) GHI (D) USW
41. TPVOE : UOWNF : : POISE : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) QNTHF (B) QJNRF (C) QPTJY (D) QNJRF
42. EGIK : HJLN : : SUWY : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) VXZB (B) VXBZ (C) VBXZ (D) VZXB
43. EGIK : HJLN : : SUWY : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) VXZB (B) VXBZ (C) VBXZ (D) VZXB
44. DFGE : IKLJ : : NPQO : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) STVU (B) SUTV (C) SUVT (D) SVTU
45. dIk : gLn : : oTv : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) fKm (B) rWy (C) pUw (D) RwY
46. ABC : BCD : : PQR : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) RQS (B) SRQ (C) QRS (D) RQP
47. MKig : jhFD : : RPnl : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) OMki (B) oMKi (C) OmkI (D) omKI
48. 64 : 16 : : 27 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 9
49. 9 : 125 : : 16 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 216 (B) 210 (C) 204 (D) 198
MAT_CLASS-X_174
Analogy
50. 6 : ? : : 20 : 130 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 24 (B) 30 (C) 36 (D) 40
51. ? : 6 : : 12 : 20 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
52. 10 : 26 : : 50 : ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 142 (B) 132 (C) 122 (D) 112
53. 03 : 10 :: 08 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 17 (B) 16 (C) 14 (D) 13
54. 01 : 08 : : (?) : 125 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2012)
(A) 10 (B) 12 (C) 15 (D) 16
55. 08 : 28 :: (? ) : 65 (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 9 (B) 12 (C) 15 (D) 18
56. 35 : 91 :: 189 : ( ? ) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) 343 (B) 341 (C) 280 (D) 210
7 13 19
57. : :: : (?) (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
11 17 23
25 29 23 29
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27 31 29 33
58. As `part' is related to `whole', in the same way an Àrc' is related to which of the following ?
(NTSE-Stage-I/Raj./2018)
(A) Rectangle (B) Circle (C) Triangle (D) Square.
59. As ‘walking’ is related to ‘running’, in the same way, ‘smiling’ is related to which of the following ?
(A) feeling (B) weeping (C) laughing (D) watching
60. As ‘college’ is related to its ‘student’ in the same way, ‘hospital’ is related to which of the following ?
(A) Doctor (B) Patient (C) Nurse (D) Treatment.
61. As kandla is related to Gujrat, in the same way Kochin is related to which of the following ?
(A) Karntaka (B) Goa (C) Chennai (D) Kerala
62. As India is related to New Delhi, in the same way Pakistan is related to which of the following ?
(A) Rawalpindi (B) Peshawar (C) Lahore (D) Islamabad
63. As Rupee to India, in the same way Yen is related to which of the following ?
(A) Turkey (B) Bangladesh (C) Japan (D) Pakistan
Direction : (64 to 68) In each of the following questions, there is a certain relationship between two given
numbers on left side of ( : : ) and one number is given on the right sides (: :) while another number is to be
found from the given alternatives, having the same relationship with the number as the numbers of the given
pair bear. Choose the correct alternative. (NTSE-Stage-I/Raj./2020)
64. 21 : 3 : : 574 : ?
(A) 23 (B) 82 (C) 97 (D) 113
65. 42 : 20 : : 64 : ?
(A) 31 (B) 32 (C) 33 (D) 34
66. 3 : 11 : : 7 : ?
(A) 22 (B) 29 (C) 18 (D) 51
MAT_CLASS-X_175
Analogy
67. 42 : 56 :: 72 : ?
(A) 81 (B) 90 (C) 92 (D) 100
68. 9 : 80 : : 100 : ?
(A) 901 (B) 1009 (C) 9889 (D) 9999
Direction (69 to 79) In each question there are four terms in each question. The relation that exist between
the terms left to the symbol : : is the same between the terms right to the symbol ::. Out of the four
terms one term is missing in each question. The missing term is one of the four alternatives given
below each equation. Find out the correct alternative and write its number on your answer sheet
against the proper question- (NTSE-Stage-I/UP2019)
69. RSTY : YXWV :: GHIJ : ?

(A) NMLK (B) MLKJ (C) NLMK (D) MKJL
16 22
70. : 4096 : : :?
3 2
(A) 448 (B) 484 (C) 243 (D) 231
71. DGK : 462 :: NIF : ?
(A) 648 (B) 630 (C) 540 (D) 756
72. Cold : Hot :: Life : ?
(A) Age (B) Death (C) Pleasure (D) Health
73. Lock : Key :: Needle : ?
(A) Cloth (B) Iron (C) Tailor (D) Thread
74. Cricket : Run :: Hockey : ?
(A) Field (B) Goal (C) Ball (D) Player
75. MAN : REHTAF :: WOMAN : ?
(A) RAHTOM (B) RETHAM (C) REHTAM (D) REHTOM
76. Ice : Water :: Water : ?
(A) Steam (B) River (C) Rain (D) Sea
2 3
77. : 36 : : : ?
6 2
(A) 9 (B) 8 (C) 6 (D) 5
78. Brick : Soil :: Bread : ?
(A) Fire (B) Cook (C) Wheat (D) Flour
79. 491 : 7 :: 534 : ?
(A) 6 (B) 9 (C) 5 (D) 8
Direction : (80 to 82) In the following questions a specific group of numbers is given. From the given
alternatives. Find out the correct alternative that matches the given group.
(NTSE-Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
80. 150 576 252
(A) 393 (B) 466 (C) 80 (D) 182
81. 132 736 350
(A) 223 (B) 72 (C) 505 (D) 993
82. 193 454 265
(A) 572 (B) 823 (C) 734 (D) 367
83. In the following question there is a specific relation between first and second term. The same
relationship exists between third and the fourth term. Considering the same relationship chooses the
correct alternative that will replace the question mark.
11529 : 72135 :: 152943 : ?
(A) 213549 (B) 223649 (C) 224194 (D) 215049
MAT_CLASS-X_176
Analogy
Direction : (84 to 88) Complete the given anology (NTSE-Stage-I/Bihar/2019)
84. CE : 70 :: DE : ?
(A) 90 (B) 60 (B) 120 (D) 210
85. EIGHTY : GIEYTH :: OUTPUT : ?
(A) UTOPTO (B) UOTUPT (D) TUOUTP (D) TUOTUP
86. 7384 : 4837 :: 5291 : ?
(A) 1924 (B) 1925 (C) 1935 (D) 1915
87. Arrow : Archer :: Pen : ?
(A) Author (B) Student (C) Purchase (D) Writing
88. PRT: KMO :: JLN : ?
(A) DFI (B) EGI (C) DFH (D) DGI
Directions : (1 to 2) Three words are given in each question, which have something in common among
themselves. Out of the four given alternatives, choose the most appropriate description about these
three words.
1. Flood : Cyclone : Earthquakes
(A) They take toll of many lives (B) They move from one place to another
(C) They are caused by low pressure (D) They are natural calamities
2. Water : Glass : Mirror

(A) They are without colour (B) Reflection can be seen in them
(C) They are used in day to day life (D) They are transparent
Directions : (3 to 26) In each of the following questions, choose one number which is similar to the numbers
in the given set ?
3. Given set : 282, 354, 444
(A) 453 (B) 317 (C) 337 (D) 265
4. Given set : 992, 733, 845
(A) 114 (B) 326 (C) 425 (D) 947
5. Given set : 134, 246, 358
(A) 372 (B) 459 (C) 572 (D) 684
6. BDG : YWT : : DFI : ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) XVS (B) WUR (C) WTR (D) TQN
7. RVLP : CGWA : : ? : EIYC (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(A) BFZW (B) DHXB (C) DFXZ (D) FHMN
8. YOU : QWA : : SIO : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(A) VRS (B) PKU (C) KQU (D) TZB
9. APOC : ? : : ITSK : MVUN (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(A) DRQH (B) EQRH (C) DRQF (D) ERQF
10. RVX : IDF : : YSP : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(A) JJF (B) GJG (C) FKF (D) FFK
11. AAEI : PPTX : : GGKO : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(A) LLVQ (B) QQRS (C) VVZD (D) JJPT
12. 7 : 42 : 9 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)
(A) 56 (B) 72 (C) 82 (D) 86
MAT_CLASS-X_177
Analogy
13. 3 16 4 (NTSE Stage -II,2008)

: :: : ?
2 81 3
81 54 27
(A) 27 (B) (C) (D)
64 256 128 128
14. 6 : 35 : : 11 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2008)

(A) 121 (B) 120 (C) 56 (D) 54
15. CEHJ : XVSQ : : EGJL : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) VTQO (B) VTRP (C) WTRO (D) VSQN
16. CFKN : AIGS : : ? : DOLX (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) BRHC (B) FMQT (C) FLPS (D) FLHS
17. DFIM : WSPN : : ? : YWTP (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) CGJL (B) BFIK (C) BDHJ (D) BFJL
18. AZCX : DWGT : : BYEV : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) CXEV (B) AEZV (C) FUJQ (D) GTJQ
19. 18 : 81 : : 22 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) 98 (B) 121 (C) 212 (D) 222
20. 531 : 81 : : 642 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2009)

(A) 91 (B) 111 (C) 144 (D) 196
21. 7 : 42 : : 9 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) 75 (B) 65 (C) 46 (D) 72
22. 8 : 32 : : 12 : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) 52 (B) 68 (C) 72 (D) 75
23. DGOT : JKUX : : FINP : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) KMTU (B) LNTS (C) LMTT (D) MNTU
24. EIKR : HMPX : :GKMT : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) KORY (B) JORZ (C) JNSZ (D) INQZ
25. FILP : AEIN : : IKNT : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)
(A) CGLR (B) EGJR (C) DGKR (D) DHLS
26. ILNT : FHIN : : KOSV : ? (NTSE Stage -II,2011)

(A) IKMN (B) HKOQ (C) ILNR (D) HKNP
27. Choose appropriate option from given alternatives such that the relationship defined by ‘:’ is
preserved. PNLJ : LIFC and VTRP : ________ (NTSE Stage -II,2017)
(A) ROLI (B) SOLH (C) RPOM (D) DMEN
28. Complete the given letter analogy. (NTSE Stage -II,2019)

LTFQIW : YGSJVD : : DOIYKV : ?
(A) QBVIXL (B) WLRBCI (C) QLVBXE (D) QBVLXJ
MAT_CLASS-X_178
Analogy
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D C B C C B B C A A A B D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B A B C C B B A D B A B B C A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. D B C A A D C B C B D A A C B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. C D D A B B C A D C B B B C B
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. D D C B A D B D A B D B D B D
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88
Ans. A B D A A A B A A D B A B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C A C B B B C D B C B B B A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Ans. C B C B C D C C B C D A A
MAT_CLASS-X_179
Classification
s
CLASSIFICATION
A. CLASSIFICATION
‘Classification’ means ‘to assort the items of a given group on the basis of certain common quality
they possess and then spot the stranger or odd one out’. In this test, a group of certain items are
given, out of which all except one are similar to one another in some manner. The candidate is
required to choose this one item which does not fit into the given group.
B. CLASSIFICATION OF WORD
In these type of questions, certain words/pairs of words are given out of which the words/pairs of
words except one, bear a certain common relationship. The candidate is required to decipher this
relationship and choose the word/the pair in which the words are differently related, as the answer.
Directions : (1 to 5 ) In each of the following questions, four words are given, out of which three are same in
one way and the fourth one is different from others. Select the odd one.
Example. 1
(A) Sun (B) Moon (C) Venus (D) Mars
Solution :
(B) All the terms except ‘Moon’ are related to the Solar system.
Example. 2
(A) Green (B) Violet (C) Brown (D) Yellow
Solution :
(C) Except ‘Brown’ all the colours are present in the rainbow.
Example. 3
(A) Silk (B) Fur (C) Milk (D) Rubber
Solution :
(D) Only ‘Rubber’ is the tree product.
Example. 4
(A) Milk (B) Syrup (C) Squash (D) Cake
Solution :
(D) All others are the drinks.
Example. 5
(A) Conscience (B) Morality (C) Conduct (D) Weight
Solution :
(D) All other terms are used to represent human behavioral personality factors.
C. CLASSIFICATION OF LETTER
In these type of questions, usually four groups of letters are given. Three of them are similar to
each other in some manner while one is different and this is to be chosen by the candidate as the
answer.
Directions : (6 to 9) In each of the following questions three out of four alternatives contain alphabet placed
in a particular form. Find the one that does not belong to the group.
Example. 6
(A) NKMJ (B) FCEB (C) URTQ (D) TQRP
Solution :
(D) In all other groups there is a gap of one letter as in the alphabet between third and fourth letter.
Example. 7
(A) DW (B) GT (C) KP (D) FR
Solution :
(D) In all other pairs of words first and second letters are equidistant from the beginning and end
respectively in the alphabetical series.
MAT_CLASS-X_180
Classification
Example. 8
(A) A8C (B) D22G (C) H42M (D) F34J
Solution :
(D) In all other groups number between first and second letter is twice the sum of positions of first
and last letters in the alphabet.
Example. 9
(A) KQ14 (B) AY13 (C) MR11 (D) GW15
Solution :
(C) In all other groups number at the end is half of the positions of sum of first and second letters in
the alphabet.
D. CLASSIFICATION OF NUMBER
In these type of questions, certain numbers/groups of numbers are given, out of which all except
one share some common property and hence are alike, while one is different and this number /
groups of numbers is to be chosen as the answer.
Directions : (10 to 15) In the following questions, four numbers/pairs are given out of which three are alike
in some manner while one is different. Choose the one which is different from the rest three.
Example. 10
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 9
Solution :
(B) All other numbers are square of natural numbers.
Example. 11
(A) 43 (B) 53 (C) 63 (D) 73
Solution :
(C) All other numbers are prime numbers.
Example. 12
(A) 3 : 8 (B) 6 : 35 (C) 7 : 50 (D) 1 : 0
Solution :
(C) In other numbers second number is one less than the square of first number.
Example. 13
(A) 21 : 24 (B) 28 : 32 (C) 14 : 16 (D) 54 : 62
Solution :
(D) The ratio among the numbers is 7 : 8
Example. 14
(A) 22 : 0 (B) 24 : 12 (C) 23 : 5 (D) 24 : 18
Solution :
(D) Second number is the difference of the square of digits of first number.
Example. 15 (A) 4, 6, 10, 7 (B) 4, 12, 20, 28 (C) 1, 3, 5, 7 (D) 2, 6, 10, 14
Solution :
(A) The difference of consecutive numbers are equal.

Directions : (1 to 8) In each of the following questions, four words are given, out of which three are same in
one way and the fourth one is different from others. Select the odd one.
1. (A) Gold (B) Silver (C) Bronze (D) Iron
2. (A) Rickshaw (B) Taxi (C) Tonga (D) Cart
3. (A) Camel (B) Goat (C) Cow (D) Dog
4. (A) Yen (B) Lira (C) Dollar (D) Ounce
5. (A) Huge (B) Tiny (C) Heavy (D) Small
MAT_CLASS-X_181
Classification
6. (A) Teeth (B) Tongue (C) Palate (D) Chin
7. (A) Silk (B) Cotton (C) Nylon (D) Wool
8. (A) Triangle (B) tangent (C) Square (D) Rhombus
Directions : (9 to 40) In each of the following questions three out of four alternatives contain alphabet /
word / number placed in a particular form. Find the one that does not belong to the group.
9. (A) DBF (B) HFK (C) NLP (D) XVZ
10. (A) MrW (B) ChN (C) KpU (D) BgL
11. (A) DFHB (B) KMOJ (C) PRTN (D) XZBV
12. (A) ROQP (B) KHJI (C) VSUT (D) JHIG
13. (A) ACE (B) MOQ (C) RTV (D) UWY
14. (A) BDI (B) KMR (C) PRW (D) FHN
15. (A) MLONP (B) HGJIK (C) SRUTV (D) WUYXZ
16. (A) PRTVN (B) SUWYQ (C) DFHJB (D) NPSUL
17. (A) VXKN (B) TWIL (C) RUGJ (D) QTFI
18. (A) GHFIC (B) OPNQM (C) UVTWQ (D) STRUO
19. (A) YVSR (B) TQNM (C) KHFE (D) NKHG
20. (A) PORQS (B) HGLIM (C) UTWVX (D) ZYBAC
21. (A) BYWD (B) GTRI (C) KOPM (D) SHFU
22. (A) KHF (B) HEC (C) PMK (D) EBA
23. (A) TABLE (B) LATER (C) RATES (D) GREAT
24. (A) TVS (B) OQN (C) LNK (D) JGI
25. (A) MPV (B) PSY (C) WZF (D) ZCH
26. (A) EGK (B) LNS (C) SUY (D) ZBF
27. (A) BFL (B) EIO (C) HLP (D) KOU
28. (A) LPCG (B) GKHL (C) BFMQ (D) AEOI
29. (A) ENHO (B) GLHM (C) IJJK (D) KHLI
30. (A) 1022 (B) 2102 (C) 2002 (D) 3002
31. (A) 16 - 96 (B) 21 - 126 (C) 13 - 78 (D) 14 - 70
32. (A) 4568 (B) 6789 (C) 2345 (D) 5678
MAT_CLASS-X_182
Classification
33. (A) GEDC (B) AZYX (C) PNML (D) USRQ
34. (A) SUXB (B) LNQU (C) BDGK (D) JLNQ
35. (A) 23 (B) 43 (C) 63 (D) 73
36. (A) Hut (B) Home (C) Palace (D) Restaurant
37. (A) PROQN (B) DFCEG (C) GIFHE (D) KMJLI
38. (A) ACEGF (B) FHJLK (C) KMOQP (D) UWYZA
39. (A) CADGE (B) JHKNL (C) ECFGI (D) XVYBZ
40. (A) 6253 (B) 1881 (C) 7043 (D) 8210
Direction (41 to 44) : In each of the following questions, three alternatives are alike in a certain way but the
rest one is different. Find out the odd one and write correct answer. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
41. (A) AEIF (B) CGKH (C) EILJ (D) GKOL
42. (A) XCJP (B) YEKQ (C) ZGLT (D) AHMV
43. (A) 150 (B) 165 (C) 200 (D) 250
44. (A) Coal (B) Graphite (C) Diamond (D) Gold
45. Which one is different from others ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2016)
(A) Haryana (B) Gujarat (C) Rajasthan (D) Shimla
Direction : (46 to 48) In each question three alternatives are alike in a certain way but the rest one is
different. Find out the odd one and write correct answer. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2017)
46. (A) (10)3 (B) (100)2 ÷ 10 (C) 23 × 53 (D) 2000 - 2
47. (A) Pacific Ocean (B) Asia (C) Europe (D) Africa
48. (A) Nepal (B) Pakistan (C) Sri Lanka (D) Australia
Direction : (49 to 50) In each of the following questions, three alternatives are alike in a certain way but the
rest one is different. Find out the odd one and write correct answer. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2018)
49. (A) Afghanistan (B) Kabul (C) Spain (D) Iraq.
50. (A) 1 (B) 729 (C) 144 (D) 64
Directions (51 to 54) : Select the odd one. ` (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2019)
51. (A) Radish (B) Carrot (C) Pea (D) Turnip
52. (A) 105 (B) 91 (C) 65 (D) 117
53. (A) OVO (B) CUU (C) TTA (D) AFA
54. (A) Football (B) Carrom (C) Hockey (D) Cricket

Direction : (55 to 60) In each of the Question, three alternatives are alike in a certain way but the rest one
is different. Select the odd one. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2020)
55. (A) Bengaluru (B) Nagpur (C) Bhopal (D) Ranchi
MAT_CLASS-X_183
Classification
56. (A) Green (B) Pink (C) Indigo (D) Violet
57. (A) September (B) April (C) November (D) January
58. (A) Tomato (B) Potato (C) Garrot (D) Onion
59. (A) Rectangle (B) Square (C) Triangle (D) Rhombus
60. (A) 23 (B) 51 (C) 63 (D) 15
Direction (61 to 72) Each question has four terms. Each terms are alike in some way. One term is different
from three others. Find out the correct term which is different from three others and write its alternative
number on your answer sheet against the proper question number-
(NTSE Stage-I / UP/ 2019)
61. (A) R 81 (B) L 19 (C) W 25 (D) M 16
62. (A) CJM (B) PGW (C) RBT (D) SFH
63. (A) Z8R (B) Q13D (C) M22K (D) T14F
64. (A) BDG (B) HJM (C) QSV (D) KMH
65. (A) Lion (B) Deer (C) Wolf (D) Fox
66. (A) Labour (B) Doctor (C) Student (D) Tailor
67. (A) Deputy Chief Minister (B) Governor

(C) Prime Minister (D) Chief Minister
68. (A) Kanpur (B) Lucknow (C) Merut (D) Mirzapu
69. (A) 13, 7 (B) 24, 19 (C) 36, 27 (D) 45, 29
70. (A) 1980 (B) 1924 (C) 1946 (D) 1996
71. (A) 133 (B) 147 (C) 182 (D) 234
72. (A) 32.5 (B) 43.5 (C) 58.5 (D) 73.5
Direction : (73 to 74) Find the odd one. (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra/ 2019)
73. (A) DUFW (B) HQJS (C) JOLQ (D) AWCZ
74. (A) AEVZ (B) FJQU (C) CQTX (D) JMOS
Directions : (1 to 5) In each of the following questions, four words/group of alphabet are given, out of which
three are same in one way and the fourth one is different from others. Select the odd one.
1. (A) Drama (B) Story (C) Poem (D) Novel
2. (A) MADE (B) SHED (C) CEDE (D) DOLT
3. (A) Ear (B) Nose (C) Throat (D) Tongue
4. (A) Mathematics (B) Arithmetic (C) Algebra (D) Geometry
5. (A) C X D W (B) G T H S (C) E V F U (D) Q J R K
MAT_CLASS-X_184
Classification
Directions : (6 to 30) In the following questions, four numbers/pairs/alphabets are given out of which three
are alike in some manner while one is different. Choose the one which is different from the rest
three. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
6. (A) 2442 (B) 3773 (C) 4545 (D) 6776
7. (A) 27 (B) 125 (C) 1321 (D) 729
8. (A) 9 – 27 (B) 15 – 45 (C) 10 – 30 (D) 20 – 60
9. (A) 1441 (B) 6996 (C) 5775 (D) 4848
10. (A) 51 – 28 (B) 37 – 62 (C) 81 – 104 (D) 99 – 76
11. (A) 22,4,5 (B) 34,4,8 (C) 37,4,9 (D) 54,4,13
12. (A) 5 : 25 (B) 3 : 8 (C) 6 : 35 (D) 4 : 15
13. (A) Y X V T (B) G E C A (C) V T R P (D) H F D B

14. (A) CGKO (B) EIMQ (C) GILO (D) BFJN

15. (A) NMLB (B) NMKB (C) RQPB (D) LKJB

16. (A) CPQR (B) ERST (C) GTUV (D) XYZK

17. (A) MNKL (B) IHGJ (C) FEDG (D) QPOR

18. (A) 64, 8, 27 (B) 349, 625, 524 (C) 512, 1000, 216 (D) 125, 216, 729
19. (A) 30 (B) 68 (C) 128 (D) 222

20. (A) 37 : 7 (B) 82 : 10 (C) 168 : 13 (D) 197 : 15

21. (A) 67, 54 (B) 93, 80 (C) 49, 37 (D) 56, 43
22. (A) AFCJ (B) CHEL (C) KPMT (D) HMJP

23. (A) TOJD (B) DFHJ (C) NKHE (D) LPTX

24. (A) 0 (B) 7 (C) 28 (D) 63

25. (A) 9, 101 (B) 8, 82 (C) 3, 17 (D) 5, 26

26. (A) 8 5 6 9 (B) 7 8 5 6 (C) 6 7 8 5 (D) 5 6 7 8

27. (A) EHKN (B) KNRU (C) GJMP (D) MPSV

28. (A) EY (B) DP (C) BD (D) GT
MAT_CLASS-X_185
Classification
29. (A) 130 (B) 60 (C) 24 (D) 6
30. (A) 11,132 (B) 9, 90 (C) 8, 56 (D) 6, 42
31. Which group of letters is different from others ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) CBAED (B) IJHGK (C) SRQPT (D) TVWYX
32. Find the odd-one out of the following terms : (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) EF22 (B) GH24 (C) IJ38 (D) VW90
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B D D C D C B B B B D C D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A B C B C D D D D B C D A C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. D A B D C D B D C D C B B D D
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D A D B C C A C B B B D A C A
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
Ans. B D C D B C B C C D D A D D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C C C A D C C A D B C A A C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D A B C C C D A C D A B D A C
Que. 31 32
Ans. D B
MAT_CLASS-X_186
Pyramid Test
PYRAMID TEST
A. NUMBER PYRAMID
Brief review of concepts : The questions are based on the pyramid of numbers from 1 to 100, as
given below.
Many types of questions are possible based on the above pattern. For instance, geometrical figures
like formation of parallel lines, perpendicular lines, triangles, squares, etc. by taking numbers in
order.
Example. 1
Fill the blanks from the choices given below.
129 : 145 : : 3811 : ?
(A) 3713 (B) 328 (C) 3615 (D) 3614
Solution :
(C) There are two groups of numbers. The numbers on the right hand side must have the same
relation as the numbers on the left hand side. 129 and 145, in the above pyramid, form a pattern.
90º
Hence the number in the blank on the right hand side must form same pattern with 3811. Therefore,
the answer is 3615 which forms the pattern.
Example. 2
Fill the blank from the choices given below.
2812 : 765 : : 91123 : ?
(A) 121110 (B) 121314 (C) 122132 (D) 303132
Solution : (B) The two numbers on the left hand side form perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the
numbers on the right hand side must be of the same pattern. The answer to the above question
should be 121314 to satisfy the same relation.
Example. 3
234 : 4614 : : 2812 : ?
(A) 3713 (B) 34614 (C) 121314 (D) 131415
Solution :
(C) The numbers on the left-hand side form two sides of a square. The numbers have been chosen
in continuity. 2812 and 121314 are in continuity and form the other two sides of the same square.
MAT_CLASS-X_187
Pyramid Test
Example. 4
Fill the blank from the choice given below.
507986 : 775445 : : 537689 : ?
(A) 745742 (B) 735841 (C) 716039 (D) 755643
Solution :
(A) Hence two numbers on the left-hand side form perpendicular lines. Therefore, the numbers on
the right-hand side must form the same point, taking numbers in order. Hence the answer is
745742.
Example. 5
322120 : 321920 : : 324342 : ?
(A) 324142 (B) 324132 (C) 323143 (D) 323319
Solution :
(A) The numbers on the left-hand side form a triangle. Therefore, the numbers on the right-hand
side must form a triangle with common point 32. Hence, the answer is 324142.
B. ALPHABET PYRAMID
Brief review of concepts : The questions are based on the pyramid of Alphabet from a to z, as
given below.
a
b c d
e f g h i
j k l m n o p
q r s t u v w x y
z
Many types of questions are possible based on the above pattern. For instance, geometrical figures
like formation of parallel lines, perpendicular lines, triangles, squares, etc. by taking Alphabet in
order.
Example. 6
cgm : mno : : ? : tuv
(A) bfl (B) dhn (C) rst (D) flt
Solution :
(D) The alphabet on the left hand side form perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the
alphabet on the right hand side must be of the same pattern. The answer to the above question
should be flt to satisfy the same relation.
Example. 7
gmu : lmn : : iow : ?
(A) hnv (B) mno (C) nop (D) gmu
Solution :
(C) The alphabet on the left hand side form perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the
should be nop to satisfy the same relation.
MAT_CLASS-X_188
Pyramid Test
Example. 8
xwv :v nh::rst:?
(A) h m n (B) t l f (C) e k j (D) i k r
Solution :
(B) The alphabet on the left hand side form perpendicular lines in the pyramid. Therefore, the
should be tlf to satisfy the same relation.
Directions : (1 to 10) Following questions are based on a pyramid of numbers from 1 to 100 arranged as
shown below. In each question there are two groups of numbers on the left of the sign : : which are
related in some way. The same relationship exists between the third group and the one missing term
indicated by a blank space with a question marks (?). With the help of the given pyramid, find the
missing group in each question amongst the four alternatives given under it.
1
2 3 4
9 8 7 6 5
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
1. 192021 : 213241 : : 414243 : ?

(A) 433023 (B) 435871 (C) 414039 (D) 435773
2. 494852 : 818084 : : 101123 : ?

(A) 121321 (B) 494852 (C) 252428 (D) 262747
3. 432946 : 443241 : : ? : 706267

(A) 725675 (B) 695972 (C) 705873 (D) 696366
4. 173125 : 364326 : : 5139 : ?
(A) 162110 (B) 626368 (C) 161310 (D) 363126
5. 151933 : 425774 : : 132131 : ?

(A) 435675 (B) 445576 (C) 455477 (D) 304554
6. 232945 : 303132 : : 324258 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)

(A) 414039 (B) 434445 (C) 333435 (D) 575655
7. 102232 : 233141 : : 252943 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)

(A) 284752 (B) 284556 (C) 386366 (D) 284458
8. 295557 : 234547 : : 335961 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)

(A) 417173 (B) 194143 (C) 194139 (D) 334142
9. 294653 : 537689 : : 294457 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)

(A) 594035 (B) 584134 (C) 577489 (D) 574233
10. 514846 : 454358 : : 857876 : (?) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)

(A) 757491 (B) 757358 (C) 757392 (D) 755447
MAT_CLASS-X_189
Pyramid Test
Directions : (11 to 13) Given questions are based on the arrangement of numbers 1 to 49 in the form of a
pyramid. In each question two sets of numbers given on the left of sign (: :) which are related in
some way or other. Same relationship is between two sets on the right with one blank term. Select
the correct option for the blank term. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2009)
1
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
11. 11 20 30 41 : 13 20 30 43 : : 5 12 20 29 : ?
(A) 7 14 22 31 (B) 9 15 22 33 (C) 7 12 20 31 (D) 3 6 12 19
12. 5 11 12 20 : 15 23 22 32 : : ? : 16 24 23 33
(A) 12 20 21 31 (B) 12 20 31 43 (C) 14 13 21 20 (D) 15 23 22 31
13. 3 7 12 : 11 19 28 : : ? : 24 34 47
(A) 6 12 20 (B) 8 14 23 (C) 25 35 46 (D) 13 21 31
Directions (14 to 17) : Observe the pyramid of numbers given below and answer the following questions.
28
27 26
23 24 25
22 21 20 19
14 15 16 17 18
13 12 11 10 9 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2010)
14. 14, 18; 21, 20; 13, 8, ?
(A) 2, 5 (B) 15, 17 (C) 23, 24 (D) 13, 10
15. 13, 1; 19, 18; 27, 23; ?

(A) 15, 2 (B) 24, 19 (C) 28, 26 (D) 11, 5
16. 3, 11, 16; 4, 10, 17; 15, 21, 24; ?

(A) 23, 26, 28 (B) 12, 11, 20 (C) 4, 11, 21 (D) 16, 20, 25
17. 1, 2, 12, 13; 16, 17, 19, 20; 5, 6, 8, 9; ?

(A) 22, 21, 24, 27 (B) 11, 10, 17, 16 (C) 10, 4, 5, 8 (D) 2, 3, 11, 15
Directions : (18 to 22) The following questions are based on the arrangement of alphabets in the form of a
pyramid. In each question there is some relationship between the two sets of letters on the left of the
(:: ) The same relationship exists between the two terms on the right of which one is missing. Find
the missing one from the given alternatives.
(NTSE Stage-I/Raj/2012)
18. BCG : DCG : : EGU : ?
(A) IGU (B) GUJ (C) UIG (D) IUG
19. EJQ : FKR : : HOX : ?
(A) lOW (B) IPY (C) GNU (D) HMT
20. LTSK : MUTL : : (?) : OWXP
(A) LTUM (B) NMUV (C) NVWO (D) NOWV
MAT_CLASS-X_190
Pyramid Test
21. (?) : KRSL : : PYXO : OXWN
(A) RSLK (B) JQRK (C) JKRQ (D) QRKJ
22. JQS : PWY : : KRT : ( ?)
(A) OVX (B) PWN (C) OWY (D) VOX
Directions : (23 to 27) The following question are based on the arrangement of numbers in the form of a
pyramid. In each question there is some relationship between the two numbers on the left of the (::).
The same relationship exists between the two terms in the right of which one is missing. Find the
missing are from the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj/2013)
1
2 3 4
9 8 7 6 5
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
23. 132220 : 211412 : : 222931 : (?)

(A) 304345 (B) 302123 (C) 442931 (D) 312022
24. 2873 : 13212014 : : 10242311 : (?)
(A) 29282423 (B) 28274746 (C) 25272824 (D) 29454430
25. 241214 : 752119 : : 14163234 : (?)
(A) 19174139 (B) 20184240 (C) 21194341 (D) 20224244
26. 25224447 : 23204245 :: 11143229 : ( ? )
(A) 13163431 ' (B) 24214341 (C) 24214346 (D) 13102421
27. 82224: 133133 :: 62022 : (?)
(A) 91221 (B) 81312 (C) 153335 (D) 51921
Direction : (28 to 30) Observe the following pyramid of letters and decide which alternative will replace the
question mark
(NTSE Stage-I/Maharshtra/2019)
28. hab : mgf :: jicd : ?
(A) kled (B) kdel (C) ldek (D) delk
29. bza : bwy :: bsv : ?
(A) bnr (B) bvs (C) bhm (D) bag
30. wsop : yvqp :: ptw : ?
(A) pqr (B) puy (C) pos (D) pxb
MAT_CLASS-X_191
Pyramid Test
Direction (31 to 33) Observe the following pyramid and choose the correct alternative to answer the
questions.
(NTSE Stage-I/Maharshtra/2019)
31. 1352 : 13192518 :: 59138 : ?
(A) 25334132 (B) 25324133 (C) 25413332 (D) 33253241
32. 163044 : 213538 :: 173143 : ?
(A) 393420 (B) 203439 (C) 183241 (D) 203440
33. 281627 : 222123 :: 292830 : ?
(A) 352236 (B) 353622 (C) 362235 (D) 363522
Directions : (1 to 5) Study the arrangement of letters in the form of a pyramid and answer the questions that
follow.
a
b c d
e f g h i
j k l m n o p
q r s t u v w x y
z
1. cfk : ktz : : ? : ovz
(A) dip (B) cho (C) gmu (D) hnv
2. efg : gmu : : eks : ?
(A) hmn (B) stu (C) ekj (D) ikr
3. elu : adi : : ? : abe (NTSE Stage-II,2007)
(A) fmv (B) dgl (C) hmt (D) inu
4. flt : klm : : iow : ? (NTSE Stage-II,2007)

(A) hnv (B) mno (C) nop (D) gmu
5. yxp:qrj::ekl:? (NTSE Stage-II,2007)

(A) h m n (B) i o n (C) e k j (D) i k r
Directions (6 to 9) : Observe the pyramid of letters given below and answer the following questions.
a
b c d
e f g h i
j k l m n o p
q r s t u v w x y
z a b c d e f
g h i j k
l m n
o
MAT_CLASS-X_192
Pyramid Test
6. gz, yp, je, ?
(A) we (B) fx (C) eb (D) mn
7. pyf : jqz : : dab : ?

(A) omn (B) oml (C) lon (D) lom
8. pwf : jsz : : ktbg : ?

(A) ovdk (B) nucj (C) luck (D) cmun
9. aghb : flmg : : hlmi : ?
(A) rzbt (B) ucew (C) lmnh (D) cghd
Directions : (10 to 14) A pyramid of letters is given below. Study the pyramid and select the correct
alternative to fill in the missing term. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
10. HNPRQ, GIMQL, ZFJLK, ?, PVBDC

(A) QLKDC (B) WAEKD (C) WPVBD (D) IFAVQ
11. FHSIE, ISTRJ, RTCUQ, UCDBV, ?
(A) JLKDC (B) LPVBD (C) BDKEA (D) BDCTS
12. YGIM, LOXY, ZFJL, ?
(A) GUQK (B) JQVA (C) PWZG (D) KPWZ
13. GYXOW, ZXOLP, FZWPV, ?
(A) AWPKQ (B) PVQJE (C) KQUCT (D) EBURI
14. AMONB, YGIHZ, ?
(A) LPVBD (B) FAVQJ (C) OSUTP (D) LPVQJ
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D B A B A D B C C C A B B C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D B A B C B A B D A A C A A B
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. A B C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Ans. B B D C B C C A D B C D A C
MAT_CLASS-X_193
Calendar Test
CALENDAR TEST
To find the day of the week on a mentioned date. Certain concepts are defined as under.
 An ordinary year has 365 days.
 In an ordinary year, first and last day of the year are same.
 A leap year has 366 days. Every year which is divisible by 4 is called a leap year. For example
1200, 1600, 1992, 2004, etc. are all leap years.
 For a leap year, if first day is Monday than last day will be Tuesday for the same year.
 In a leap year, February is of 29 days but in an ordinary year, it has only 28 days.
 Year ending in 00's but not divisible by 400 is not considered a leap year. e.g., 900, 1000, 1100,
1300, 1400, 1500, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2100 are not leap years.
 The day on which calendar started (or the very first day ) i.e., 1 Jan, 0001 was Monday.
 Calendar year is from 1 Jan to 31 Dec. Financial year is from 1 April to 31 March.
A. ODD DAYS
The number of days exceeding the complete number of weeks in a duration is the number of odd
days during that duration.
B. COUNTING OF ODD DAYS

 Every ordinary year has 365 days = 52 weeks +1 day.
  Ordinary year has 1 odd day.
 Every leap year has 366 days = 52 weeks + 2 days. 

   Leap year has 2 odd days.
 Odd days of 100 years = 5,

Odd days of 200 years = 3,
Odd days of 300 years = 1,
Odd days of 400 years = 0.
Explanation :
 100 years = 76 ordinary years + 24 leap years
(The year 100 is not a leap year)
= 76 odd days + 2 × 24 odd days = 124 odd days.
124
Odd days = = 5 odd days.
7

 Similarly, 200 years = 10 odd days = 03 odd days
15
300 years = = 1 odd day.
7
20  1
400 years = = 0 odd day (1 is added as 400 is a leap year)
7
Similarly, 800, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 years contain 0 odd days.
 After counting the odd days, we find the day according to the number of odd days.

 Sunday for 0 odd day, Monday for 1 odd day and so on as shown in the following table.
MAT_CLASS-X_194
Calendar Test
Table : 1 (Odd days for week days)
Days Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
Odd Days 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Table : 2 (Odd days for months in a year)
Ordinary Year Days Odd Days Leap year Days Odd Days
January 31 3 January 31 3
February 28 0 February 29 1
March 31 3 March 31 3
April 30 2 April 30 2
May 31 3 May 31 3
June 30 2 June 30 2
Total 181 days 6 Total 182 days 0
July 31 3 July 31 3
August 31 3 August 31 3
September 30 2 September 30 2
October 31 3 October 31 3
November 30 2 November 30 2
December 31 3 December 31 3
Total 184 days 1 Total 184 days 2
Table : 3 (Odd days for every quarter)
I st three II nd three III rd three IVth three

Months Total year
months months months months
of 1 Jan to
1 Jan to 1 Apr to 1 July to 1 Oct. to
years 31 Dec.
31 March 30 June 30 Sep. 31 Dec.
90 / 91 365 / 366
Total days 91 92 92
Ord. / Leap Ord. / Leap
6/0 0 1 1 1/2
Odd days
Ord. / Leap Odd day Odd day Odd day Ord. / Leap
Example. 1
If it was Saturday on 17th December 1982 what will be the day on 22nd December 1984 ?
Solution :
Total number of odd days between 17 Dec.1982 to 17 Dec.1984 the number of odd days = 1+2 = 3.
From 17 to 22 Dec. number of odd days = 5
  3 + 5 = 8 odd days = 1 odd day.
  Saturday + 1 odd day = Sunday.
Example. 2
Find the day of the week on 18 July, 1776.
Solution :
Here 1600 years have 0 odd day ...(A)
100 years have 5 odd days ...(B)
75 years = (18 leap years + 57 ordinary years)
= (18 × 2 + 57 × 1) = 93 odd days = (7 × 13 + 2)
= 2 odd days. ...(C)
Now, the number of days from 1st January to 18th July, 1776 = 182 + 18 = (28 × 7 + 4) days
= 4 odd days ...(D)
MAT_CLASS-X_195
Calendar Test
Adding, A, B, C & D = 0 + 5 + 2 + 4 = 4 odd days.
Hence, the required day is Thursday.
Example. 3
On what dates of October, 1975 did Tuesday fall ?
Solution :
For determining the dates, we find the day on 1st Oct, 1975.
1600 years have 0 odd days ...(A)
300 years have 1 odd days ...(B)
74 years have (18 leap years + 56 ordinary years)
2 × 18 + 1 × 56 = 92 odd days = 1 odd days ...(C)
Days from 1st January to 1st Oct.
= 1st Jan to 30 June + 1st July to 1st Oct.
= 181 + 31 + 31 + 30 + 1 = 274 days.
Odd days 274/7= 1 odd days. ...(D)
Adding A, B, C & D = 0 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 odd days.
So, Wednesday falls on 1st Oct.
Hence, 7, 14, 21, 28 October will Tuesday fall.
Example. 4
Which year will have the same calendar next to 1995.
Solution :
The calendar for 1995 and the required year will be the same if day on 1st January of both the years
is same.
This is possible only if the total odd days from 1st January 1995 to 31st December of the previous
year of required year is 0.
Let the required year is 2006 then, we have 3 leap years (1996, 2000, 2004) and 8 ordinary years
(1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005)
Total odd days = (2 × 3 + 1 × 8) = 14 = 0 odd days.
Hence, the required year is 2006.
Example. 5
Prove that last day of a century cannot be Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
Solution :
100 years have = 5 odd days. 
   Last day of 1st century is Friday.
200 years have = 10 odd days = 3 odd days. 
   Last day of 2 century is Wednesday.
nd
300 years have = 15 odd days = 1 odd day 

   Last day of 3rd century is Monday.
400 years have = 5 × 4 + 1 = 21 = 0 odd days.
So, the last day of 4th century is Sunday.
Since the order keeps on cycling, we see that the last day of the century cannot be Tuesday,
Thursday or Saturday.
1. Which of the following year was leap year ?

(A) 1000 (B) 1800 (C) 1200 (D) 1400
2. If the day before yesterday was Saturday what day will fall on the day after tomorrow :
(A) Friday (B) Thursday (C) Wednesday (D) Tuesday
3. Find the day of the week on 26 January, 1950.
(A) Tuesday (B) Friday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
MAT_CLASS-X_196
Calendar Test
4. Find the day of the week on 15 August, 1947.
(A) Tuesday (B) Friday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
5. In U.P. on 17th Oct. 1996, the president rule was declared. Find the day of week on that date.
(A) Tuesday (B) Friday (C) Wednesday (D) Thrusday
6. On what date of October, 1975 did 3rd Tuesday fall :
(A) 17/10/75 (B) 18/10/75 (C) 21/10/75 (D) 23/10/75
7. The year next to 1990 will have the same calendar as that of the year 1990 :
(A) 2002 (B) 2000 (C) 2001 (D) 1996
8. Which two months in a leap year have always the same calendar ?
(A) June, Oct. (B) April, Nov. (C) Jan., August (D) Oct., Dec.
9. There are 30 days in a month and 1 day of this month is Monday. If alternate Monday starting from
st
second and each Sunday is a holiday then how many working days are there in the month :
(A) 23 (B) 22 (C) 24 (D) 21
10. If the sixth day of a month is fourth day after Sunday then which day of the week will be on 19th day
of that month - (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
(A) Friday (B) Wednesday (C) Saturday (D) Tuesday
11. If Sripal’s birthday falls on Thursday 20th March, 2000, then on which day of the week his birthday
falls in the year 2001 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) Wednesday (B) Friday (C) Saturday (D) Sunday
12. If your birth day 30th June, 2003 falls on Monday, on what day of the week does your birth day fall in
the year 2005 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2013)
(A) Sunday (B) Tuesday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
13. On what day of the week India will celebrate its Republic Day on 26th January, 2015 ?
(A) Sunday (B) Monday (C) Tuesday (D) Wednesday
14. If 1st October is Sunday, then 1st November will be (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
(A) Monday (B) Tuesday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
15. Which two months in a year have the same calendar ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2014)
(A) June, October (B) April, November (C) April, July (D) October, December
16. If the first day of a leap year is Monday, then what day will be on the last day of that year ?
(A) Wednesday (B) Tuesday (C) Thursday (D) Sunday
17. If 14th September, 2013 is Saturday, then what day will be 22nd December, 2014
18. If it was Saturday on 17th December, 2002, then what was the day on 22nd December, 2004 ?
(A) Monday (B) Sunday (C) Friday (D) Tuesday
19. If 25th August in a year is Thursday, then number of Mondays in that month is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
20. If it was Sunday on 1st January, 2006 then what was the day on 1st January, 2007 ?
(A) Sunday (B) Monday (C) Tuesday (D) Saturday
21. If the third day of a month is Monday, which one of the following will be the fifth day from 21st of
this month? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/ 2020)
(A) Monday (B) Tuesday (C) Wednesday (D) Thursday
22. If first day of the year 2020 is Wednesday, which one of the following will be the last day of this year
? (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar/ 2020)
(A) Monday (B) Wednesday (C) Thursday (D) Friday
MAT_CLASS-X_197
Calendar Test
1. My brother is 562 days older to me while my sister is 75 weeks older to him.If my sister was born on
Tuesday, on which day was I born?
(A) Sunday (B) Monday (C) Thursday (D) Tuesday
2. Karan was born on Saturday 22nd March 1982. On what day of the week was he 14 years 7 months
and 8 days of age ?
(A) Sunday (B) Tuesday (C) Wednesday (D) Monday
3. On what dates of August 2020 will Monday fall :
(A) 3, 10, 17, 24, 31 (B) 5, 12, 19, 26 (C) 1, 8, 15, 22, 29 (D) None of these
4. Monday, Tuesday etc. are numbered as 1, 2 and so on. If 8th December 1994 was Monday, what
day was 8th January 1995 ? Write the number of the day. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
5. If 14 th july of 1995 was Friday, then what was the day on 30th March of 1994?
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C C D B D C C C C B B D B C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. B B B C B C C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5
Ans. C D A 4 D
MAT_CLASS-X_198
Dice Test
DICE TEST
General Dice : In a general dice the sum of numbers on the any two adjacent faces is ‘7’.
Standard Dice : In a standard dice the sum of numbers on the opposite faces is '7'.
A. TYPE-I
Example. 1
Which number is opposite 4 in a standard dice given below?
1
5
4
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) Can’t be determined
Solution : Clearly , from the standard dice the sum of numbers on the opposite faces is '7', so number
opposite to 4 is 3.
B. TYPE-II
Example. 2
The figures given below show the two different positions of a dice. Which number will appear
opposite to number 2 ?.
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6

Solution :
(C) The above question, where only two positions of a dice are given, can easily be solved with the
following method.
Step I. The dice, when unfolded, will appear as shown in the figure given on the right side.
Step II. Write the common number to both the dice in the middle block. Since common number is 4, hence
number 4 will appear in the central block.
Step III. Consider the figure (i) and write the first number in the anti-clockwise direction of number 4,
(common number) in block I and second number in block II. Therefore, numbers 3 and 2 being the
first and second number to 4 in anticlockwise directions respectively, will appear in block I & II
respectively.
Step IV. Consider figure (ii) and write first and second number in the anticlock-wise direction to number 4,
(common number) in block (III) & (IV). Hence numbers 6 and 5 will appear in the blocks III and IV
respectively.
Step V. Write remaining number in the remaining block. Therefore, number 1 will come in the remaining
block. Now, from the unfolded figures we find that number opposite to 6 is 3, number opposite to 2 is
5 and number opposite to 4 is 1. Therefore, option (C) is our answer.
(Short Trick : From the given dice, we will take the common number as the base and then in its
respect move clockwise direction and write as follows : 4 – 2 – 3
4 – 5 – 6.
Here,we find that number opposite to 6 is 3, number opposite to 2 is 5 and number opposite to 4 is
remaining number 1. Therefore, option (C) is our answer.
MAT_CLASS-X_199
Dice Test
Example. 3
On the basis of two figures of dice, you have to tell what number will be on the opposite face of
number 5 ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6

Solution :
(D) The above question where only two positions of a dice are given, can easily be solved with the
following method :
If in the given dice, there are two numbers common, then uncommon numbers will always be
opposite of each other.
Therefore, option (D) is our answer.
C. TYPE-III
Example. 4
From the following figures of dice, find which number will come in place of ‘?’
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 2 (D) 3

Solution :
(D) If the above dice is unfolded, it will look like as the figure (i) given below.
Figure (i)
Now the number in place of ‘?’ can be obtained by making a slight change in the figure as given
here. Now comparing figure (ii) with third dice as above, we get that number in place of ? is 3.
Figure (ii)
D. TYPE-IV
Example. 5
A dice has been thrown four times and produces following results.
Which number will appear opposite to the number 3 ?

(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 1
Solution : (A) From the figures (i), (ii) and (iv) we find that numbers 6, 1, 5 and 2 appear on the adjacent
surfaces to the number 3. Therefore, number 4 will be opposite to number 3.
MAT_CLASS-X_200
Dice Test
E. TYPE-V
Example. 6
Which of the following dices is identical to the unfolded figure as shown here ?
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(A) From the unfolded figure of dice, we find that number opposite to 2 is 4, for 5 it is 3 and for 1 it is
6. From this result we can definitely say that figure (B), (C) and (D) can not be the answer figure as
numbers lying on the opposite pair of surfaces are present on the adjacent surfaces.
1. Which alphabet is opposite to D?
(A) E (B) C (C) F (D) A
2. What should be the number opposite to 4?
(i) (ii) (iii)

(A) 5 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 2
3.
Which letter will be opposite to letter D?

(A) A (B) B (C) E (D) F
Directions : (4 to 5) The figure (X) given below is the unfolded position of a cubical dice. In each of the
following questions this unfolded figure is followed by four different figures of dice. You have to
select the figure which is identical to the figure (X).
4. (X)
3
(A) (B) (B) (D) 1 4
MAT_CLASS-X_201
Dice Test
5. (X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (6 to 8) In each of the following questions, select the correct option for the question asked.
(i) (ii)
6. Which number will come opposite to number 2?
(A) 5 (B) 1 (C) 6 (D) 3

(A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 1 (D) 2
9. On the basis of two figures of dice, you have to tell what number will be on the opposite face of
number 5 ?
(i) (ii)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6
10. Which symbol will appear on the opposite surface to the symbol x ?
= O
(i) (ii)
(A) ÷ (B) = (C)  (D) O
11. Three positions of the same dice are given below. Observe the figures carefully and tell which
number will come in place of ‘?’ (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
1 3 4
6 3 5 4 2 ?
(i) (ii) (iii)

(A) 1 (B) 6 (C) 3 (D) 5
12. On the basis of the following figures you have to tell which number will come in place of ‘?’
3 4 ?
6 1 2 6 1 5
(i) (ii) (iii)

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 4
Direction : (13 to 15) Choose from the alternatives, the boxes that will be formed when figure (X) is folded :
13. (X) (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_202
Dice Test
+
14. (X)
(A) (B) + (C) + (D)
15. (X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (16) The six faces of a cube have been marked with numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 respectively.
This cube is rolled down three times. The three positions are given. Choose the figure that will be
formed when the cube is unfolded.
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17. Which number is opposite to 3 in a standard dice given below ?
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) Can’t be determined

18. Which number is opposite to 4 ?
(A) 5 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1

Direction : (19) In the following question four positions of the same dice have been shown. You have to see
these figures and select the number opposite to the number as asked in each question.
19.
Which number is opposite to number 5?

(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 1 (D) 3
Directions : (20 to 21) Following questions are based on dice test. Numbers from 1 to 6 are marked on
different faces of the "Dice". (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2007)
20. The number opposite to 4 is :
2 5 6
1 5 4 6 2 5
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C 5 (D) 6
MAT_CLASS-X_203
Dice Test
2 5 1
5 6 4 6 5 2

22. If the sum of the numbers on the opposite faces of dice is 7, then which figure of dice is correctly
marked ?
1 2 5 3
(A) 5 4 (B) 4 5 (C) 2 6 (D) 4 5

2 4 2 2
1 3 5 3 3 5 5 6
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5

24. The number opposite to 3 is
6 1 1
3 2 2 3 4 2
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6

25. The number opposite to 1 is - (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
1 4 2
4 5 2 6 1 3
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 5 (D) 3
26. If the sum of the numbers on the opposite faces of a dice is '7', then which figure of dice is not
correctly presented. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
2 5 1 3
(A) 1 4 (B) 2 4 (C) 3 5 (D) 2 6
27. Which of the following dices is identical to the unfolded figure as shown here ?
P
R T
S
U Q
(NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2008)
P Q P P
(A) S T (B) T R (C) S U (D) T Q
28.
The number opposite side the face having the no. 5 will be - (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2012)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
29. The number opposite the face having the no. 2 will be - (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2012)
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 5
MAT_CLASS-X_204
Dice Test
30. The number opposite the face having the no. 3 will be - (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2012)
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6

31. The following figures is converted into a cube. Its incorrect shape will be -
(A) (B) (C) (D)
32.
The number opposite side the face having the no. 4 will be – (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 5 (D) 6
33. The following figure is converted into a cube. Its four positions (a), (b), (c) and (d) are shown. On the
basis of these select correct alternative. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2013)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(A) a only (B) b only (C) a and c only (D) a, b, c and d
34. The number on opposite side of the face having the number 3 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
1 3 5 3
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 1
4 6 5 6 1 4 1 5
35.
The number on opposite side of the face having the number 3 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5
36.
The number on opposite side of the face having the number 4 will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
MAT_CLASS-X_205
Dice Test
37.
The word on opposite side of the face having the word F will be (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2014)
(A) B (B) C (C) D (D) E
38. In the given two positions of a dice, when 2 is below the dice which number is on the dice ?
(NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2016)
(A) 3 (B) 5 (C) 1 (D) 6

39. In the given figure squares are folded and a cube is formed. Then the number opposite to 2 is :
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6

40. The two positions of a dice are shown below. If 1 is at the bottom then what will be on the top ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5.
41. In the given figure squares are folded and a dice is formed. Then how will it be seen from the
following? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_206
Dice Test
42. The four different positions of the dice are given below. Which number is on the face opposite to 6 ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
43. The four different positions of a dice are given below. Which number is on the face opposite side to
3? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2019)
2 5 6 3
3 6 2 4 3 1 5 1
(A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 5
44. The four different positions of the dice are given below. Which number is on the face opposite to 2 ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6

45. The two positions of a single dice are given below. Which digit will be at the face opposite to the
face having digit 4 ? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2020)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 6
Direction : (46 to 47) The adjacent figure is folded to form a cube. Observe the figure and answer the
following questions. (NTSEStage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
46. Which symbol will not be adjacent to the symbol ?

(A) < (B)  (C)  (D) 
47. Which symbol will be opposite to the symbol  ?

(A)  (B) (C) < (D) 
48. Which of the following figure is the figure obtained by folding the paper to form a cube?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_207
Dice Test
Direction : (49 to 50) A dice is thrown 3 times and its 3 positions are given in the picture below. Answer the
following questions (NTSE Stage-I / Bihar / 2019)
49. Which number is opposite to 4 ?

(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6
50. Which number is opposite to 1?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
1. A dice is thrown four times and its four different positions are given below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
Which number is opposite to 3 ?

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 5
2. A dice is thrown twice and its different positions are shown below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
•• • •
•• • • •• •
• •
•
• •• ••
•
Which is the number of dots on the face opposite to 4 dots ?

(A) 6 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
3. Two positions of a standard dice are shown below. (NTSE Stage-II,2009)
3 1
2 5
6 4
When 6 is at the bottom, what number will be at the top ?

(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Direction : (4 to 7) In the following questions, the figure is folded to form a box. Choose from among the
alternatives the box or boxes that can be formed by folding the figure.
4.
O
I. II. III. IV
(A) Only IV (B) Both II and III (C) Only III (D) Both I and IV
MAT_CLASS-X_208
Dice Test
I. II. III. IV.
(A) Both II and IV (B) Both I and II (C) IV Only (D) II Only
I. II. III. IV.
(A) II, III and IV (B) III and IV Only (C) II and III Only (D) I and IV Only
I. II. III. IV.
(A) Only I (B) Both II and III (C) Only IV (D) All I, II, III and IV
Directions : (8 to 9) A dice is thrown 3 times and its 3 position are given. Select the alternative which
provides correct answer to the question asked. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)

(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 6

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
Directions : (10 to 12) Four positions of the same dice have been shown. Select the alternative which
provides correct answer to the question asked. (NTSE Stage-II,2011)
10. Which number would be opposite to 3 ?

(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
MAT_CLASS-X_209
Dice Test
Directions : (13 to 17) Choose the cube from the options that will unfold to give the figure on the left
13. M X M
M M X
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
4 1 8
14. 3 9 7 8
1 8 4 1 7 7 8 7 4
7
9 (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
15.
8 8 8 D
D (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
16. B
B (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
17.
J J
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Directions : (18 to 21) In each of the following questions, a diagram has been given which can be folded
into a cube. The entries given in the squares indicate the entries on the face of the cube. In each
question a number or a letter has been given . Of the four alternatives given below it, you have to
find the one that would appear on the face opposite to it in the cube.
18. Which letter is opposite to Q?
Q
O P L
N
M
(A) L (B) M (C) N (D) P
19. Which number/letter is opposite to 2?
3 I C
A
B
2
(A) A (B) C (C) 1 (D) 3
20. Which number/letter is opposite to O?
L
N M 2
I O
(A) L (B) M (C) N (D) 2
MAT_CLASS-X_210
Dice Test
21. Which letter is opposite to R?
Q R
S P
U T
(A) P (B) S (C) T (D) U

22. On the basis of the four positions of a dice given below find the colour of the face opposite to
‘Yellow’. (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
Yellow Gree
n Red
Blue
Blue Blue Yellow Pink
Green Indigo Red Indigo
(A) Indigo (B) Red (C) Pink (D) Blue

23. If the given figure is folded to form a box, which among the boxes below will be formed
e a
f c
c d b c
a e d d
f c f a
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24. Two positions of a dice are shown. Which number will appear on the face opposite the one having
5?
3 3
5 6
1 2
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6
25.
When the above is folded into a cube, which is the only cube that can be produced amongst the
following? (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_211
Dice Test
Direction : (26) In the following questions, the figure is folded to form a box. Choose from among the
alternatives the box or boxes that can be formed by folding the figure.
26.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27. A cuboid is painted in 6 colours, i.e. red, green, blue, yellow, orange and black, one colour on each
side. Three position are shown below : (NTSE Stage-II 2016)
What is the colour of the side having question mark?

(A) Red (B) Yellow (C) Green (D) Blue
28. How many points will be on the face opposite to the face which contains 2 points?
(NTSE Stage-II 2016)
(A) 1 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 6

29. A pattern is being followed to derive numbers using two out of the six numbers appearing on the
faces of a dice having numbers from 4 to 9, both inclusive. Two such pair yield 106 and 52. What
will the third pairs yield? (NTSE Stage-II 2018)
(A) 100 (B) 113 (C) 130 (D) 145
30. A cylinder is painted in 6 colours – violet , Red, Blue, Green, Yellow and Orange. The three
positions of the cylinder are as follows. Looking at these figures, identify the correct colour in place
of '?'. (NTSE Stage-II 2018)
(A) Red (B) Blue (C) Green (D) Violet
MAT_CLASS-X_212
Dice Test
31. Six dice are stacked as shown in the figure. On each dice, the sum of number appearing on a face
and on the face opposite to it is 7? (NTSE Stage-II 2018)
What is the maximum possible sum of the numbers on the visible faces ?
(A) 88 (B) 89 (C) 96 (D) 147
32. The given figure in the question has five squares and four equilateral triangles. Two squares and
two triangles are shaded. The figure is folded along the dividing lines the squares by 90º and
triangle by 45º so as to form a close three, dimensional object. The object is then placed with its
apex pointing towards your left. Which one among the figures given in the alternatives can be
seen? (NTSE Stage-II 2019)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
33. The opposite faces of Dice X are : (NTSE Stage-II 2019)

[(5,2), (6,3), (4,1)]
The opposite faces of Dice Y are :
[(3,5), (4,1), (6,2)]
Which figure can represent both Dice X and Dice Y with faces shown below ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_213
Dice Test
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B B A D B D A B C D A B D B D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C B A C B A A C B B B D B B A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A B C C B D D C B C A B C C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. B C D C D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D D B C B D C D A D A C A D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. E D C A B B A D D D D C D B C
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. B A C
MAT_CLASS-X_214
Cube Test
CUBE TEST
A. CUBE
A cube is three dimensional figure, having 8 corners, 6 surfaces and 12 edges. If a cube is painted
on all of its surfaces with any colour and further divided into various smaller cubes, we get following
results. Smaller cubes with three surfaces painted will be present on the corners of the big cube.
3 2 2 3
2 1 1 2
2 1 3
1 2
3 2 2 3
2
2 2
3
3 2 2 3 1
1
2 2
2 1 1 2 1
1 3
2
2 1 1 2 2
2
3
3 2 2 3
Smaller cubes with two surface painted will be present on the edges of the big cube. Smaller cubes
with one surface painted will be present on the surfaces of the big cube. Smaller cubes with no
surface painted will be present inside the big cube.
If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with a colour and then divided into smaller cubes of equal
size then after separation, number of smaller cubes so obtained will be calculated as under :
Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = 8
Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted = (n – 2) × 12
Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = (n – 2)2 × 6
Number of smaller cubes with no surface painted = (n – 2)3
Where n = No of divisions on the surfaces of the bigger cube
Length of edge of big cube
n=
Length of edge of one smaller cube
(a) Type-I
If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with single colour and then divided into various smaller
cubes of equal size.
Directions : ( 1 to 4) A cube of side 4 cm is painted black on all of its surfaces and then divided into
various smaller cubes of side 1 cm each. The smaller cubes so obtained are separated.
444
Total cubes of obtained =  64
1 1 1
Side of big cube 4

Here n= = = 4
Side of small cube 1
Example. 1
How many smaller cubes have three surfaces painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
Solution : (B) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = 8
MAT_CLASS-X_215
Cube Test
Example. 2
How many smaller cubes have two surfaces painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
Solution :
(D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted = (n – 2) × 12 = (4 – 2) × 12 = 24
Example. 3
How many smaller cubes have only one surface painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
Solution : (C) Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = (n – 2)2 × 6 = (4 – 2)2 × 6 = 4 × 6 = 24
Example. 4
How many smaller cubes will have no side painted ?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 22 (D) 8
Solution : (D) Number of smaller cubes with no surface painted = (n – 2)3 = (4 – 2)3 = (2)3 = 8
(b) Type-II
If a cube is painted on all of its surfaces with different colours and then divided into various smaller
cubes of equal size.
Directions : ( 5 to 7 ) A cube of side 4 cm is painted black on the pair of one opposite surfaces, blue on the
pair of another opposite surfaces and red on remaining pair of opposite surfaces. The cube is now
divided into smaller cubes of equal side of 1 cm each.
Example. 5
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
Solution :
(B) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = 8
(These smaller cubes will have all three surfaces painted with different colour blue, black and red.)
Example. 6
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
Solution :
(D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted = 24. And out of this -
(a) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with black and blue colour = 8.
(b) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with blue and red colour = 8.
(c) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with black and red color = 8.
MAT_CLASS-X_216
Cube Test
Example. 7
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
Solution :
(C) Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = 24. And out of this -
(a) Number of cubes with one surface painted with black colour =8.
(b) Number of cubes with one surface painted with blue colour = 8.
(c) Number of cubes with one surface painted with red colour = 8.
(c) Type-III
If a cube is painted on its surfaces in such a way that one pair of opposite surfaces is left unpainted.
Directions : ( 8 to 11 ) A cube of side 4 cm is painted red on the pair of one opposite surfaces, green on the
pair of another opposite surfaces and one pair of opposite surfaces is left unpainted. Now the cube
is divided into 64 smaller cubes of side 1 cm each.
Example. 8
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 20
Solution :
(A) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = 0 (Because each smaller cube at the
corner is attached to a surface which is unpainted.)
Example. 9
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
Solution :
(C) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted = Number of cubes present at the corners +
Numbers of cubes present at 4 edges
= 8 + (n – 2) × 4 = 8 + 8 = 16
Example. 10
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
Solution :
(D) Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = Number of cubes present at the 8 edges
+ number of cubes present at the four surfaces= (n – 2) × 8 + (n – 2)2 × 4
= 2 × 8 + 4 × 4 = 16 + 16 = 32
MAT_CLASS-X_217
Cube Test
Example. 11
(A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 22 (D) 8
Solution :
(B) Number of smaller cubes with no side painted
= Number of cubes on the two unpainted surfaces + number of cubes present inside the cube.
= (n – 2)2 × 2 + (n – 2)3 = 4 × 2 + (2)3 = 8 + 8 = 16
(d) Type-IV
If a cube is painted on its surfaces in such a way that one pair of adjacent surfaces is left unpainted.
Directions : (12 to 15 )A cube of side 4 cm is painted red on the pair of one adjacent surfaces, green on the
pair of other adjacent surfaces and two adjacent surfaces are left unpainted. Now the cube is
divided into 64 smaller cubes of side 1 cm each.
Example. 12
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 6
Solution :
(A) Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = Number of smaller cubes at two corners
=2
Example. 13
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 14
Solution :
(D) Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted = Number of smaller cubes at four corners +
Number of smaller cubes at 5 edges.
= 4 + (n – 2) × 5 = 4 + 2 × 5
= 4 + 10 = 14
Example. 14
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 30
Solution :
(D) Number of smaller cubes with one surface painted = Number of smaller cubes at four surfaces +
Number of smaller cubes at 6 edges + Number of smaller cubes at two corners.
= (n – 2)2 × 4 + (n – 2) × 6 + 2
= 4 × 4 + 2 × 6 + 2 = 16 + 12 = 28 + 2 = 30
Example. 1 5
(A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 22 (D) 8
Solution :
MAT_CLASS-X_218
Cube Test
(A) Number of smaller cubes with no surfaces painted = Number of smaller cubes from inside the
big cube + Number of cubes at two surfaces + Number of cubes at one edge.
= (n – 2)3 + (n – 2)2 × 2 + (n – 2)
= (2)3 + (2)2 × + 2
Directions : (1 to 4) A cube of side 5 cm is painted black on all of its surfaces and then divided into various
smaller cubes of side 1 cm each. The smaller cubes so obtained are separated.
1. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
2. How many smaller cubes have two surfaces painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 36
3. How many smaller cubes have only one surface painted ?
(A) 27 (B) 36 (C) 54 (D) 62
4. How many smaller cubes will have no side painted ?
(A) 18 (B) 22 (C) 24 (D) 27
Directions : (5 to 7) A cube of side 3 cm is painted black on the pair of one opposite surfaces, blue on the
pair of another opposite surfaces and red on remaining pair of opposite surfaces. The cube is now
divided into smaller cubes of equal side of 1 cm each.
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 12
(A) 4 (B) 12 (C) 6 (D) 16
Directions : (8 to 11) A cube of side 15 cm is painted red on the pair of one opposite surfaces, green on the
pair of another opposite surfaces and one pair of opposite surfaces is left unpainted. Now the cube
is divided into 125 smaller cubes of side 3 cm each.
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 20
(A) 36 (B) 60 (C) 20 (D) 24
(A) 54 (B) 36 (C) 24 (D) 60
11. How many smaller cubes will have no side painted ?
(A) 64 (B) 45 (C) 22 (D) 27
Directions : (12 to 16) A cube of 4 cm has been painted on its surfaces in such a way that two opposite
surfaces have been painted blue and two adjacent surfaces have been painted red. Two remaining
surfaces have been left unpainted. Now the cube is cut into smaller cubes of side 1 cm each.
12. How many cubes will have no side painted ?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (C) 22 (D) 8
13. How many cubes will have at least red colour on its surfaces ?
(A) 20 (B) 22 (C) 28 (D) 32
14. How many cubes will have at least blue colour on its surfaces ?
(A) 20 (B) 8 (C) 24 (D) 32
MAT_CLASS-X_219
Cube Test
15. How many cubes will have only two surfaces painted with red and blue colour respectively ?
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 30
16. How many cubes will have three surfaces coloured ?
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 16
Directions : (17 to 26) A solid cube has been painted yellow, blue and black on pairs of opposite faces.
The cube is then cut into 36 smaller cubes such that 32 cubes are of the same size while 4 others
are of bigger sizes. Also no faces of any of the bigger cubes is painted blue.
17. How many cubes have at least one face painted blue ?
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 32
18. How many cubes have only one faces painted ?
(A) 24 (B) 20 (C) 8 (D) 12
19. How many cubes have only two faces painted ?
(A) 24 (B) 20 (C) 16 (D) 8
20. How many cubes have atleast two faces painted ?
(A) 36 (B) 34 (C) 28 (D) 24
21. How many cubes have only three faces painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 0
22. How many cubes do not have any of their faces painted yellow ?
(A) 0 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 16
23. How many cubes have at least one of their faces painted black ?
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 20
24. How many cubes have at least one of their faces painted yellow or blue ?
(A) 36 (B) 32 (C) 16 (D) 0
25. How many cubes have no face painted ?
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 0
26. How many cubes have two faces painted yellow and black respectively ?
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 16
Directions : (27 to 30) The six faces of a cube are painted in a manner that no two adjacent faces have the
same colour. The three colours used in painting are red, blue and green. The cube is then cut into
36 smaller cubes in such a manner that 32 cubes are of one size and the rest of a bigger size and
each of the bigger cubes has no red side. Answer the following questions.
27. How many cubes in all have a red side ?
(A) 16 (B) 32 (C) 8 (D) 20
28. How many cubes in all have only one side coloured ?
(A) 20 (B) 16 (C) 0 (D) 8
29. How many cubes are coloured on three sides ?
(A) 20 (B) 16 (C) 8 (D) 0
30. How many cubes are there which have two or more sides painted?
(A) 36 (B) 28 (C) 20 (D) 32
Direction : (31 to 32) A cube is painted blue on all faces and it is cut into 64 small cubes of equal size. Now
answer the following questions. (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2017)
31. How many cubes are not painted on any face?
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 27 (D) 54.
32. How many cubes are there which are painted on one face only?
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
MAT_CLASS-X_220
Cube Test
33. All faces of a solid cube of edge 8 cm are coloured. It is divided equally in the cubes of edge 2 cm.
How many cubes will have all faces coloured? (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2018)
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 8 (D) 4
34. How many cubes are laid on a plane as shown in the following figure ? (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2018)
(A) 14 (B) 12 (C) 10 (D) 8

35. A solid cube of white material is painted black on all its surfaces. If it cut into 125 smaller cubes of
same size, then how many cubes will have two sides painted black ? (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2019)
(A) 32 (B) 36 (C) 42 (D) 40
36. A cube painted red on all faces is cut into 27 small cubes of equal size. How many cubes are not
painted on any face ? (NTSE Stage-I/Raj./2019)
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
37. How many smaller cubes of 1 cm side can be formed with a solid cube of 3 cm side ?
(A) 3 (B) 6 (C) 9 (D) 27
Direction : (38 to 40) The bottom and the top surface of a cube, having each side 5 units, is painted black.
The opposite surfaces of the cube are red. Then the cube is cut into smaller cubes having each side
1 unit. On the basis of this information choose the correct alternative to answer the questions.
(NTSE Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
38. How many cubes have at least one surface painted?
(A) 125 (B) 116 (C) 100 (D) 98
39. How many cubes have only red surface?

(A) 18 (B) 30 (C) 48 (D) 60
40. How many cubes have surfaces in both the colours, black and red?
(A) 25 (B) 50 (C) 8 (D) 20
Direction : (41 to 45) Read carefully the information given below and answer the questions
Two opposite surfaces of a 16 cm solid cube is coloured red, other two opposite surfaces is
coloured green and the remaining surfaces is coloured with blue. After this the cube is cut into small
cubes of size 4 cm each (NTSE Stage-I/Bihar/2019)
41. How many cubes are there whose three surfaces are coloured blue, green and red ?
(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 12
42. How many cubes are there whose none of the surface is coloured ?
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 24
MAT_CLASS-X_221
Cube Test
43. How many cubes are there whose two surfaces are coloured ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 24
44. How many cubes are there whose only one surface is coloured ?
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 12 (D) 24
45. How many cubes are there whose three surfaces are coloured ?
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 16
Directions : (1 to 5) The following questions are based on a solid cube which has been shaded as shown
on pairs of opposite faces. (NTSE Stage-II,2008)
Black
Lines
Dots
1. How many small cubes are there in the middle layer ?

(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 12
2. How many small cubes have no face with any shading ?

(A) 6 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
3. How many small cubes are there which have shading only on two faces ?
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 12 (D) 16
4. How many small cubes are there in which three faces are shaded ?
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
5. How many small cubes are there in which only one face is shaded ?
(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 12
Directions : (6 to 10) The following questions are based on a solid cube with each side measuring 4 cm.
The cube has been shaded as shown on pairs of opposite faces. It is then cut into smaller cubes
with each side measuring 1 cm. Answer the question that follow. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
Black
•• •• •• ••
•• •• •• •• Dots
•• •• •• ••
Lines
6. How many cubes will have no faces shaded ?

(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 16 (D) 24
7. How many cubes will have three faces shaded ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 16
8. How many cubes will have only two faces shaded ?
(A) 12 (B) 16 (C) 24 (D) 32
9. How many cubes will have only one face shaded ?
(A) 24 (B) 16 (C) 32 (D) 20
MAT_CLASS-X_222
Cube Test
10. How many cubes will have one face shaded with lines and another shaded with dots (all other faces
are unshaded) ?
(A) 16 (B) 12 (C) 8 (D) 4
Directions : (11 to 12) If seema likes to build blocks from small cubes like the one shown below.
Seema has lots of small cubes like this one. She uses glue to join cubes together to make other
block.
11. How many small cubes will Seema need to make the solid block shown in the given diagram ?
12. Seema realizes that she used more small cubes than she really needed to make a block like the one
shown in the above diagram. She realizes that she could have glued small cubes together to look
like the above diagram, but the block could have been hollow on the inside.
What is the minimum number of cubes she needs to make a block that looks like the one shown in
the above diagram ?
Directions : (13 to 17) The outer border of width 1 cm of a cube with side 5 cm is painted yellow on each
side and the remaining space enclosed by this 1 cm path is painted pink. This cube is now cut into
125 smaller cubes of each side 1 cm. The smaller cubes so obtained are now seperated.
13. How many smaller cubes have all the surfaces uncoloured ?
(A) 0 (B) 9 (C) 18 (D) 27
14. How many smaller cubes have three surfaces coloured ?
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 10
15. How many cubes have at least two surfaces coloured yellow ?
(A) 24 (B) 44 (C) 48 (D) 96
16. How many cubes have one face coloured pink and an adjacent face yellow ?
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
17. How many cubes have at least one face coloured ?
(A) 27 (B) 98 (C) 48 (D) 121
Directions : (18 to 21) Some equal cubes are arranged in the form of a solid block as shown in the
adjacent figure. All the visible sufaces of the block (except the bottom) are then painted.
18. How many cubes do not have any of the faces painted ?
(A) 27 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 12
19. How many cubes have one face painted ?
(A) 9 (B) 24 (C) 30 (D) 20
20. How many cubes have only two faces painted ?
(A) 0 (B) 16 (C) 20 (D) 24
21. How many cubes have only three faces painted ?
(A) 4 (B) 12 (C) 6 (D) 20
MAT_CLASS-X_223
Cube Test
Directions : (22 to 26) A cuboid of dimensions (6 cm  4 cm  1 cm) is painted black on both the surfaces
of dimensions (4 cm 1 cm), green on the surfaces of dimensions (6 cm 4 cm). and red on the
surfaces of dimensions (6 cm 1 cm). Now the block is divided into various smaller cubes of side 1
cm. each. The smaller cubes so obtained are separated.
22. How many cubes will have all three colours black, green and red each at least on one side?
23. How many cubes will be formed?
(A) 6 (B) 12 (C) 16 (D) 24
24. If cubes having only black as well as green colour are removed then how many cubes will be left?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 16 (D) 30
25. How many cubes will have 4 coloured sides and 2 sides without colour?
(A) 8 (B) 4 (C) 16 (D) 10
26. How many cubes will have two sides with green colour and remaining sides without any colour?
(A) 12 (B) 10 (C) 8 (D) 4
Directions (27 to 29) : Lata was cutting a cuboid shaped cake at her birthday party which has 12 inches
length , 8 inches breadth and 2 inches height
Two faces measuring 8 inches  2 inches are coated with chocolate cream.
Two faces measuring 12 inches  2 inches are coated with vanilla cream.
Two faces measuring 12 inches  8 inches are coated with butter scotch cream.
The cake is cut into 24 cubes of size, 2 inches each side. (NTSE-Stage-II 2016)
27. How many cake pieces are there which have only two types of coatings of cream (any two out of
chocolate , vanilla and butter scotch)?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 16
28. How many cake pieces will have only one type of coating of cream ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 20
29. Kasim, Rajni, Pema and Gupreet loved the chocolate cream and they decided to take all pieces with
chocolate coating for them. How many cake pieces will be avaliable for others ?
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 16 (D) 20
30. A cube is 6 cm in length, breadth and height. It is painted red on two opposite faces, black on the
other two opposite faces and green on the left over faces. It is then cut into 216 cubes of sides 1 cm.
How many small cubes have no face painted ? (NTSE-Stage-II 2017)
(A) 16 (B) 8 (C) 64 (D) 24
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D C D B D C A C D B A C D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C D C B C A D D A D C B D C B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A C B C B A D D B D B B D D C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D C D A A B C A C 27 26 D C B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. A B D C D C D D C B C C B C C
MAT_CLASS-X_224
Clock Test
CLOCK TEST
A. IMPORTANT FACTS
 Minute hand and hour hand coincides once in every hour. They coincide 11 times in 12 hours and
22 times in 24 hours. 
 They coincide only one time between 11 to 1 O’ clock. at 12 O’ clock.
 Minute hand and hour hand are opposite once in every hour. They do it 11 times in 12 hours and
22 times in 24 hours.
 They opposite only one time between 5 to 7 O’ clock. at 6 O’ clock.
 Both hands (minute and hour) are perpendicular twice in every hour. 22 times in 12 hours and 44
times in 24 hours.
 In one minute, hour hand moves 1/2º and minute hand moves 6º. In one hour, hour hand moves 30º
and minute hand moves 360º.
 In an hour, minute hand moves 55 minutes ahead of hour hand.
Example. 1
At what time between 3 O’Clock and 4 O’Clock will the two hands coincide ?
Solution :
At 3 O’clock the distance between the two hands is 15 minutes when they coincide with each other
the distance between the two hands will be 0 min.
So, the time taken (15 + 0 ) = 15 minutes.
Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in 60 min.
60
  Minute hand is 1 min. ahead of hour hand in min.
55
60  15 180 4
  Minute hand is 15 min. ahead of hour hand in = = 16 min.
55 11 11
4
Hence the right time is 16 minute past 3.
11
Example. 2
At what time between 2 O’clock and 3 O’clock will the two hands be opposite ?
Solution :
At 2 O’clock the distance between the two hands is 10 minutes. When they are at 30 minutes
distance, they are opposite to each other. The time taken (30 + 10 ) = 40 min.
Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in 60 min.
60
  Minute hand is 1 min. ahead of hour hand in min.
55
60  40 480 7
  Minute hand is 40 minutes ahead of hour hand in = = 43 min.
55 11 11
7
Hence, the right time is 43 min. past 2.
11
Example. 3
At what time between 4 O’clock and 5 O’clock will the hands are perpendicular ? 
Solution :
At 4 O’clock the distance between the two hands is 20 min. When they are at 15 minutes distance,
they are perpendicular to each other.
Case-I When the time taken (20 – 15) = 5 min.
 Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in 60 min.
60  5 60 5
 Minute hand is 5 min. ahead of hour hand in = =5 min.
55 11 11
Hence, the right time is 5 5 min. past 4.
11
MAT_CLASS-X_225
Clock Test
Case-II When the time taken (20 + 15) = 35 min.
 Minute hand is 55 min. ahead of hour hand in 60 min.
60  35 420 2
 Minute hand is 35 min. ahead of hour hand in = = 38 min.
55 11 11
2
Hence, the right time is 38 min. past 4.
11
B. MIRROR IMAGE OF CLOCK
 If the time is between 1 O’clock to 11 O’clock, then to find the mirror image, time is subtracted from
11 : 60.
 If the time is between 11 O’clock to 1 O’clock, then to find the mirror image, time is subtracted from
23 : 60.
Example. 4
The time in the clock is 4 : 46, what is the mirror image ?
Solution :
(11 : 60) – (4 : 46) = 7 : 14.
Example. 5
The time in the clock is 12 : 35, then find its mirror image.
Solution :
(23 : 60) – (12 : 35) = 11 : 25.
C. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO HANDS

 Angle are of two types :
Positive angle : It is obtained by moving from hour hand to minute hand moving in clockwise
direction.
Negative angle : It is obtained by moving from minute hand to hour hand.
 Both types of angles are 360º in total. If one angle is known, other can be obtained by subtracting
from 360º.
Example. 6
At 4 : 30, what is the angle formed between hour hand and minute hand ?
Solution :
At 4 O’ clock angle between hour and min. hand is of 120º.
 In 30 min. minute hand make an angle of 180º.
So, the resultant angle is 180º – 120º = 60º.
But in 30 min. hour hand will also cover an angle of 15º.
Hence, the final angle between both hands is 60º – 15º = 45º.
D. TIME SEQUENCE TEST

Example. 7
A bus for Delhi leaves every thirty minutes from a bus stand. An enquiry clerk told a passenger that
the bus had already left ten minutes ago and the next bus will leave at 9.35 A.M. At what time did
the enquiry clerk give this information to the passenger ?
Solution :
Bus leaves after every 30 minutes.
The next bus will leave at 9 : 35 A.M.
The last bus left at 9 : 35 – 0 : 30 = 9 : 05 A.M.
but clerk said that bus had left 10 minutes earlier.
9 : 05 + 0 : 10 = 9 : 15 A.M.
MAT_CLASS-X_226
Clock Test
1. At what time are the hands of a clock together between 5 O’clock and 6 O’clock ?
3 3
(A) 33 minutes past 5. (B) 28 minutes past 5.
11 11
3 3
(C) 27 minutes past 5. (D) 26 minutes past 5.
11 11
2. At what time between 9 O’clock and 10 O’clock will the hands of a clock be in the straight line, but
not together ?
4
11
6 9
11 11
3. At what time between 5 O’clock & 5 : 30 will the hands of a clock be at right angle ?
10 5
11 11
10 9
11 11
4. If a clock shows 12 : 37 then its mirror image will be ?

(A) 11 : 37 (B) 11 : 23 (C) 01 : 23 (D) 21 : 23
5. Find the angle between the two hands of a clock of 15 minutes past 4 O’clock
(A) 38.50 (B) 36.50 (C) 37.50 (D) None of these
6. At what time between 5 and 6 O’clock the hands of a clock will make an angle of 18°:
(A) 12 minutes past 5 (B) 24 minutes past 5 (C) 36 minutes past 5 (D) 40 minutes past 5
7. Ashish leaves his house at 20 minutes to seven in the morning, reaches Kunal’s house in 25
minutes, they finish their breakfast in another 15 minutes and leave for their office which takes
another 35 minutes. At what time do they leave Kunal’s house to reach their office?
(A) 7.40 A.M. (B) 7.20 A.M. (C) 7.45 A.M. (D) 8.15 A.M.
8. The train for Lucknow leaves every two and a half hours from New Delhi Railway Station. An
announcement was made at the station that the train for Lucknow had left 40 minutes ago and the
next train will leave at 18. 00 hrs. At what time was the announcement made ?
(A) 15.30 hrs (B) 17.10 hrs (C) 16.00 hrs (D) None of these
9. If the two incorrect watches are set at 12 : 00 noon at correct time, when will both the watches show
the correct time for the first time. Given that the first watch gains 1 min in 1 hour and second watch
loses 4 min in 2 hours :
(A) 6 pm, 25 days later (B) 12 : 00 noon, 30 days later
(C) 12 noon, 15 days later (D) 6 am 45 days later
10. The priest told the devotee, "The temple bell is rung at regular intervals of 45 minutes. The last bell
was rung five minutes ago. The next bell is due to be rung at 7.45 a.m." At what time did the priest
give this information to the devotee ?
(A) 7.40 a.m. (B) 7.05 a.m. (C) 6.55 a.m. (D) None of these
11. How many times are the hands of a clocks perpendicular in a day ?
(A) 42 (B) 48 (C) 44 (D) 46
12. A monkey climbs 30 feet at the beginning of each hour and rests for a while when he slips back 20
feet before he again starts climbing in the beginning of the next hour. If he begins his ascent at 8.00
a.m., at what time will he first touch a flag at 120 feet from the ground ?
(A) 4 p.m. (B) 5 p.m. (C) 6 p.m. (D) None of these
13. At a railway station a 24 hour watch loses 3 minutes in 4 hours. If it is set correctly on Sunday noon
when will the watch show the correct time ?
(A) 6 pm after 40 days (B) 12 noon after 75 days
(C) 12 pm after 100 days (D) 12 noon after 80 days
MAT_CLASS-X_227
Clock Test
14. A swiss watch is being shown in a museum which has a very peculiar property. It gains as much in
the day as it loses during night between 8 pm to 8 am. In a week how many times will the clock
show the correct time ?
(A) 6 times (B) 14 times (C) 7 times (D) 8 times
15. A clock loses 2 minutes in a hour and another clock gains 2 minutes in every 2 hours. Both these
clocks are set correctly at a certain time on Sunday and both the clocks stop simultaneously on the
next day with the time shown being 9 am and 10 : 06 AM. What is the correct time at which they
stopped?
(A) 9 : 54 am (B) 9 : 44 pm (C) 9 : 46 am (D) 9 : 44 am
16. David sets his watch at 6 : 10 am on Sunday, which gains 12 minutes in a day. On Wednesday if
this watch is showing 2 : 50 pm. What is the correct time ?
(A) 1 : 50 pm (B) 2 : 10 pm (C) 2 : 30 pm (D) 3 : 30 pm
17. How many times the two hands of a watch form right angle from 12 O’clock noon to 6 O’clock
evening? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2007)
(A) 6 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 12
18. In a period of 12 hours how many times hour hand and minute hand of a clock are in a straight line
facing the opposite direction ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2008)
(A) 22 times (B) 11 times (C) 12 times (D) 24 times
19. At the time half past three, the angle between hour and minute hands of the watch will be -
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2008)
(A) 75º (B) 60º (C) 90º (D) 105º
20. At what angle are the hands of a clock inclined at 30 minutes past 6 ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2013)
(A) 7 1 º (B) 11 1 º (C) 15º (D) 23º
2 2
21. A clock is set to show the correct time at 11 a.m. The clock gains 12 minutes in 12 hours what will
be the true time when the watch indicates 1 p.m. on the 6th day? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2013)
(A) 10 a.m. (B) 11 a.m. (C) 12 noon (D) None of these
22. How many times the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock are at right angle in a day ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Raj. / 2020)
(A) 24 (B) 48 (C) 22 (D) 44
1. A watch, which gains uniformly, is 3 minutes slow at noon on Monday and is 3 minutes 48 seconds
fast at 2 p.m. on the following Monday. What time it was correct ?
(A) 2 p.m. On Tuesday (B) 2 p.m. On Wednesday
(C) 3 p.m. On Thursday (D) 1 p.m. On Friday.
2. Rajeev and Sanjeev are too close friends Rajeev's watch gains 1 minute in an hour and Sanjeev's
watch loses 2 minutes in an hour. Once they set both the watches at 12 : 00 noon, with my correct
watch. When will the two incorrect watches of Rajeev and Sanjeev show the same time together?
(A) 8 days later (B) 10 days later (C) 6 days later (D) can't be determined
3. A wrist watch which is running 12 minutes late on a Sunday noon is 16 minutes ahead of the correct
time at 12 noon on the next Sunday. When is the clock 8 minutes ahead of time ?
(A) Thursday 10 am (B) Friday noon (C) Friday 8 pm (D) Tuesday noon
4. Ramu purchased a second hand Swiss watch which is very costly. In this watch the minute-hand
3
and hour hand coincide after every 65 minutes. How much time does the watch lose or gain per
11
day ?
(A) 4 min (B) 5 min (C) 4 min, 20 sec (D) none of these
Direction : (5 to 6) A 12 dial clock has its minute hand defective. Whenever it touches dial 12, it immediately
falls down to 6 instead of running smoothly (the hour hand remains unaffected during that fall). It
was set right at 12 ‘O’ clock in the noon.
5. What was the actual time when the minute hand of the clock touched dial 9 for the 5th time?
(A) 2 : 15 (B) 3 : 00 (C) 5 : 15 (D) 6 : 45
MAT_CLASS-X_228
Clock Test
6. If the actual time is 10 : 10, what is the position of the hour hand in that defective clock ?
(A) Between 2 and 3 (B) Between 4 and 5 (C) Between 10 and 11 (D) Between 3 and 4
7. I left home for bringing milk between 7am and 8am. The angle between the hour-hand and the
minute-hand was 90° I returned home between 7 am and 8 am. Then also the angle between the
minute-hand and hour-hand was 90°. At what time (nearest to second) did I leave and return home?
(NTSE Stage-II / 2013)
(A) 7h 18m 35s & 7h 51 m 24s (B) 7h 19m 24s & 7h 52m 14s
(C) 7h 20m 42s & 7h 53m 11s (D) 7h 21 m 49s & 7h 54m 33s
8. A clock only with dots marking 3, 6, 9 and 12 O’ clock position has been kept upside down in front of
a mirror. A person reads the time in the reflection of the clock as 10 : 20. What is the actual time ?
(NTSE Stage-I / Haryana / 2015)
(A) 8 : 10 (B) 2 : 40 (C) 4 : 50 (D) 10 : 20
9. Renu went to the market betwen 7 am and 8 am .The angle between the hour-hand and the minure-
hand was 90º. She returned home between 7 am and 8 am.Then also the angle between the
minute-hand and hour-hand was 90º. At what time (nearest to second) did Renu leave and return
home ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2015)
(A) 7h 18 m 35 s and 7h 51 m 24 s (B) 7 h 19 m 24 s and 7 h 52 m 14s
(C) 7h 20 m 42 s and 7 h 53 m 11 s (D) 7 h 21 m 49 s and 7 h 54 m 33 s
10. One watch is 1 minute slow at 1 pm on Tuesday and 2 minutes fast at 1 am on Friday When did it
show the correct time ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2015)
(A) 5.00 am on Wednesday (B) 9.00am on Wednesday
(C) 5.00 pm on Wednesday (D) 9.00pm on Wednesday
11. At noon and at midnight the long and short hands of clock are together. Between noon and midnight,
how many times the long hand overtakes the short hand ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2018)
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 12
12. A watch is showing right time at 9 pm. This watch gains 10 minutes in every 24 hours. What will be
the time shown next day by the watch when the correct time is 2 am ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2018)
(A) 02:00:24 am (B) 02 :00:48 am (C) 02:02:05 am (D) 02:02:30 am
1 1
13. I noticed that my watch goes minute fast at dusk, but at dawn it loses minute. On 1st march
2 3
morning my watch showed right time, then on which of the following dates the watch was 5 minutes
fast ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2018)
th th th
(A) 28 March (B) 29 March (C) 30 March (D) 31st March
14. Ishan wishes Irfan ‘Good Morning’ When the hour hand of a (measured clockwise) clock is
positioned between 9 and 10. The angle between the two hands is 145º. The time shown by the
clock is (NTSE Stage-II / 2019)
(A) 9.08 AM (B) 9.10 AM (C) 9.12 AM (D) 9.15
15. A clock shows 05:45. A plane mirror is kept on the right of the clock, with its plane perpendicular to
the face of the clock. What time will be shown by the mirror image ? (NTSE Stage-II / 2019)
(A) 06 : 45 (B) 05 : 15 (C) 06 : 15 (D) 07 : 15
16. A watch gains 10 seconds in 3 minutes. It was set right at 9 A.M. In the evening of the same day,
when the watch indicates half past 6’O clock , the true time is (NTSE Stage-II / 2019)
(A) 5:30 :00 P.M. (B) 5:48 :10 P.M. (C) 5:58 :20 P.M. (D) 6:08 :20 P.M.
MAT_CLASS-X_229
Clock Test
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B A B C B B D B B C C D D D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. B C B A C B D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. C B B A A C D A D B
Que. 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans. C C A B C C
MAT_CLASS-X_230
Figure Partition & Counting
FIGURE PARTITION & COUNTING
A. FIGURE PARTITION
The problems on figure partition are based on counting number of figures generated due to partition
lines.
 If a square is subdivided into n parts on each side, then the total number of squares formed is given
n(n  1)(2n  1)
by
6
 Total number of rectangles (including squares) in a rectangular shape of size n × m =
n(n  1) m(m  1)
2 2
Example 1.
What is the number of straight lines in the following figure ?
(A) 11 (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 17

Solution :
(B) The figure is labelled as shown.
Clearly, there are 3 horizontal lines namely AE, LF and KG.
There are 5 vertical lines : AK, BJ, CI, DH and EG.
There are 6 slanting lines : LC, KE, IF, LI, AG and CF. Thus, there are 3 + 5 + 6 = 14 straight lines in
the figure.
A B C D E
M N
L P Q
F
O
R S
K J I H G
Example. 2
How many squares does the figure have ?
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D) 10
Solution :
(C) The figure may be labelled as shown :
The squares composed to two components each, are ABKJ, BCLK, CDEL, LEFG, KLGH, and JKHI.
Thus, there are 6 such squares. Only one square, KCEG is composed of four components. Two
squares namely, ACGI and BDFH are composed of eight components each. Thus, there are 2 such
squares. There are 6 + 1 + 2 = 9 squares in the given figure.
MAT_CLASS-X_231
Example. 3
How many parallelograms are there in the figure below ?
(A) 14 (B) 15 (C) 16 (D) 18

Solution :
(D) We can label the figure as shown.
The simplest parallelograms are ABFE, BCGF, CDHG, EFJI, FGKJ and GHKL. These are 6 in
number. The parallelograms composed of two components each, are ACGE, BDHF, EGKI, FHLJ,
BCKJ,ABJI, and CDLK. Thus, there are 7 such parallelograms. The parallelograms composed of
three components are ADHE and EHLI i.e. 2 in number .The parallelograms composed of four
components are ACKI and BDLJ i.e. 2 in number. There is only one parallelograms composed of
six components, namely, ADLI. Thus, there are
6 + 7 + 2 + 2+ 1 = 18 parallelograms in the figure. Hence,
A B C D
F G H
E
I J K L
Example. 4
What is the number of rectangles in the following figure ?
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9

Solution :
(D) The figure is labelled as shown :
Simplest rectangles are AEHG, EFIH, FBKJ, JKCL and GILD. i.e. there are 5 such rectangles. The
rectangles composed of two components each are AFIG and FBCL. Thus, there are 2 such
rectangles. Only one rectangles, namely AFLD is composed of 3 components and only one
rectangle, namely ABCD is composed of 5 components. Thus, there are 5 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 9 rectangles
in the figure.
A E F B
G I
H
J K
D L C
Example. 5
Determine the number of pentagons in the following figure :
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
MAT_CLASS-X_232
Solution :
The figure may be labelled as follows :
In this case, six pentagons have been formed by the combination of three triangles and two
rhombuses - ADFHJ, CFHJL, EHJLB, GJLBD, ILBDF and KBDFH. Four other pentagons are formed
by the combination of three triangles and one rhombus - LCFHM, LBEHM, BKHFM and BLIFM.
Thus, there are 10 pentagons in the figure.
1. How many squares are there in the following figure ?
(A) 13 (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 15
2. Count the number of triangles and squares in the following figure?
(A) 28 triangles, 10 squares (B) 28 triangles, 8 squares

(C) 32 triangles, 10 squares (D) 32 triangles, 8 squares
3. Count the number of squares in the following figure ?
(A) 16 (B) 17 (C) 30 (D) 55
4. Count the number of straight lines and triangles in the following figure ?
(A) 10 straight lines and 34 triangles (B) 9 straight lines and 34 triangles
(C) 9 straight lines and 36 triangles (D) 10 straight lines and 36 triangles
MAT_CLASS-X_233
5. Count the number of triangles in the following figure.
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 12 (D) 14

6. How many triangles and squares are there in the following figure ?
(A) 28 triangles, 5 squares (B) 24 triangles, 4 squares

(C) 28 triangles, 4 squares (D) 24 triangles, 5 squares
7. How many squares does the following figure have ?
(A) 17 (B) 18 (C) 13 (D) 16

8. How many triangles are there in the figure below ?
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
9. How many triangles are there in the following figure ?
(A) 19 (B) 21 (C) 27 (D) 48
10. How many triangles does the following figure contain ?
(A) 11 (B) 10 (C) 6 (D) 12
11. How many squares does the figure have ?
(A) 17 (B) 12 (C) 13 (D) 15

12. How many rectangles are there in the given figure ?
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
MAT_CLASS-X_234
13. How many squares does the figure have ?
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 14
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 9
15. Find the number of convex pentagons :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
(A) 11 (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 7
17. How many quadrilateral there in the following figure ?
(A) 11 (B) 8 (C) 2 (D) 4
18. In the following figure, the number of triangles are- (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
(A) 8 (B) 12 (C) 15 (D) 16
19. In the following figure, how many squares are there ? (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
(A) 8 (B) 11 (C) 10 (D) 9
MAT_CLASS-X_235
20. What will be the number of triangles in the given figure ? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
(A) 9 (B) 11 (C) 10 (D) 12
21. What will be the number of Hexagonals in the given figure? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6

22. What will be the number of Parallelograms in the given figure? (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
(A) 15 (B) 17 (C) 13 (D) 16
23. How many triangles are there in the figure below ? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2016)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10
24. Determine the number of pentagons in the following figure. (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10

25. Determine the number of triangles in the following figure. (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2017)
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 10.
MAT_CLASS-X_236
26. Determine the number of squares in the following figure : (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2018)
(A) 14 (B) 9 (C) 10 (D) 16
27. Determine the number of rectangles in the following figure : (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2019)
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
28. Determine the number of squares in the following figure : (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2019)
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10

29. How many triangles are the in the figure given below : (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2020)
(A) 10 (B) 8 (C) 11 (D) 12

30. How many parallelograms are there in the following figure ? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2020)
(A) 6 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5

31. How many hexagons are there in the following figure ? (NTSEStage-I/Rajasthan/2020)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
32. Find the number of triangles in the adjacent figure : (NTSEStage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
(A) 12 (B) 16 (C) 20 (D) 24
MAT_CLASS-X_237
33. Find the number of Squares from the adjacent figure: (NTSEStage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
(A) 6 (B) 11 (C) 13 (D) 10

34. How many square are there in the following figure ? (NTSEStage-I/Bihar/2019)
(A) 16 (B) 18 (C) 14 (D) 15
1. Count the number of squares in the following figure.
(A) 15 (B) 21 (C) 24 (D) 26

Directions : (2 to 6) How many triangles are there in the following figures ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
2.
(A) 10 (B) 16 (C) 14 (D) 12
3.
(A) 21 or more (B) 13 to 20 (C) 6 to 9 (D) 10 to 12
4.
(A) 14 or more (B) 12 to 13 (C) 10 to 11 (D) 7 to 9
5.
(A) 19 (B) 21 (C) 25 (D) 23
MAT_CLASS-X_238
6.
(A) 11 or more (B) 10 (C) 9 (D) 8 or less
7. How many triangles are there in the following figure ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13
8. How many squares are there in the following figure ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
(A) 18 (B) 15 (C) 13 (D) 12
9. How many triangles are in the given figure ?
(A) 21 (B) 22 (C) 23 (D) 24
10. A geometrical design has been drawn below. Find out the total number of quadrilaterals.
(NTSE_Stage-II 2016)
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 11 (D) 12
11. How many quadrilaterals are there in the given figure ? (NTSE_Stage-II 2017)
(A) 10 (B) 11 (C) 12 (D) 13

12. What is the total number of circles in the figure given below ? (NTSE_Stage-II 2017)
(A) 13 (B) 14 (C) 15 (D) 16
MAT_CLASS-X_239
13. How many parallelograms are there in the given figure ? (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
(A) 14 (B) 15 (C) 16 (D) 17
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C C C C A B D C D A D B C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A D B D C B D B D A C C A A
Que. 31 32 33 34
Ans. C C B D
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Ans. C B B A C A D B B C C C B
MAT_CLASS-X_240
Mirror & Water Image
MIRROR & WATER IMAGE
A. MIRROR IMAGE
Here questions are based on criteria that few figures are given and you have to find out of which one
is exact image of the given figure by the mirror placed aside. This image formation is based on the
principle of ‘LATERAL INVERSION’ which implies that size of the image is equal to the size of the
object but both sides are changed. The left portion of the object is seen on the right portion and right
portion of the object is seen on the left portion. For example mirror image of ABC = .
NOTE : There are ‘11’ letters in English Alphabet which have identical mirror images as
A, H, I, M, O, T, U, V, W, X, Y
I. Mirror Images of capital letters & small letters.
II. Mirror Images of Numbers.
Reflection of an object into the mirror is called mirror-image. It is obtained by inverting an object
laterally i.e. towards the sides. Example of lateral inversions of few figures and words are given
below :
Objects having Different Mirror Images :
OBJECTS MIRROR IMAGES
MAT_CLASS-X_241
Mirror images of certain words and numbers :

Words Mirror Images
PREDICTION
HOSPITAL
DARPAN
STRIGENT
OPULENT
SARCASM
LIBERAL
OFFENCE
ADVANCE
IMAGES
Numbers Mirror Images
32596
8932
868
786
10190
5693
8964
7362
5893
7839
MAT_CLASS-X_242
B. WATER IMAGE
Water-image : The reflection of an object as seen in water is called its water image. It is the
inverted image obtained by turning the object upside down.
NOTE : There are ‘7’ letters in English Alphabet which have identical water-images as
C, D, E ,H , I , O , X.
Water-Images of capital letters
Water-Images of small letters
Water-Images of numbers
Directions : (1 to 15) In each of the following questions, choose the correct mirror image from alternatives
A, B, C, and D of the Word / figure (X).
1. VINAYAKA
(A) INVAYAKA (B) (C) (D)
2. VERBAL
(A) LABREV (B) LRVEBA (C) REVBAL (D)
3. CONSOLIDATE
(A) ETADILOSNOC (B) (C) TAECONSOLID (D) OCNSOLIDATE
4. JUDGEMENT
(A) TNEMEGDUJ (B) TJUDGEMEN (C) (D) DJUGEMNET
5. TARAIN1014A
(A) (B) A4101NIARAT (C) A410ARTAIN1 (D)
6.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
7.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
8.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_243
9.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
11.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
+ + - + - +
12. - -
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
13.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
15. + + +
+ +
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (16 to 20) In the following questions you have to visualize the image of the item
(Letter/word/number/figures) in the mirror. The mirror is below the item. Choose the mirror image
from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
19.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_244
12
20. 9 3
6
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (21 to 23) In the following questions, you have to identify the image of the item
(Letter/word/Number) in the mirror. The mirror is placed below the item. Choose the true image from
the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
21.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
22.
45
(A) (B) (C) (D)
GOAL
23.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (24 to 28) In the following questions visualize the image of the correct item.
(NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
24.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
26.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_245
28.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (29 to 43) In each of the following questions, choose the correct water-image from alternatives
A, B, C, and D of the Word / figure (X).
29.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
30.
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
31.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
32.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
33.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
34.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
35.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_246
37.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
38.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
39.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
40.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
41.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
42.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
43.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_247
Direction : (44) Find the correct mirror image of the given figure, when mirror is placed on right side of the
figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2017)
44.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (45 to 46) Find the correct mirror image of the given figure, when mirror is placed on right side
of the figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
45. STOP
(A) (B) (C) (D)
46. Question-image
Answer - image
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (47 to 48) Select the correct water image of the given figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
47. Question-figure
Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
48. Question figure

X7W4
Answer figure
(A) (B) 7 4 (C) (D)
Directions (49 to 50) Find the correct mirror image of the given figure, when mirror is placed on right
side of the figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2019)
49. Question Image
(A) (B) YTILAUQ (C) (D)
50. 247596
(A) 695742 (B) (C) (D)
Directions (51 to 53) Find the correct water- image of the given figure.(NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2019)
51. FAMILY
(A) (B) (C) (D)
52. NhRqSy
(A) (B) (C) (D)
53. Question Figure Answer- figures

MAT_CLASS-X_248
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction : In Questions No. 54 to 57, find the correct mirror image of the given figure, when mirror is placed
on right side of the figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2020)
54. Question-Image
Answer-Image
(A) (B) (C) (D)
55. Question-Image
Answer-Image
(A) (B) (C) (D)
56. PRAYER
(A) (B) (C) (D)
57. 12698
(A) (B) (C) (D) 12968
Direction : (58) Choose the correct mirror image from the alternatives given for the question figure.
(NTSE Stage-I /Maharashtra/2019)
58. Question Figure Answer Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)

59. In the given questions choose the correct mirror image from amongst the four alternatives
PRACTICE (NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
60. In the given choose the correct water image from amongst the four alternatives
MUMBAI (NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_249
Directions : (1 to 2) In each of the following questions, choose the correct mirror image from alternatives A,
B, C, and D of the Word / figure (X).
1.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
× ×
×
2.
×
×
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (3 to 4) Find the correct alternative which is the mirror image of the figure given in each
question. (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
3.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5. What is the mirror image of b3k4s? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. What is the water image of figure (x).
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_250
Directions : (7 to 11) In the following questions, you have to visualize the image of the item
(Letter/word/number/figure) in the water. The water source is below the item. Choose the water
image from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
7.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11.
(A) (B) (C) D (D)
Directions : (12 to 14) In the following questions you have to visualize the image of the item (figure, word,
letter, number) in water. The water source is below the item. Choose the water image from the
alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
12.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15. What will be water image of CHICK? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) CHIC9 (B) C (C) K (D)
16. Which option shows the correct water image of the characters given below. (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
SUPE2547DLR
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
17. Find out the water image of (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
AVPU7436
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18. Choose the option which shows the correct mirror image of the characters given below.
DIVERT6475ALE (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_251
19. Find the correct mirror image for the following problem figure from the alternatives.
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
20. Find the correct water image for the following problem figure choosing from the alternatives.
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D B C A C A C C D A B B D B
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B D A B A B A C B A B B A C B
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A D C A C D D A C C B B D B B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. D B A C D D A D C D B C C A A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B B C A B D A D B C C A B A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. D A A B B
MAT_CLASS-X_252
Paper Cutting & Folding
PAPER CUTTING & FOLDING
A. PAPER FOLDING
The problems on paper folding involve the process of selecting a figure which would most nearly
match the pattern that would be formed when a transparent sheet carrying designs on either side of
a dotted line is folded along this line. The figure has to be selected from a set of four alternatives
(answer or response figures).
Example. 1
In the following questions problems, a square transparent sheet with a pattern is given. Figure out
from amongst four alternatives as to how the pattern would appear when the transparent sheet is
folded at the dotted line.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Solutoin :
(B) Clearly, the lower half of the square sheet has been folded over the upper half. Hence, the bent
line in the lower half will be inverted over the other half so that a ‘V’ shaped figure is formed.
B. PAPER CUTTING
The problems on paper cutting contain a set of three figures showing the manner in which a piece of
paper has been folded. In each of the first two figures, a dotted line together with an arrow on it has
been given indicating the line along which the paper is to be folded and the direction of the fold
respectively. In the third figure, there are marks showing the position and nature of the cut made in
the folded sheet. The candidate has to select one of the figures from the set of four answer figures
A, B, C and D, that would most nearly match the pattern when the paper is unfolded. It will be
interested to see that the designs of the cut will appear on each fold made in the paper.
Example. 2
Consider the following three figures, marked X, Y, Z showing one fold in X, another in Y and cut in Z.
From amongst the answer figures A, B, C and D, select the one, showing the unfolded position of Z.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(C) In figure X, the upper triangular half of the paper has been folded over the lower half. In figure Y,
the paper is refolded to a quarter triangle. In figure Z, a square has been punched in the folded
paper. Clearly, the square will appear in each of the triangular quarters of the paper. Thus, when the
paper is unfolded, four squares will appear symmetrically over it and it will resemble figure (C).

MAT_CLASS-X_253
Directions : (1 to 6) A square transparent sheet with a pattern is given in figure X. Find out from amongst
the alternatives as to how the pattern would appear when the transparent sheet is folded at the
dotted line.
1.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
6.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (7 to 13) A sheet has been folded in the manner as shown in X, Y and Z respectively and
punched. You have to choose from the alternatives how it will look when unfolded.
7.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_254
9.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (14 to 17) The following questions are related to paper cutting. The questions that follow contain
a set of three figures X, Y and Z, showing a sequence of folding of a piece of paper. Fig. (Z) shows
the manner in which the folded paper has been cut. These three figures are followed by four answer
figures A, B, C and D (IInd Set) from which you have to choose a figure which would most closely
resemble the unfolded from of fig. (Z). (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
14. Sequence of folding the paper
X Y Z
Answer - Figures.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_255
X Y Z
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
X Y Z
Answer-Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
X Y Z
Answer-Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (18 to 19) A square transparent sheet with a pattern is folded along the dotted line. Which of
the following answer figures is formed after folding the transparent sheet ?
18. Transparent sheet
Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_256
19. Transparent sheet
Answer -figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (1 to 5) A sheet has been folded in the manner as shown in X, Y and Z respectively and
punched. You have to choose from the alternatives how it will look when unfolded.
1.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_257
X Y Z
(A) (B) (C) (D)
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B D A B A B B A A A C D C B
Que. 16 17 18 19
Ans. A D C B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5
Ans. D B D D A
MAT_CLASS-X_258
Completion & Formation of Figure
COMPLETION & FORMATION OF FIGURE
A. FIGURE COMPLETION
In such problems, a figure following a particular sequence or pattern is given, in which a part usually
one-fourth is left blank. This problem figure is followed by four alternative figures. One is required to
choose the one which best fit into the blank space of problem figure so as to complete the original
pattern.
Directions : (1 to 2 ) Select a figure from the four alternatives, which when placed in the blank space of
figure (X) would complete the pattern.
Example. 1
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(D) Clearly, figure (D) will complete the pattern when placed in the blank space of figure (X) as
shown below.
Example. 2
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(C) Clearly, figure (C) will complete the pattern when placed in the blank space of figure (X) as
shown below.
B. FIGURE FORMATION
Direction : (3 to 4) In the following question, find out which of the figure (A),(B),(C) and (D) can be formed
from the pieces given in figure (X).
Example. 3
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution : (A) On close observation, we find that only figure (A) is combined figure of (X).
Example. 4
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(B) On close observation, we find that only figure (B) is combined figure of (X).
MAT_CLASS-X_259
Directions : (1 to 7) Select a figure from the alternatives which when placed in the blank space of (x) would
complete the pattern ?
1.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
6.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
7.
?
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (8 to 9) In the following question, find out which of the figure (A),(B),(C) and (D) can be formed
from the pieces given in figure (X).
8.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
9.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (10 to 12) In the following questions two figures are given as problem figures. Which of the
following alternative figures would be formed if the first figure is superimposed on the second figure
?
10. (NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2009)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_260
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (13 to 14) In the following questions, a pattern is given with a part missing which is indicated by
a question mark. Find out from the alternative figures the part which would go in place of the
question mark to complete the pattern. (NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2009)
13.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (15 to 16) Which of the following figures (given as alternatives) would be formed by joining the
two/four pieces/blocks of figures given below ? (NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2009)
15.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_261
17. Which of the answer-figures will complete the matrix figure ? (NTSE Stage-I / RaJ. 2020)
Question-Image
Answer-Image
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (18 to 19) The following question figure is incomplete. Select the correct alternative that will
complete the figure. (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra 2020)
18.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

19.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (1 to 5) In the following questions a pattern is given with a part missing which is indicated by a
question mark. Find out from the alternative figures the part which would go in place of the question
mark to complete the pattern. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
1. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_262
2.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (6 to 7) Which of the following figures (given as alternatives) would be formed by joining the
four pieces / blocks of figures given below ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_263
8. There are four figures, three of which would form a complete square. Choose the three from among
the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(A) bcd (B) abc (C) acd (D) abd
Directions : (9 to 10) In the following questions two figures are given as problem figures. Which of the
following alternative figures would be formed if the first figure is superimposed on the second figure
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (11 to 17) In each of the following questions a design/pattern is given. One small segment is
missing from the design. Select the alternative which will complete the design when placed on the
missing area. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
11.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_264
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_265
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18. Identify which among the pieces given below will not be required to complete the triangular pattern
shown below. (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) q (B) r (C) s (D) t

19. A pattern is given below. You have to identify which among the following pieces will not be required
to complete the pattern. (NTSE Stage-II,2013)
(A) q (B) r (C) s (D) t
20. In this question, among the four answer figures which one can be formed from the cut out pieces
given in question figure ?
Question Figure :
Answer Figures :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_266
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D B A D A C A B C B A B A C B
Que. 16 17 18 19
Ans. C C B A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C C D D A D A B B A A D C C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. B C A B B
MAT_CLASS-X_267
Figure Embedded
FIGURE EMBEDDED
A. EMBEDDED FIGURE
A figure (X) is said to be embedded in a figure Y, if figure Y contains figure (X) as its part. Thus
problem on embedded figures contain a figure (X) followed by four complex figures in such a way
that figure (X) is embedded in one of these. The figure containing the figure (X) is your answer.
Directions : (1 to 5) In each of the following questions, choose the alternative figure in which the
question figure (X) is embedded.
Example. 1
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(B) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is embedded in figure (B) as shown below :
Example. 2
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(B) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is embedded in figure (B) as shown below :
Example. 3
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is embedded in figure (D) as shown below.
MAT_CLASS-X_268
Figure Embedded
Example. 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is embedded in figure (D) as shown below.
Example. 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(C) On close observation, we find that figure (X) is embedded in figure (C) as shown below.
1.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(X) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (4 to 6) In the following questions, a problem figure is given. The problem figure is hidden in
one of the figures given as alternatives. Find the figure in which the problem figure is hidden.
4.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_269
Figure Embedded
6.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (7 to 8) In the following figures there is a question figure, which is embedded in one of the
answer-figures. Trace out the correct figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
7. Question-figure Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8. Question-figure
Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (9) In the given question a complex figure is given. Find out which of the figure given in the
alternatives is hidden in the complex figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Maharshtra/2019)
9. Question Figure
Answer Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_270
Figure Embedded
2.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6.
(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Ans. A D D D A B C D A
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Ans. C D B C C B
MAT_CLASS-X_271
Non-Verbal Series
NON-VERBAL SERIES
A. TYPE-I
In this type of non-verbal test, two sets of figures pose the problem. The sets are called problem
Figures and Answer Figures. Each problem figure changes in design from the preceding one. The
answer figure set contains four figures marked A, B, C, D. You are required to choose the correct
answer figure, which would best continue the series.
Directions : (1 to 10) Study the problem figures carefully and try to establish the relationship between them
from the answer figures. Pick out the figure which most appropriately completes the series.
Example. 1
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(D) Note the direction of arrow which changes alternately. The dots are also changing alternately.
Hence, we are looking for a figure in which the arrow points down and the dots and positioned as
problem figure second.
Example. 2
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(B) The four boxes are changing position in the following way : At first, middle boxes change position
(diagonally) and extreme boxes remain stationary, then extreme boxes change position and middle
boxes remain stationary and so on.
Example. 3
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(C) The same figures rotates up-side-down in alternative figures.
MAT_CLASS-X_272
Non-Verbal Series
Example. 4
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(D) The figures is rotated at 90º (in four directions) and the fifth figure in the series shall be same as
the first figure.
Example. 5
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(A) The bigger balls diameter is moving at 90º and smaller balls diameter is moving at 45º,
simultaneously the face of the bigger figure is changing position.
B. TYPE-II
In these questions the items in the diagrams either increase or decrease in number.
Example. 6
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(C) The small circles are decreasing consecutively and the black dots are increasing.
Example. 7
Problem Figures
+ ++ + ++
Answer Figures
Solution :
(D) Signs of Plus are adding up one by one. Problem figure one has one plus sign, problem figure
second has two signs, problem figure third has three signs, the next figure should have four signs to
keep the same pattern.
MAT_CLASS-X_273
Non-Verbal Series
Example. 8
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Solution :
(D) Here a decreasing trend is followed. In the first figure there are 8 lines cutting through the sides
of the sphere. Second figure has 7 lines. The third figure has 6 lines. To continue the series, fourth
figure should have 5 lines.
C. TYPE-III
The qualitative characteristics of various elements in the diagrams change to complete the series.
Rotation Type : The various elements in the diagrams move in a specific manner. They may rotate
in clockwise or anti-clockwise direction.
Example. 9
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) The sign of plus is rotating clockwise. The pin changes direction alternately.
D. TYPE-IV
Multi-Relational Series : These are mixed series in which various elements in diagrams increase or
decrease in number, change/positions in a set pattern.
Example. 10
Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solution :
(C) Note movement of dot which is clockwise and the arrow moves in and out in opposite direction
alternately, the circle and square interchange

MAT_CLASS-X_274
Non-Verbal Series
Directions : (1 to 8) Each of the following questions consists of five problem figure. These problem figures
form a series. Find out the one figure from the answer figures that will continue the series.
1. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. Problem Figures
E
T P S
Answer Figures
E S
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3. Problem Figures
T
S = N
Answer Figures
T
Y Y
(A) (B) (C) (D)

4. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

5. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

6. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_275
Non-Verbal Series
7. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

8. Problem Figures
X X XX
Answer Figures
XX XX XXX XX
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (9 to 12) Each of the following questions consists of four problem figure. These problem
figures form a series. Find out the one figure from the answer figures that will continue the series.
9. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

11. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_276
Non-Verbal Series
Directions : (13 to 17) In each of the following questions, there is a set of four figures called problem figures
followed by a set of four other figures called answer figures. Problem figures contains a question
mark. Select a suitable figure from the answer figures which will substitute this question mark so that
a series is formed.
Problem Figures
13.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
14.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
15.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
16.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Problem Figures
17.
?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_277
Non-Verbal Series
Directions : (18 to 23) In each of the following questions there are two sets of figures, one set contents
problem figures, another set contents answer figures. There is a sequence according to which the
problem figures are arranged, select one figure from the set of answer figures which can be placed
in sequence after the set of problem figures. (NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2007)
18. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
19. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
21. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

22. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

23. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_278
Non-Verbal Series
Directions : (24 to 28) In the following questions there are two sets of the figures. One set is of problem
figures and another set is of answer-figures. Problem figures are arranged in a sequence. One
figure from the answer-figures is to be selected such that it can be placed after the series of problem
figures. (NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2008)
24. Problem figures
× × ×
+ ++ +++
Answer figures
× × × ×
++ ++ + ++
++ ++ ++
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25. Problem figures
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

26. Problem figures
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
27. Problem figures
x x x
x
Answer figures
x
x x
x
(A) (B) (C) (D)
28. Problem figures
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (29 to 33) There are two sets of figures. One is of Problem Figures while another is set of
Answer Figures. There is a sequence according to which the Problem Figures are arranged. One
figure of Answer Figures is to be selected which can be placed in sequence of Problem Figures.
Find the correct option of the selected Answer Figure. (NTSE Stage- I/ Raj./2009)
29. Problem Figures
P
P T
Answer Figures
N T T P T S S T
P
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_279
Non-Verbal Series
30. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

31. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

32. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

33. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (34 to 38) The figures in each of the questions follow a series. Select the figure form the given
alternatives which would continue the series. (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2012)
34. Question-Figures
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
35. Question-Figures (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2012)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

MAT_CLASS-X_280
Non-Verbal Series
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (39 to 42) Two Sets of the figures are given. One set of Question-figures and another set is of
Answer-figures. Question-figures are arranged in a sequence. One figure from the Answer figures is
to be selected such that it can be placed after the series of Question-figures. Find the correct Serial
number of the selected Answer-figure. (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2013)
39. Question - Figures
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_281
Non-Verbal Series
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction (43 to 47) : There are two sets of figures. One set contains problem-figures while the other has
answer-figures. There is a sequence according to which the problem-figures are arranged. You have
to select one figure from the set of answer-figures which can be placed in sequence after the set of
problem-figures. Find out the correct figure. (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2014)
43. Problem-Figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

44. Problem-Figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

45. Problem-Figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_282
Non-Verbal Series
46. Problem-Figures
+ O P + T P O T
P T T O O + + P
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Answer-Figures
P + P T + O O T
O T O + P T + P
(A) (B) (C) (D)
47. Problem-Figures
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction (48 to 49) : There are two sets of figures. One set contains problem - figures while the other has
answer-figures. There is a sequence according to which the problem -figures are arranged . You
have to select an answer-figure which can be added in sequence with the problem - figures. Choose
the correct figure. (NTSE Stage- I/Raj./ 2017)
48. Problem-figures
Answer - figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

49. Problem-figures
Answer-figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction (50 to 52) : There are two sets of figure. One set contains problem-figures while the other has
answer-figures. There is a sequence according to which the problem-figures are arranged. You have
to select an answer-figure which can be added in sequence with the problem-figure. Choose the
correct figure. (NTSE-Stage-I/Raj./2018)
50. Problem-figures Answer-figures
(1) (2) (3) (4) (A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_283
Non-Verbal Series
(1) (2) (3) (4) (A) (B) (C) (D)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions (53 to 54) : Thee are two sets of figures. One set contains problem figures while the other has
answer figures. There is a sequence according to which the problem figures are arranged. You have
to select an answer figure which can be added in sequence with the problem figures. Choose the
correct answer figure. (NTSE-Stage-I/Raj./2019)
53. Problem figures Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)
54. Problem figures Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction : (55 to 56) There are two sets of figures. One set contains problem figures while the other has
answer figures. There is a sequence according to which the problem figures are arranged. You have
to select an answer figure which can be added in sequence with the problem figures. Choose the
correct figure. (NTSE-Stage-I/Bihar/2019)
55. Problems figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Answer figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)

56. Problems figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Answer figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_284
Non-Verbal Series
Direction : (57 to 58) In each of the following questions the question figures are given in specific order.
Select the correct alternative from the answer figures that will replace the question mark.
57. (NTSE-Stage-I/Maharashtra/2019)
Question Figure
Answer Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
58. Question Figure
Answer Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (1 to 3) Each of the following questions consists of five problem figure. These problem figures
form a series. Find out the one figure from the answer figures that will continue the series.
1.
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_285
Non-Verbal Series
3.
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (4 to 8) In the following questions, some figures are given in a sequence. Find out the figure
from the alternatives, which will come in place of the question mark to continue the sequence.
(NTSE Stage- II, 2007)
4.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (9 to 10) Study the pattern of figures given in each question to find out the relationship among
them. One figure is missing. Choose the missing figure from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage- II, 2008)
9. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_286
Non-Verbal Series
Directions : (11 to 12) In the following questions, series of figures are given. Find the correct alternative to
continue the series. (NTSE Stage- II, 2008)
11. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12.
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (13 to 16) The figures in each of the questions follow a series. Select the figure form the given
alternatives which would continue the series. (NTSE Stage- II, 2009)
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17. Write the correct choice which would be required to continue with the series.
(NTSE Stage- II, 2009)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18. In the following question , there are four figures A, B, C and D called problem figures. A and B are
related in the same way as C and D are related. Which figure out of four given options will come in
place of figure C? (NTSE Stage- II, 2016)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_287
Non-Verbal Series
19. Replace ‘?’ by the appropriate figure from the given options. (NTSE Stage- II, 2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. Which figure should come next among the options given below? (NTSE Stage- II, 2018)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
21. What time should the IV clock show? (NTSE Stage- II, 2017)
(A) 1 : 00 (B) 1 : 20 (C) 1 : 40 (D) 2 : 00

22. How many crosses should be there in the box marked with” ? ” ? (NTSE Stage- II, 2017)
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
MAT_CLASS-X_288
Non-Verbal Series
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D D D D D D D C D D B A B C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B D D A C C B C D B D A D C D
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. A B A A B C D C B A D B A B B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
Ans. C C D A D A D B B C A A C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D D B D D D A B C B C A C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Ans. B C C C D B D
MAT_CLASS-X_289
Non-Verbal Analogy
NON-VERBAL ANALOGY
A. ANALOGY
In this type of non-verbal test the problem figures are presented in two units. The first unit contains
two figures, one in each square. The second unit contains one figure in the first square and a
question mark (?) in the second. You have to find out from among the figures A, B, C and D as to
which one should replace the questions mark after finding the relationship between the two figures
in the first unit of the problem figures. Some examples are discussed below.
Directions : (1 to 3) In the following questions there are two sets of figures. One set is problem figures and
the second set is a answer figures. There is some relationship between the first and the second
figure of the problem figures set. If there is similar relationship between the third and fourth figures of
the same set, select the correct figure from the set of answer figures for question mark (?).
Example. 1
Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(C) Problem figure second contains the lower half of problem figure first. Hence, answer figure (C)
replaces the question mark.
Example. 2
Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) The lower LHS figure of portion in problem figure first becomes the upper portion in problem
figure second, shifted to the other side. Similarly RHS figure of the upper portion in problem figure
first becomes the lower portion problem figure second shifted to the other side with one vertical line
therein. The other two halves are deleted.
Example. 3
Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) problem figure first is rotated 180º ACW or CW to obtain problem figure second. Then the
shaded and the unshaded leaves are interchanged. Hence, (A) should replace the question mark.
MAT_CLASS-X_290
Non-Verbal Analogy
Directions : (4 to 5) In each of the following problems, a related pair of figures is followed by five numbered
pairs of figures. Select the pair that has a relationship similar to that in the original pair.
Example. 4
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(A) The first figure of (X) rotate 180º.
Example. 5
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(B) From figure first to figure second : An element identical to the element in figure first forms the
inner element in figure second. The vertically inverted and enlarged form of the element in figure first
forms the outer element in figure second.
Directions : (1 to 11) In the following questions there are two sets of figures. One set is problem figures and
figure of the problem figures set. If there is similar relationship between the third and fourth figures of
the same set, select the correct figure from the set of answer figures for question mark (?).
1. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

2. Problem Figures
JP
JP : :: E T : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_291
Non-Verbal Analogy
3. Problem Figures
: :: T C : ?
Answer Figures
CT TC CT TC
(A) (B) (C) (D)

4. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

5. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

6. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

7. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

8. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

9. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_292
Non-Verbal Analogy
10. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

11. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (12 to 17) In the following questions there are two sets of figures. One set is problem figure and
figures of the problem figures set. If there is similar relationship between the third and fourth figures
of the same set, select the correct figure from the set of answer figures for question mark (?).
12. Problem Figures
• × : ×
:: • : ?
Answer Figures
• •
(A) (B) (C) (D)

13. Problem Figures
• ••
•
××
: :: :
•
• ?
××××
××
××
•
•
•
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

14. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

15. Problem Figures
: :: : ?
Answer Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_293
Non-Verbal Analogy
16. Problem Figures
......
...........
............ .......... ..............
......
: ...................
... .. :: .................
. ....
..
... .
..
..
..
........... : ?
Answer Figures
... ............
... .................
...... ..................... .....
.. .....
................. ...... .... ...
(A) (B) (C) (D)

17. Problem Figures
•
× : • :: •
× : ?
Answer Figures
•
• • •
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (18 to 22) In the following questions there are two sets of figures. One set is problem figure and
figures of the problem figures set. If there is similar relationship between the third and fourth figures
of the same set, select the correct figure from the set of answer figures for question mark (?).
18. Problem figures
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

19. Problem figures
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

20. Problem figures
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

21. Problem figures
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_294
Non-Verbal Analogy
22. Problem figures
x
x
: :: : ?
Answer figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (23 to 28) There is some relationship between the two figures on the left of the sign
(: :). The same relationship exists between the two terms on the right of which one is missing. Find
the missing one from the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
23. : :: : ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24. : :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
: :: : ?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer-Figure
(A) (B) (C) (D)
: :: : ?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_295
Non-Verbal Analogy
: :: : ?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
: :: : ?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (30 to 31) In each of the following questions, there is a relationship between the two figure on
the left of the sign (: :). The same relationship exists between the two term on the right of the sign
(: :) of which one is missing. Find the missing one from the given alternatives.
30. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
31. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
Directions :(32 to 36) In the following questions there is some relationship between the two figure on the
left of (: :) the same relationship exists between the two terms on the right, of which one is missing.
Find the missing one from the given alternative. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_296
Non-Verbal Analogy
?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
FT KM ?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

MK
?
Answer-Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (37 to 40) In the following questions there is some relationship between the two figures on the
left of (: :) the same relationship exists between the two terms on the right, of which one is missing.
Find the missing one from the given alternative. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_297
Non-Verbal Analogy
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Answer - Figures
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (41) In the following questions there is some relationship between the two figures on the left of
(: :) the same relationship exists between the two terms on the right, of which one is missing. Find the
missing one from the given alternative.
41. ?
(NTSE Stage-I, Karnataka 2014)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (42 to 46) In the following questions there is some relationship between the two figures on the
left of (: :) the same relationship exists between the two terms on the right, of which one is missing. Find the
missing one from the given alternative.
42. (NTSE Stage-I /UP./2019)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_298
Non-Verbal Analogy
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_299
Non-Verbal Analogy
Directions : (1 to 3) In each of the following problems, a related pair of figures is followed by five numbered
pairs of figures. Select the pair that has a relationship similar to that in the original pair.
1.
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(x)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (4 to 8) In the following questions, there is a relationship between the two figures on the left of
the sign (: :). The same relationship exists between the figures to the right of the sign (: :), of which
one is missing. Find the missing one from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
4.
: :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5. : :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. : :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_300
Non-Verbal Analogy
7.
: :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8.
: :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (9 to 11) There is some relationship between the two figures/pair of letters/numbers on the left
of the sign (::). The same relationship exists between the two terms on the right of which one is
missing. Find the missing one from the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
9.
: :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
: :: :?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11.
: :: ? :
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (12 to 13) A pair of figures which are related in some way is given below. Find out the
alternative whose figures are related in the same way as the original pair of figures.
12.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_301
Non-Verbal Analogy
Directions : (14 to 25) In each of the following questions, there is a relationship between the two figure on
the left of the sign (: :). The same relationship exists between the two term on the right of the sign
(: :) of which one is missing. Find the missing one from the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
14. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17. ?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18. : :: : ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1.
19. : :: : ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20. : : : : ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_302
Non-Verbal Analogy
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_303
Non-Verbal Analogy
?
(A) (B) (C) (D)
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C B C C B B D D D A A B D B C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B B A A B B D C A B A A D B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C A B A C D D A B C C B A A A
Que. 46
Ans. B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D A C B C A C D A D B C C A C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. D B A B D C B B C C
MAT_CLASS-X_304
Non-Verbal Classification
NON-VERBAL CLASSIFICATION
A. CLASSIFICATION
In these type of questions, four figures numbered (A), (B), (C) and (D) are given. These are treated
both problem figures as well as the answer figures. Three out of these four figures are related to
each other by way of having some common characteristics and so form a group. Out of these four,
you have to identify one figure which does not belong to group .
Example. 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(C) Both the arrow heads are in the same direction in figure (C). In all other figures, they are in the
opposite
direction, Hence, (C) is the answer
Example. 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solution :
(D) Between the shaded portion and the arrow, there are two triangles in figure (A), (B), (C) and (D).
Example. 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Solutoin :
(C) Figures (A) and (D) form a group .The bars are interchanged here. Similarly , figure (B) and (D)
.Hence (C) is the odd one out .
Directions : (1 to 7) Out of the four figures (A), (B), (C) and (D), given in each problem, three are similar in a
certain way. However, one figure is not like the other three. Choose the figure which is different from
the rest.
1.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2. S S S S
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_305
4.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6. S = = = S
= S S
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (8 to 15) In each of the following questions four figures are given. One of these figures does
not correlate with the rest of the figures. Find the different figure. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2007)
8.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
10.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
11.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
×× ×
12.
××
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13. CC AA
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15. I O K E
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_306
Directions : (16 to 20) In each question four figures are given. One of them does not correlate with the rest.
Find the different figure. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2008)
16.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
19.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
20.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (21 to 25) In each question four figures are given. One of them does not correlate with the rest.
Find out the different figure. (NTSE Stage-I / Raj./ 2009)
21.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
22.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
23.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
24.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Directions : (26 to 30) In each of the following question four figures are given. One of these figures does
not fit with the rest of the figures. Find out that correct serial number. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2012)
26. (A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_307
27. (A) (B) (C) (D)
28. (A) (B) (C) (D)
29. (A) (B) (C) (D)
30. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (31 to 34) In each of the following questions four figures are given. One of these figures does
not fit with the rest of the figures. Find out that correct serial number. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2013)
31.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
32.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
33.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
34.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (35 to 39) There are four figures given. One of these does not correlate with the rest of the
figures. Find out that figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2014)
35.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
36.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_308
x
37. o
(A) (B) (C) (D)
38.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
39.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (40) Find out the odd figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2015)
40.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (41) In the below question there are four figures given. One of these does not correlate with the
rest of the figures. Find out that odd figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2017)
41.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (42 to 44) There are four figures given in each. One of these does not correlate with the rest of
the figures. Select that odd figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
42.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
43.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
44.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_309
Directions (45 to 47) : There are four figures given in each. One of these figures does not correlate with
the rest of the figures. Select that odd figure. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2019)
45.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
46.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
47.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Direction : (48 to 52) Each question has four terms. Three terms (figure) are alike in some way. One term
(figure) is different from three others. Find out the correct term which is different from three others
and write its alternative number of your answer sheet against the proper question number-
(NTSE Stage-I /UP/2019)
48.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
49.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
50.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
51.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_310
52.
(A) (B) (C) (D)

Direction (53 to 56) : In each of the following sets of figures, select the one figure that is different from the
other figures from the given options (NTSE Stage-I /Bihar/2019)
53. (A) (B) (C) (D)
54. (A) (B) (C) (D)
55. (A) (B) (C) (D)
56. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (1 to 3) Out of the four figures (A), (B), (C) and (D), given in each problem, three are similar in a
certain way. However, one figure is not like the other three. Choose the figure which is different from
the rest.
1.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (4 to 8) In the following questions, four figures are given. Three of them are alike in a certain
way and one is different. Find the odd one from the alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2007)
4. (A) (B) (C) (D)
5. (A) (B) (C) (D)
MAT_CLASS-X_311
6. (A) (B) (C) (D)
7. (A) (B) (C) (D)
8. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (9 to 12) In each of the following questions, there are figures of which three are similar in a
certain way, and one is different. Find the one that is different from the rest. (NTSE Stage-II, 2008)
9. (A) (B) (C) (D)
10. (A) (B) (C) (D)
11. (A) (B) (C) (D)
12. (A) (B) (C) (D)
Directions : (13 to 14) In each of the following questions, four figure are given. Three of them are alike in a
certain way. Find the one which is different from other. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
13.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
14.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15. Find the odd one out (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
MAT_CLASS-X_312
16. Observe the figure given below : (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
The odd one out from the given figure is __________ .

(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D C D B D B B C D B C C B C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. B C D D A A D C B C A D C B C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. C A B D B D A B D A D B C D B
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56
Ans. D B D D B C D A D D B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans. D B D C B C B C C D D D A A C B
MAT_CLASS-X_313
Logical Sequence of Words
LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS
A. LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF WORDS

In this type of questions, certain inter-related words are given and numbered, followed by various
sequences of the numbers denoting them; as alternatives. The candidate is required to arrange
these words in a logical sequence based on a common property and then choose the correctly
graded sequence from the given alternatives.
Some common sequences have been discussed below :
(a) Type-I
Sequence of occurrence of events or various stages in a process :
Example. 1
Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence :
1. Consultation 2. Illness 3. Doctor 4. Treatment
5. Recovery
(A) 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 (B) 2, 3, 4, 1, 5 (C) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (D) 5, 1, 4, 3, 2
Solution :
(A) Clearly, illness occurs fIrst. One then goes to a doctor and after consultation with him,
undergoes treatment to fInally attain recovery.
Thus, the correct order is 2, 3, 1, 4, 5.
Example. 2
Arrange the following in a logical order :
1. Birth 2. Death 3. Funeral 4. Marriage
5. Education
(A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 (B) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3 (C) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2
Solution :
(B) Clearly, the given words when arranged in the order of various events as they occur in u man's
life, form the sequence : Birth, Education, Marriage, Death, Funeral.
So the correct order becomes 1, 5, 4, 2, 3.
(b) Type-II
Sequence of objects in a class or group, from part to the whole :
Example. 3
Arrange the following in a meaningful order, from particular to general:
1. Family 2. Community 3. Member 4. Locality
5. Country
(A) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5 (B) 3, 1, 2, 5, 4 (C) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 (D) 3, 1, 4, 5, 2
Solution :
(A) Clearly, a member is a part of a family, which in turn is a part of community.
The community lives in a locality which lies within a country.
Example. 4
Arrange the following in a logical order :
1. Shoulder 2. Wrist 3. Elbow 4. Palm
5. Finger
(A) 2, 4, 5, 3, 1 (B) 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 (C) 3, 4, 5, 2, 1 (D) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
Solution :
(D) Clearly, we are given the names of parts of a hand, which may be arranged
(i) from top to bottom, i.e., Shoulder, Elbow, Wrist, Palm, Finger, which is 1, 3, 2, 4, 5; or
(ii) from bottom to top, i.e., Finger, Palm, Wrist, Elbow, Shoulder, which is 5, 4, 2, 3, 1.
Out of these, the sequence 5, 4, 2, 3, 1 is given in the alternatives provided.
MAT_CLASS-X_314
(c) Type-III
Sequence of increasing/decreasing size, value, intensity etc.
Example. 5
Arrange the following in a logical sequence from small to big
1. Bungalow 2. Flat 3. Cottage 4. House
5. Palace 6. Mansion
(A) 3, 2, 1, 4, 6, 5 (B) 3, 2, 4, 1, 5, 6 (C) 3, 2, 4, 1, 6, 5 (D) 5, 6, 4, 1,2, 3
Solution :
(C) Clearly, the names of various dwelling units, when arranged in increasing order of their sizes,
form the sequence : Cottage, Flat, House, Bungalow, Mansion, Palace.
Thus, the correct order is 3, 2, 4, 1, 6, 5.
Example. 6
Arrange the following in a logical order
1. Gold 2. Iron 3. Sand 4. Platinum
5. Diamond
(A) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4 (C) 4, 5, 1, 3, 2 (D) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
Solution :
(B) Clearly, the given names when arranged in order of increasing values, i.e., from cheapest to the
most expensive, form the sequence: Sand, Iron, Gold, Diamond, Platinum.
Thus, the correct answer is 3, 2, 1, 5, 4.
Example. 7
1. Euphoria 2. Happiness 3. Ambivalence 4. Ecstasy
5. Pleasure
(A) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 (B) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5 (C) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (D) 4, 1, 3, 2, 5
Solution :
(C) All the given words stand for 'joy', but the intensity increases in the order-Ambivalence,
Happiness, Pleasure, Euphoria, Ecstasy.
(d) Type-IV
Sequence in which a chain of given objects is formed
Example. 8
Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence :
1. Phrase 2. Letter 3. Word 4. Sentence
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 (B) 1, 3, 2, 4 (C) 2, 3, 1, 4 (D) 2, 3, 4, 1
Solution :
(C) A group of letters makes a word. A group of words makes a phrase. A group of phrases
makes a sentence.
Thus, the correct order is 2, 3, 1, 4.
Example. 9
1. Frog 2. Eagle 3. Grasshopper 4. Snake
5. Grass
(A) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 (B) 3, 4, 2, 5, 1 (C) 5, 3, 1, 4, 2 (D) 5, 3, 4, 2, 1
Solution :
(C) Clearly, a grasshopper feeds on grass, a frog feeds on a grasshopper, a snake feeds on a
frog and an eagle feeds on a snake. Thus, a food-chain is formed.
So, the correct order is 5, 3, 1, 4, 2. 

MAT_CLASS-X_315
Directions : (1 to 22) : In each of the following questions, arrange the given words in a meaningful
sequence and then choose the most appropriate sequence from amongst the alternatives provided
below each question.
1. 1. Honey 2. Flower 3. Bee 4. Wax
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 2, 1, 4, 3 (C) 2, 3, 1, 4 (D) 4, 3, 2, 1
2. 1. Reading 2. Composing 3. Writing 4. Printing
(A) 1, 3, 2, 4 (B) 2, 3, 4, 1 (C) 3, 1, 2, 4 (D) 3, 2, 4, 1
3. 1. Sentence 2. Chapter 3. Letter 4. Book
5. Word 6. Paragraph
(A) 4, 2, 1, 6, 5, 3 (B) 4, 2, 6, 1, 5, 3 (C) 4, 6, 1, 2, 3, 5 (D) 4, 6, 2, 5, 1, 3
4. 1. Police 2. Punishment 3. Crime 4. Justice
5. Judgemnet
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5 (C) 3, 1,4, 5, 2 (D) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
5. 1. Country 2. Furniture 3. Forest 4. Wood
5. Trees
(A) 1,3, 5, 4, 2 (B) 1,4,3,2,5 (C) 2,4,3,1,5 (D) 5,2,3,1,4
6. 1. Elephant 2. Cat 3. Mosquito 4. Tiger
5. Whale
(A) 1,3,5,4,2 (B) 2,5,1,4,3 (C) 3,2,4,1,5 (D) 5,3,1,2,4
7. 1. Book 2. Pulp 3. Timber 4. Jungle
5. Paper
(A) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3, (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (C) 4, 3, 2, 5, 1 (D) 5, 4, 3, 1, 2
8. 1. College 2. Child 3. Salary 4. School

5. Employment
(A) 1,2,4, 3, 5 (B) 2, 4, 1, 5, 3 (C) 4, 1, 3, 5, 2 (D) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4
9. 1. Leaf 2. Fruit 3. Stem 4. Root
5. Flower
(A) 3, 4, 5, 1, 2 (B) 4, 1, 3, 5, 2 (C) 4, 3, 1, 2, 5 (D) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
10. 1. Andhra Pradesh 2. Universe 3. Tirupati 4. World
5. India
(A),1, 5, 3, 2, 4 (B) 2, 1, 3, 5, 4 (C) 3, 1, 5, 4, 2 (D) 5, 4, 2, 1, 3
11. 1. Post-box 2. Letter 3. Envelope 4. Delivery
5. Clearance
(A) 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 (B) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5 (C) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4 (D) 3, 2, 4, 5, 1
12. 1. Curd 2. Grass 3. Butter 4. Milk
5. Cow
(A) 2, 5, 4, 3,1 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (C) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (D) 5, 2, 4, 1, 3
13. 1. Heel 2. Shoulder 3. Skull 4. Neck
5. Knee 6. Chest 7. Thigh 8. Stomach
9. Face 10. Hand
(A) 2, 4, 7, 10, 1, 5, 8, 9, 6, 3 (B) 3, 4, 7, 9, 2, 5, 8, 10, 6, 1
(C) 4, 7, 10, 1, 9, 6, 3, 2, 5, 8 (D) 3, 9, 4, 2, 10, 6, 8, 7, 5, 1
MAT_CLASS-X_316
14. 1. Rainbow 2. Rain 3. Sun 4. Happy
5. Child
(A) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (B) 2, 3, 1, 5, 4 (C) 4, 2, 3, 5, 1 (D) 4, 5, 1, 2, 3
15. 1. Yarn 2. Plant 3. Saree 4. Cotton

5. Cloth
(A) 2, 4, 1, 5, 3 (B) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1 (C) 2, 4, 5, 1, 3 (D) 2, 4, 5, 3,1
16. 1. Study 2. Job 3. Examination 4. Earn

5. Apply
(A) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (B) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (C) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4 (D) 1, 3, 5, 4, 2
17. 1. District 2. Village 3. State 4. Town

5. City
(A) 2, 4, 5, 1, 3 (B) 2, 1, 4, 5,3 (C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 2, 5, 3, 4,1
18. 1. Cutting 2. Dish 3. Vegetable 4. Market

5. Cooking
(A) 1, 2, 4, 5,3 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (C) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2 (D) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4
19. 1. Table 2. Tree 3. Wood 4. Seed

5. Plant
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5 (C) 4, 5, 2, 3, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1
20. 1. Doctor 2. Fever 3. Prescribe 4. Diagnose

5. Medicine
(A) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (B) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5 (C) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (D) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1
21. 1. Index 2. Contents 3. Title 4. Chapters
5.Introduction
(A) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (B) 3, 2, 5, 1, 4 (C) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1 (D) 5, 1, 4, 2, 3
22. 1. Patient 2. Diagnosis 3. Bill 4. Doctor

5. Treatment
(A) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 (B) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (C) 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 (D) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5
23. Which would be the proper order of the following (in ascending order) ?
1. Trillion 2. Thousand 3. Billion 4. Hundred
5. Million
(A) 1,2,4,3,5 (B) 1, 5,3,2,4 (C) 4,2,3,5,1 (D) 4,2,5,3,1
24. Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence : (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
A - Medicine B - Diagnosis C - Doctor D - Fever
E - Recovery
(A) DCABE (B) DECAB (C) DCBAE (D) CDBAE

A = Birth , B = Death , C = Funeral, D = Marriage, E = Education
(A) AEDBC (B) ADECB (C) AEBDC (D) ADEBC

A = Study , B = Service , C = Examination, D = Earning, E = Result
(A) EACDB (B) ABECD (C) ACEBD (D) AECBD
1. Probation 2. Interview 3. Selection 4. Appointment
5. Advertisement 6. Application
(A) 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1 (B) 5, 6, 3, 2, 4, 1 (C) 5, 6, 4, 2, 3, 1 (D) 6, 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
MAT_CLASS-X_317

1. Jaipur 2. Universe 3. Rajasthan 4. India
5. Asia
(A) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (B) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 (C) 1, 4, 3, 5, 2 (D) 1, 3, 5, 2, 4
Directions : (1 to 19) : In each of the following questions, arrange the given words in a meaningful
sequence and then choose the most appropriate sequence from amongst the alternatives provided
below each question :
1. 1. Site 2. Plan 3. Rent 4. Money
5. Building 6. Construction
(A) l, 2, 3, 6, 5, 4 (B) 2, 3, 6, 5, 1, 4 (C) 3, 4, 2, 6, 5, 1 (D) 4, 1, 2, 6, 5, 3
2. 1. Cut 2. Put on 3. Mark 4. Measure
5. Tailor
(A) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5 (B) 2, 4, 3, 1, 5 (C) 3, 1, 5, 4, 2 (D) 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
3. 1, Key 2. Door 3. Lock 4. Room
5. Switch on
(A) 1,2,3,5,4 (B) 1,3,2,4,5 (C) 4,2,1,5,3 (D) 5,1,2,4,3
4. 1. Mother 2. Child 3. Milk 4. Cry
5. Smile
(A) 3,4, 5, 1, 2 (B) 2, 4, 1, 3, 5 (C) 2, 4, 3, 1, 5 (D) 3, 2, 1, 5, 4
5. 1. Travel 2. Destination 3. Payment 4. Berth/Seat number
5. Reservation 6. Availability of berth/seat for reservation
(A) 1, 2, 5, 4, 3, 6 (B) 2, 6, 3, 5, 4, 1 (C) 5, 3, 4, 1, 6, 2 (D) 6, 2, 5, 4, 3, 1
6. 1. Atomic Age 2. Metallic Age 3. Stone Age 4. Alloy Age
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 2, 3, 1, 4 (C) 3, 2, 4, 1 (D) 4, 3, 2, 1
7. 1. Foetus 2. Child 3. Baby 4. Adult
5. Youth
(A) 1, 2, 4, 3, 5 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (C) 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 (D) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
8. 1. Butterfly 2. Cocoon 3. Egg 4. Worm
(A) 1, 3, 4, 2 (B) 1, 4, 3, 2 (C) 2, 4, 1, 3 (D) 3, 4, 2, 1
9. 1. Rain 2. Monsoon 3. Rescue 4. Flood
5. Shelter 6. Relief
(A)1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (B) 1, 2, 4, 5, 3, 6 (C) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5, 6 (D) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
10. 1. Windows 2. Walls 3. Floor 4. Foundation
5. Roof 6. Room
(A) 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3 (B) 4, 2, 1, 5, 3, 6 (C) 4, 3, 5, 6, 2, 1 (D) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1, 6
11. 1. Puberty 2. Adulthood 3. Childhood 4. Infancy
5. Sencescence 6. Adolescence
(A) 2, 4, 6, 3, 1, 5 (B) 4, 3, 1, 6, 2, 5 (C) 4, 3, 6, 2, 1, 5 (D) 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1
12. 1. Presentation 2. Recommendation 3. Arrival 4. Discussion
5. Introduction
(A) 3, 5, 1, 4, 2 (B) 3, 5, 4, 2, 1 (C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 5, 3, 4, 1, 2
13. 1. Never 2. Sometimes 3. Generally 4. Seldom
5. Always
(A) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4 (B) 5, 2, 4, 3, 1 (C) 5, 3, 2, 1, 4 (D) 5, 3, 2, 4, 1
MAT_CLASS-X_318
14. 1. Income 2. Status 3. Education 4. Well -being
5. Job
(A) 1, 2, 5, 3, 4 (B) 1, 3, 2, 5, 4 (C) 3, 1, 5, 2, 4 (D) 3, 5, 1, 2, 4
15. 1. Hecto 2. Centi 3. Deca 4. Kilo
5. Deci
(A) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 (B) 1, 5, 3, 4, 2 (C) 2, 5, 3, 1, 4 (D) 5,2, 1,4,3
16. 1. Milky way 2. Sun 3. Moon 4. Earth
5. Stars
(A) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (B) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 (C) 3, 4, 2, 5, 1 (D) 4, 3,2,5,1
17. 1. Sea 2. Rivulet 3. Ocean 4. River
5. Glacier
(A) 5, 2, 1, 3, 4 (B) 5, 2, 4, 1, 3 (C) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1 (D) 5,4,3,2,1
18. 1. Probation 2. Interview 3. Selection 4. Appointment 5. Advertisement

6. Application
(A) 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 1 (B) 5, 6, 3, 2, 4,1 (C) 5, 6, 4, 2, 3, 1 (D) 6, 5, 4,2,3,1
19. 1. Animal 2. Feline 3. Leopard 4. Mammal
5. Vertebrate 6. Cat
(A) 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (B) 1, 3, 5, 4, 2, 6 (C) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5, 6 (D) 1, 5, 4, 2, 6, 3
20. Arrange the given words in a meaningful sequence and find the correct sequence from the given
options :
A) Wall B) Clay C) House D) Room
E) Bricks (NTSE Stage-II /2018)
(A) E, B, A, D, C (B) B, E, D, A, C (C) B, E, A, D, C (D) A, B, C, D, E
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. C D B C A C C B D C C D D B A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Ans. C A C C C C C D C A C A B
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D B B B C B D C B B A D D C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20
Ans. C B A D C
MAT_CLASS-X_319
Logical Deduction
LOGICAL DEDUCTION
The phenomenon of deriving a logically certain aspect from a single statement or a set of given
statements, is known as Logical deduction.Here, each question consists one or more statements,
on the basis of that a dudection has to be made.
There are several parts of logical deduction, here we are taking four types of logical deduction in
which variety of statements or combination of statements are given and we have to deduct a logical
thing from them.
A. Statement and Assumptions
B. Statement and Conclusions
C. Statement and Course of action
D. Statement and Argument
A. STATEMENT AND ASSUMPTIONS

In these questions, a statement is followed by two or more assumptions. The candidate is required
to assess the given statement and decide which of the given assumptions is implicit in the
statement. To understand the pattern of these questions, it is very essential to know what the terms
statement and assumption stand for. Whenever we communicate with others, we make several
statements. Therefore, statement is a part of our speech or what we speak to others.
In the process of communication, most of the ideas remain unuttered. As a result, these ideas may
not find expression in the statement. However, these unuttered message is very much implied in the
statement. Implied message in a statement is known as an assumption. Therefore, an assumption
is something that can be supposed or assumed on the basis of a given statement.
Here we are giving below few examples with explanations to make the students acquainted with the
pattern of these questions and the method to tackle them.

Directions (1 to 4) : In each of the questions below is given a statement followed by assumptions numbered
I and II. Consider the statement and decide which of the given assumption is implicit.
Give your answer as
(A) if only assumption I is implicit (B) if only assumption II is implicit
(C) if neither I nor II is implicit (D) if both I and II are implicit
Example. 1
Statement :
Patient’s condition would improve after this operation.
Assumptions :
I. The patient can be operated upon in this condition.
II. The patient can’t be operated upon in this condition.
Solution :
It is very much implied in the statement that the patient is in a position to be operated upon.
Therefore, assumption I is implicit. Hence option (A) is the correct answer
Example. 2
Statement : The best evidence of India’s glorious past is the growing popularity of Ayurvedic
medicines in West.
Assumptions :
I. Ayurvedic medicines are not popular in India.
II. Allopathic medicines are more popular in India.
Solution : The statement given in the question states only about the place which Ayurvedic medicine had
occupied in the past on account of its increasing Popularity in West and this signifies neither non-
popularity of Ayurvedic medicines in India nor speaks of Popularity of Allopathic medicines. Hence,
none of the assumptions in implicit in the statement, Hence, (C) is the correct answer.
MAT_CLASS-X_320
Logical Deduction
Example. 3
Statement : Most of the classical dance theme are based on stories of Gods and awatars.
Assumptions :
I. Classical arts maintain their heritage by sticking to traditions.
II. New themes are not interesting.
Solution : Stories of Gods and awatars carry the reflection of our tradition, Therefore, the statement
implies that the classical art endeavours to maintain their heritage by sticking to traditions. Hence,
assumption I is clearly implicit. But it is not given anywhere in the statement that new themes are not
interesting. Therefore, assumption It is not implicit. Hence, (A) is the correct answer.
Example. 4
Statement : “If you want to give any advertisement, give it in newspaper ‘X’ — A tells B.
Assumptions :
I. B wants to publicise his products.
II. Newspaper ‘X’ has a wide circulation.
Solution : The word ‘if’ in the statement denotes that B may or may not be willing to publicise his products.
Statement further suggests that advertisement should be given in newspaper ‘X’. This means that
‘X’ will help advertise better. In other words, newspaper ‘X’ has a wide circulation. So, only
assumption II is implicit. Hence, (B) is the correct answer.
B. STATEMENT AND CONCLUSIONS

This chapter is a mere extension of the previous chapter — Statement and Assumptions. Here,
students are required to approach the questions for solution from a different angle. This approach
basically emphasises the need for being more systematic and logical in drawing inferences.
Unlike the previous chapter, here statement is followed by conclusions instead of assumptions. The
questions of this type are designed to test the candidate’s ability to interpret a statement, Therefore,
consequent effect of a statement has to be analysed before reaching the correct conclusion.
Conclusion is direct meaning of the given statement.
In view of the differences between two chapters, the candidates are therefore, required to go
through the examples given here and read the explanations following each question. It will enable
them to understand the logical approach required to draw valid conclusions.
Directions : (5 to 7) In each of the following questions, a statement is followed by two conclusions I and II.
Give your answer as
(A) if only conclusion I follows, (B) if only conclusion II follows,
(C) if neither I nor II follows, and (D) if both I and II follow.
Example. 5
Statement : Parents are prepared to pay any price for an elite education to their children.
Conclusions :
I. All parents these days are very well off.
II. Parents have an obsessive passion for perfect development of their children through good
schooling.
Solution : It may be concluded from the statement that since parents want a perfect development of their
children through good schooling, therefore, they are prepared to pay any price for a good education.
But the statement does not give sense of the parents being very well off Hence, only conclusion II
follows. Therefore, the correct answer is (B)
Example. 6
Statement : The Constitutional amendment carried out just last month prohibits the employment of
child labour in any organisation.
Conclusions :
I. The employees must now abide by this amendment to the constitution.
II. Children below 14 years of age will now be engaged in acquiring education.
Solution : It is clearly deduced from the statement that consequent upon the amendment prohibiting the
child labour, the employer must abide by the amendment. But it is not mentioned that the
amendment gives any provision for acquiring education. Hence, only conclusion I follows. Therefore,
the correct answer is (A).
MAT_CLASS-X_321
Logical Deduction
Example. 7
Statement : Any young man, who makes dowry as a condition for marriage, discredits himself and
dishonours womanhood.
Conclusions :
I. Those who take dowry in marriage should be condemned by society.
II. Those who don’t take dowry in marriage, respect womanhood.
Solution : Clearly, the statement declares dowry as an evil practice and reflects its demerits. Thus,
conclusion I follows. Also, it is given that those who take dowry, dishonour womanhood. This implies
that those who don’t take dowry respect womenhood. So, conclusion II follows. Hence, the correct
answer is (D).
C. STATEMENT AND COURSE OF ACTION

These types of questions are designed to test candidate’s decision making ability. Course of action
is a decision which a person makes invariably in his life following a problems. In these questions a
problem is given in the form of a statement and is followed by two or more decisions in the form of
courses of action.
To solve the questions of this type, the candidates are advised to keep in mind following points :
Correct course of action should either lessen the problem or improve the situation created by the
problem.
Simple problem must have simple course of action and not a complex one which may create more
problem than to solve or reduce it. Course of action should be feasible and should relate with the
practical aspect of life.
A clear understanding about the type of question and method of solution can be developed by way
of solving a variety of questions given in this chapter, subsequently. Here are given few examples
with answers and explanations.
Directions : (8 to 10) In each of the questions below is given a statement followed by two courses of action
numbered I and II. A course of action is a step or administrative decision to be taken for
improvement, follow up or further action in regard to the problem, policy etc. On the basis of the
information given in the statement you have to assume everything in the statement to be true, then
decide which of the two given courses of action logically follow.
Give your answer as
(A) if only I follows. (B) if only II follows.
(C) if neither I nor II follows. (D) if both I and II follow.
Example. 8
Statement : The officer-in-charge of a company had a hunch that some money was missing from the
safe.
Courses of Action :
I. He should get in recounted with the help of the staff and check it with the balance sheet.
II. He should inform the police.
Solution : Here a hunch about the money being lost does not provide any ground for the incident having
actually taken place, and hence action to inform the police will not lessen the problem but is more
likely to aggravate the situation.
A prudent step is to recount the money and tally with the books of account. Hence, course of action I
is appropriate. Therefore, (A) is the correct answer.
Example. 9
Statement : Many cases of cholera were reported from a nearby village.
Courses of Action :
I. The question should be raised in the Legislative Assembly.
II. A team of doctors should be rushed to the village.
Solution : Discussion of the problem in the Legislative Assembly is feasible but does not provide any
immediate relief to the victims. Hence, I is not the right course of action to be chosen for the
problem. However, immediate medical aid will definitely mitigate the problem to a large extent.
Hence, course of action II is the remedial step. Therefore, (B) is the correct answer.
MAT_CLASS-X_322
Logical Deduction
Example. 10
Statement : Youngsters are often found staring at obscene posters.
Courses of Action :
I. Children should be punished and penalised if they are found doing so.
II. Any display of such material should be banned.
Solution :
Punishment to the children is not a judicious step in the direction of dealing such problem. However,
putting a complete ban can help to solve the problem by way of preventing children to get such
exposure. Hence, (B) is the correct answer.
D. STATEMENT AND ARGUMENT

In these questions a statement is followed by two arguments. Candidates are required to distinguish
between the strong and weak arguments. Generally, both the arguments are contrary to each other
and refer to the positive and negative results of the action as mentioned in the statement. A strong
argument is that which touches the practical and real aspect of the situation as described in the
statement. A weak argument is very simple, superfluous, ambiguous and long drawn one.
Following points should be taken into consideration while choosing a strong argument.
1. A strong argument should give the realistic diagnosis of the situation described in the statement.
2. A strong argument should give the deep analysis of the topic dealt within the statement.
3. A strong argument should relate with the statement and be supported up by facts or established
notions.
4. A strong argument should not be mere reiteration of the situation given in the statement.
Following examples will help the students to have an understanding of the logic used to solve these
questions.
Directions : (11 to 13) Study the following instructions carefully and then answer the questions that follow.
In making decisions about important questions it is desirable to be able to distinguish ‘strong’ and
‘weak’ arguments so far as they relate to the questions. ‘Weak’ arguments may not be directly
related to the question and may be of minor importance or may be related to the trivial aspect of the
question. Each question below is followed by two arguments numbered I and II, You have to decide
which of the arguments is a ‘strong’ argument and which is a ‘weak’ argument.
Give your answer as
(A) if only argument I is strong (B) if only argument II is strong
(C) if neither I nor II is strong (D) if both I and II are strong
Example. 11
Statement : Should school education be made free in India ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, this is the only way to improve the level of literacy.
II. No, it will add to the already heavy burden on the exchequer.
Solution :
Argument I is not strong because word ‘only’ makes the argument weak as it is not the only real and
practical solution to improve the level of literacy. Argument II is strong as it describes the practical
problem which may arise out of the decision of making education free in India. Hence, (B) is the
correct answer.
Example. 12
Statement : Should there be complete ban on manufacture of fire crackers in India ?
Arguments :
I. No, this will render thousands of workers jobless.
II. Yes, the fire cracker manufacturers use child labour to a large extent.
Sol. Both the arguments refer to the practical consequences of the action mentioned in the statement
and hence, are strong. Thus, (D) is the correct answer.
MAT_CLASS-X_323
Logical Deduction
Example. 13
Statement : Should luxury hotels be banned in India ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, these are places from where international criminals operate.
II. No, affluent foreign touists will have no place to stay.
Solution : The luxury hotels are symbols of country’s development and a place for staying the affluent
foreign tourists. So, argument II is a strong one. Argument I is a weak argument because ban on
luxury hotels is not a way to end the international criminals. (B)
Note : Some times we have to face a paragraph and by that paragraph we have to find out the statement
among the given alternatives which follows most logically. This type of questions are called THEME
DETECTION.
Each of the following question contains a small paragraph followed by four statements.Find the
statement which follows the paragraph most logically.
Example. 14
Though the waste of time or the expenditure on fashions is very large, yet fashion have come to
stay. They will not go, come what may. However, what is now required is that strong efforts should
be made to displace the excessive craze for fashion from the minds of these youngsters.
(A) Fashion is the need of the day.
(B) The excessive craze for fashion is detrimental to one’s personality.
(C) The hoard for fashion should be done away with so as not to let down the constructive
development.
(D) Work and other activities should be valued more than the outward appearance.
Solution : Constructive development like good thoughts, behavior, values comes from mind which decides
our personality. Craze for fashion distract our mind from goals and other incentives. So option (C)
logically follows.
Example. 15
The future of women in india is quite bright and let us hope that they will justify their abilities by
rising to the occasion. Napoleon was right when he declared that by educating the women we can
educate the whole nation. Because a country can never rise without the contribution of 50% of their
population.
(A) India is striving hard for the emancipation of women.
(B) All women should be well educated.
(C) A nation can progress only when women are given equal rights and opportunities as men.
(D) Women ought to be imparted full freedom to prove their worth and contribute to the progress of
the nation.
Solution : The paragraph indicated that equal rights are given to women along with men, so option (D)
follows logically.

Directions : (1 to 7) In each of the questions below is given a statement followed by two assumptions
numbered I and II. An assumption is something supposed or taken for granted. You have to
consider the statement and the following assumptions and decide which of the assumptions is
implicit in the statement.
Give your answer as
(A) if only assumption I is implicit (B) if only assumption II is implicit
(C) if neither I nor II is implicit (D) if both I and II are implicit
1. Statement : It is desirable to put the child in the school at the age of 5 years or so.
Assumptions :
I. At that age the child reaches appropriate level of development and is ready to learn.
II. The schools do not admit children after six years of age.
2. Statement : If it does not rain throughout this month, most farmers would be in trouble this year.
Assumptions :
I. Timely rain is essential for farming.
II. Most of the farmers are generally dependent on rains.
MAT_CLASS-X_324
Logical Deduction
3. Statement : A advises B — “If you want to study English, join institute ‘Y’.
Assumptions :
I. ‘B’ listens to A’s advice.
II. Institute ‘Y’ provides good coaching for English.
4. Statement : Everybody loves reading adventure stories.
Assumptions :
I. Adventure stories are the only reading material.
II. Nobody loves reading any other material.
5. Statement : “The function will start at 3 pm.” You are requested to take your seats before 3 pm
Assumptions :
I. If an invitee is not in his seat before 3 pm, the function will not start.
II. Function will start as scheduled.
6. Statement : A warning in a train compartment —“To stop train pull chain. Penalty for improper use
Rs 500.”
Assumptions :
I. Some people misuse the chain.
II. On certain occasions, people may want to stop a running train.
7. Statement : The income tax rules need to be amended so that there is more incentive for the
people to declare their actual wealth.
Assumptions :
I. The income tax rules are not proper.
II. Some people do not declare their actual wealth.
Directions : (8 to 10) In each of the questions below is given a statement followed by three assumptions
numbered I, II and III. An assumption is something supposed or taken for granted. You have to
consider the statement and the following assumptions and decide which of the assumptions is
implicit in the statement, then decide which of the answers (A), (B), (C), and (D) is a correct answer
and indicate it on your answer sheet.
8. Statement : Ashok decided to leave office at 4.00 pm to catch a flight to Bangalore departing at
6.00 pm
Assumptions :
I. The flight to Bangalore may be delayed.
II. He may be able to reach airport well before 6.00 pm
III. He may get adequate time to reach for a vehicle to go to the airport.
(A) All are implicit (B) Only II and III are implicit
(C) None is implicit (D) Only II is implicit
9. Statement : Ramesh decided to get the railway reservation in February for the journey he wants to
make in May to Chennai.
Assumptions :
I. The railway issues reservations three months in advance.
II. There are more than one train to Chennai
III. There will be vacancy in the desired class.
(A) Only II and III are implicit (B) Only I is implicit
(C) All are implicit (D) Only I and III are implicit
10. Statement : The school authority decided to open a Summer school this year in the school
compound for the students in the age group of 7-14 years.
Assumptions :
I. All the students will attend the Summer school.
II. All the parents will prefer to remain in city than going out of town for enabling their children to
attend the Summer school.
III. Those who can’t afford to go out of the station, will send their children to Summer school.
(A) Only II is implicit (B) Only II and III are implicit
(C) None is implicit (D) Only III is implicit
MAT_CLASS-X_325
Logical Deduction
Directions : (11 to 12) In each of the questions given below, one or more statement (s) is/are followed by
inferential conclusions. The conclusion, which can be derived without supposing anything else, i.e.,
without adding anything extra to the statement (s), is your answer.
11. Statement : State Government imposes a monthly tax on the salary of all the employees. The tax
amount varies according to the income slab. The Central Government also imposes tax on the same
income, which is known as the income tax. This is against the theory of taxation.
Conclusions :
(A) A regular collection, irrespective of the income slab, by the Central Government is the income
tax.
(B) The Central Government should not collect any tax on income.
(C) Income tax should not vary according to the income slabs.
(D) Tax should be imposed only once on an individual.
12. Statement : A forest has as many Sandal trees as it has Ashoka trees. Three-fourths of the trees
are old and half of the trees are at the flowering stage.
Conclusions :
(A) All Ashoka trees are at the flowering stage.
(B) All sandal trees are at the flowering stage.
(C) At least one-half of the Ashoka trees are old.
(D) One half of the Sandal trees are at the flowering stage.
Directions : (13 to 20) In each of the questions below a statement is given followed by two conclusions
numbered I and II. You have to take the statement to be true. Read both the conclusions and decide
which of the two or both follow from the given statement.
Give your answer as :
(A) If only conclusion I follows.
(B) If only conclusion II follows.
(C) If neither I nor II follows.
(D) If both conclusions I and II follow.
13. Statement : The majority of Indian labourers belong to unorganised sector and most of them earn
very low.
Conclusions :
I. The labourers belonging to organised sector have better benefits and stability.
II. Some labourers belonging to unorganised sector have regular and certain income.
14. Statement : Company ‘X’ has a record in making cameras with quality and modernisation to ensure
that you are Iosing not even a single shot despite bad weather.
Conclusions :
I. No other company has any recognition in camera industry.
II. Any common man can take good photographs using camera ‘X’.
15. Statement : In diabetes, there is an excess of sugar in the body. Our body needs sugar for energy.
The quantity of sugar in excess of body’s requirement is excreted through urine.
Conclusions :
I. The excessive consumption of sugar is likely to lead to diabetes.
II. Consumption of sugar should be avoided.
16. Statement : Any students, who does not behave properly while in the school, brings bad name to
himself and also to the school.
Conclusions :
I. Such students should be removed from the school.
II. Strict discipline does not improve behaviour of the students.
17. Statement : Until our country achieves Economic equality and Political freedom, Democracy would
be meaningless.
Conclusions :
I. Political freedom and Democracy go hand in hand.
II. Economic equality leads to real Political freedom and Democracy.
18. Statement : In the Art Gallery, paintings of a artist are displayed for the public. The prices of the
paintings are too high for a common man.
Conclusions :
I. Common man purchases paintings from other places.
II. Costly paintings are generally displayed at the art gallery.
MAT_CLASS-X_326
Logical Deduction
19. Statement : Doctors have comprehensive knowledge of human structure.

Conclusions :
I. Anatomy is one of their subjects in curriculum.
II. Other subjects also deal with human structure.
20. Statement : Cases of bride-burning for dowry are not uncommon.
Conclusions :
I. Inspite of anti-dowry law, the ill practice still continues.
II. The punishment inflicted on the party concerned is not hard enough.
Directions : (21 to 25) In each of the questions below is given a statement followed by two courses of
action. Course of action is a step for administrative decision to be taken for improvement, follow up
or further action in regard to the problem, policy etc. On the basis of the information given in the
statement, you have to assume everything in the statement to be true, then decide which of the
given suggested courses of action is/are logically worth pursuing.
(A) if only I follows (B) if only II follows
(C) if neither I nor II follows (D) if both I and II follow
21. Statement : About 30% to 40% of children who are enrolled, do not attend the school on any given
day.
Courses of Action :
I. More schools should be started.
II. Reasons for this absenteeism should be found out.
22. Statement : The experts group on Technical Education has stressed that Computer Education
should be provided to children from primary school itself. It should be implemented in urban and
rural schools, simultaneously.
Courses of Action :
I. Government should issue instructions to all schools for Computer Education.
II. At least one teacher of each school should be trained in Computer operations for teaching
children.
23. Statement : Every year, at the beginning or at the end of the Monsoon, we have some cases of
conjuctivitis, but this year, it seems to be a major epidemic, witnessed after nearly four years.
Courses of Action :
I. Precautionary measures should be taken after every four years to check the epidemic.
II. People should be advised to drink boiled water during the Monsoon season.
24. Statement : There has been a significant drop in the water level of all the lakes supplying water to
the city.
Courses of Action :
I. The water supply authority should impose a partial cut in supply to tackle the situation.
II. The Government should appeal to all the residents through mass media for minimal use of water.
25. Statement : A very large number of students have failed in the final high school examinations due to
wrong questions in one of the subjects.
Courses of Action :
I. All the students who have failed in that subject should be allowed to take supplementary
examination.
II. All those who are responsible for the error should be suspended and an enquiry should be
initiated to find out the facts.
MAT_CLASS-X_327
Logical Deduction
Directions : (26 to 28) In each of the question below is given a statement followed by three courses of
action numbered I, II and III. A course of action is a step or administrative decision to be taken for
improvement, follow up, or further action in regard to the problem, policy, etc, On the basis of
information given in the statement, you have to assume everything in the statement to be true. Then
decide which of the three given suggested course (s) of action logically follow(s) worth pursuing.
Then decide which of the alternatives (A), (B), (C), or (D) is correct.
26. Statement : If the faculty members also join the strike, there is going to be a serious problem.
Courses of Action :
I. The faculty members should be persuaded not to go on strike.
II. Those faculty members who join the strike should be suspended.
III. The management should not worry about such small things.
(A) Only I follows (B) Only I and II follow
(C) Only II and III follow (D) All follow
27. Statement : Every year thousands of eligible students don’t get admission in colleges, both in urban
and rural areas, after passing their school leaving certificate examination.
Courses of Action :
I. More colleges should be set up in both urban and rural areas.
II. The number of schools in both urban and rural areas should be reduced.
III. None school should offer vocational courses to equip students for taking up their vocation after
completing their school education.
(A) Only I follows (B) Only II and III follow
(C) All follow (D) Only I & III follow
28. Statement : Large number of students have failed in the recently held SSC final examination due to
their performance in the English language paper.
Courses of Action :
I. The Government should immediately issue a circular to all the schools to appoint competent
English language teachers.
II. The Government should immediately instruct all the schools to send their English language
teachers for refresher courses to be conducted by the Government.
III. The Government should instruct the examining body to lower the difficulty level of the English
language Paper in the future examination.
(A) Only I follows (B) Only III follows (C) Only II and III follow (D) All follow
Directions : (29 to 37) In making decisions about important questions, it is desirable to distinguish between
a ‘strong’ argument and a ‘weak’ argument, A ‘strong’ argument must be both important and directly
related to the question. A ‘weak’ argument may not be directly related to the question and may be of
minor importance or may be related to the trivial aspect of the question. Each question below is
followed by two arguments, numbered I and II. You have to decide which of the arguments is
‘strong’ and which is ‘weak’.
(A) if only argument I is strong,
(B) if only argument II is strong,
(C) if neither I nor II is strong,
(D) if both I and II are strong.
29. Statement : Should there be a ban on product advertisements ?
Arguments : I. No, it is an age of advertising. Unless your advertisement is better than that of your
other competitors, the products will not be sold.
II. Yes, the money spent on advertising is very huge and it inflates the cost of the product.
30. Statement : Should the Government levy tax on argricultural income also ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, that is the only way to fill Government’s coffer.
II. No, 80% of our Population live in rural areas.
31. Statement : Should public holidays be declared on demise of important national leaders ?
Arguments :
I. No, such unscheduled holidays hamper national progress.
II. Yes, people would like to pay their homage to the departed soul.
MAT_CLASS-X_328
Logical Deduction
32. Statement : Should new universities be established in India ?
Arguments :
I. No, we have not yet achieved the target of literacy.
II. No, we have to face the problems of highly educated but unemployed youths.
33. Statement : Should small States be formed out of bigger States in India ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, there will be greater administrative convenience.
II. No, it will be a jeopardize the national integration.
34. Statement : Should all the Government owned educational institutions be given to private sector ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, there will be upgradation of educational standard in these institutions.
II. Yes, the educational standard of these institutions will decrease.
35. Statement : Should the private companies be allowed to operate passenger train services in India ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, this will improve the quality of service in Indian Railways as it will have to face severe
competition.
II. No, the private companies may not agree to operate in the non-profitable sectors.
36. Statement : Are marriages based on well-matched horoscopes more successful than other
marriages ?
Arguments :
I. Yes, there is no possibility of rifts or ups and downs as the horoscopes have already been studied
well.
II. No, such marriages are rather dull.
37. Statement : Should age of retirement be brought down ?

Arguments :
I. Yes, such a decision on the part of the Government would open new job opportunities to
youngsters.
II. No, people often marry late and their children don’t get settled early.
Directions (38 to 40) : In each of the following questions a statement is given followed by two conclusion
I and II. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2014)
38. Statement : Adversity makes a man wise.
Conclusions :
I. The poor are wise
II. Man learns from bitter experience.
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
39. Statement : Fortune favours the brave.
Conclusions :
I. Risk is necessary for success.
II. Cowards die many times before their death.
(C) Both conclusion I and II are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true
40. Statement : Morning walks are good for health.
Conclusions :
I. All healthy people go for morning walks.
II. Evening walks are harmful
(C) Both conclusions I and II are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II are true.
MAT_CLASS-X_329
Logical Deduction
Directions (41) : In each of the following questions two statements are given followed by two conclusions I
and II.
41. Statements : (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2015)
(i) Without rains the crops will not be good,
(ii) The crops were good
Conclusions :
I. There were rains
II. Crops were good due to good fertilizers
(A) Only conculusion I is true (B) Only conculusion II is true
(C) Both conculusion I & II are true (D) Neither conclusion I nor conclusion II is true
42. In the given question, a statement is followed by two arguments I and II. You have to decide which
of the following arguments is 'strong' or 'weak'.
Statement : Continuous and comprehensive evaluation system should be implemented at school
level. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
Arguments : (I) Yes, it helps in all-round development of the child.
(II) No, it puts more burden on teachers.
(A) Arguments I and II both are strong (B) Arguments I and II both are weak
(C) Argument I is strong and II is weak (D) Argument I is weak and II is strong.
43. In the question given below, a statement is followed by a reason. Choose correct option for them.
Statement : Narmada river flows to west. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2018)
Reason : Narmada river falls in the Bay of Bengal.
(A) Statement and reason both are true (B) Statement is true but reason is false
(C) Statement is false but reason is true (D) Statement and reason both are false.
44. In the given question, a statement is followed by two arguments I and II. You have to decide which
of the following arguments is ‘strong’ or ‘weak’. (NTSE Stage-I /Raj./2019)
Statement : High chimneys should be installed in industries.
Arguments : (I) Yes, it reduces pollution at ground level.
(II) No, it increases pollution in upper atmosphere.
(A) Only argument I is strong (B) Only argument II is strong
(C) Both arguments I and II are strong (D) Both arguments I and II are weak.
Directions (1 to 2) : In each of the following questions two statements are given followed by two
conclusions I and II.
1. Statements: (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
In a sports club all the members are not players but all of them are rich.
Mr. ‘P’ is a member of the sports club.
Conclusions:
I. Mr. ‘P’ plays the sport.
II. Mr. ‘P’ is rich.
(A) Only I follows. (B) Only II follows (C) Both I and II follow (D) Neither I nor II follows
2. Statements : (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
Engineers marry only teachers.
Rashmi is a teacher.
Conclusions:
I. Rashmi is married to an Engineer
II. Rashmi is not married to an Engineer
(A) Only I follows (B) Only II follow (C) Both I and II follow (D) Neither I nor II follow
MAT_CLASS-X_330
Logical Deduction
3. Vimla used to board the train from Metro Station A for going to her office. Since Station A is a
terminus, she had no problem in getting a seat. Ever since she shifted to Locality B she finds it
difficult to get a seat, as by the time the train reaches Locality B it becomes crowded. Find the
statement among the alternatives which must be true as per the given information.
(A) Vimla would prefer to take a bus rather than the metro.
(B) Vimla’s travel to office has become less comfortable ever since she has shifted.
(C) Commuters staying in and around Locality B would demand metro services originating from
station near Locality B.
(D) Vimla would look for a job close to her home
4. Ramesh started going for regular morning walks for controlling his blood sugar level. He did so for a
month and also started taking Yoga lessons, without going for any pathological examination. He
underwent pathological test after two months and found that the blood sugar level has come down.
Presuming that he had not changed his food habits during these two months, which statement
among the alternative given below follows most logically? (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
(A) Blood sugar level comes down after doing regular morning walk.
(B) Blood sugar level comes down after doing Yoga.
(C) Blood sugar level comes down on doing regular morning walk and Yoga.
(D) Regular morning walk, Yoga or both may bring down sugar level despite not changing food
habits.
5. Fact 1 : Ranveet said, "Mehar and 1 both have goats."
Fact 2 : Mehar said, "I don't have a goat."
Fact 3 : Ranveet always tells the truth, but Mehar sometimes lies.
If the three statements are facts, which of the following statements must also be facts ?
I. Mehar has a goat. II. Ranveet has a goat III. Mehar is lying (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) II only (B) I and II only (C) I, II and III (D) II and III only
6. In the question given below, there are four statements which are to be taken as truth even if they do
not seem to be so. There are conclusions numbered, I, II, III and IV. Decide which of these logically
follow from the given statements.
All students who like English also like Mathematics. Some students like Hindi. All students who like
Hindi do not like Mathematics students who like Mathematics also like English.
I. Students who like Hindi also like English
II. Students who like Mathematics also like Hindi
III. Students who like Mathematics do not like Hindi
IV. Students who like English do not like Hindi (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) I and II (B) I and III (C) I and IV (D) III and IV
7. In the question given below, some argument / arguments is/ are logical and others are not. Identify
the logical argument/arguments.
I. Eating lots of vegetables and fruits increases immunity I eat lots of vegetables and fruits, so my
immunity is high.
II. Eating lots of vegetables and fruits increases immunity, I do not eat vegetables and fruits, so my
immunity is low.
III. Eating lots of vegetables and fruits increases immunity, My immunity is low which means I don't
eat fruits and vegetables (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) only I (B) I and II (C) I and III (D) II and III
MAT_CLASS-X_331
Logical Deduction
8. A man goes on trek from the bottom to the top of a mountain. He starts at 6 am of 15th October,
2017 from the bottom and reaches the tope at 6 pm of the same day on 16 Oct., 2017 he starts from
the top at 6 am and goes back following exactly the same route and reaches the bottom at 6 pm.
Based on the above situation the following possibilities are to be analyzed.
I. It is not possible to find a point on the route which he will cross at the same time each day.
II. It is possible to find a point on the route which he will cross at the same time each day provided
only if he travels on each day with uniform speed.
III. It is always possible to find a point on the route which he will cross at the same time each day
irrespective of his speed of travel. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) Only I is true (B) Only II is true
(C) Only III is true (D) Both I and II are true
9. Fact 1 : All monkeys like to jump.
Fact 2 : Some monkeys like to swim.
Fact 3 : Some monkeys look like their masters.
If the first three statements are facts, which of the following statements must also be a fact (s) ?
I. All monkeys who like to swim look like their masters.
II. Monkeys who like to swim also like to jump.
III. Monkeys who like to jump do not look like their masters. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) I only (B) II only (C) II and III (D) Both I and II
10. Given below is a statement followed by two assumptions.
The population below poverty line has increased in urban area during the last year.
Assumptions :
I. The population below poverty line has decreased in rural area.
II The population below poverty line has not increased during the current year.
Which of the assumptions is implicit in the statement ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
(A) Only I is implicit. (B) Only II is implicit.
(C) Either I or II is implicit. (D) Neither I nor II is implicit.
11. A river flows along the East-West direction. On a particular day in the morning Kisku was seen at a
place ‘A’ located on the northern side of the river and on the same evening he was seen at a place
‘B’ located on the southern side of the river.
Following are the comments made by four friends. Paulomi, Mimee, Sabeena and Grayson.
I. Paulomi said, Kisku must have crossed the river only once.
II. Sabeena said, Kisku might have crossed the river four times.
III. Mimee said, he might have crossed it five times.
IV. Grayson said, he might have crossed it any number of times.
Choose the correct alternative from the following ; (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) Only I is correct (B) Only II is correct (C) I or II is correct (D) I and II are correct
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. A D D C B D B B B C D C B C A
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A C C D B D B D D A D D D C
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Ans. A C D A A C D B D D A C B C
EXERCISE # 2
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Ans. B D B D C D C B B D C
MAT_CLASS-X_332
Sequential Output Tracing
SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING
A. SEQUENTIAL OUTPUT TRACING

In this type of questions, a message comprising of randomised letters/words or numbers or a
combination of both is given as the input followed by steps of rearrangement to give sequential
outputs. The candidate is required to trace out the pattern in the given rearrangement and then
determine the desired output step, according as is asked in the questions.
Patterns to Look for in the Given Sequence
1. Arranging the given words in forward/reverse alphabetical order.
2. Arranging the given numbers in ascending/descending order.
3. Writing a particular set of words in the reverse order, stepwise.
4. Changing places of words/numbers according to a set pattern.
The above points are the four possible criteria which you should look for to determine the pattern in
a given rearrangement.
Directions : (1 to 5) Read the following information and then find out the answers to the questions that
follow.
An electronic device rearranges numbers step-by-step in a particular order according to a set of
rules. The device stops when the final result obtained. In this case the device stops at Step V.
Input : 85 16 36 04 19 97 63 09
Step I : 97 85 16 36 04 19 63 09
Step II : 97 85 63 16 36 04 19 09
Step III : 97 85 63 36 16 04 19 09
Step IV : 97 85 63 36 19 16 04 09
Step V : 97 85 63 36 19 16 09 04
Study the above arrangement carefully and then answer the following questions :
Example. 1
Which of the following will be step III for the input below ?
Input : 09 25 16 30 32 18 17 06
(A) 32 30 25 09 16 18 17 06 (B) 32 30 09 25 16 18 17 06
(C) 32 09 25 16 30 18 17 06 (D) 32 30 09 25 16 19 17 06
Example. 2
Which is the last step for the input below ?
Input : 16 09 25 27 06 05
(A) Step II (B) Step III (C) Step IV (D) None of these
Example. 3
What is the output of step V for the input below ?
Input : 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
(A) 08 11 23 25 35 67 88 (B) 88 67 35 25 23 11 08
(C) 88 67 35 25 23 08 11 (D) None of these
Example. 4
Which one of the following would be the last step for the input below ?
Input : 03 31 43 22 11 09
(A) Step II (B) Step III (C) Step IV (D) None of these
Example. 5
If the output of Step IV is as given below, what was the input ?
Step IV: 92 86 71 69 15 19 06 63 58
(A) 15 19 06 63 58 86 92 69 71 (B) 15 86 19 92 06 69 63 58 71
(C) 86 92 69 71 15 19 06 63 58 (D) Cannot be determined
MAT_CLASS-X_333
Solution :
(1 to 5) Carefully observing the sample sequence, we observe that in the given arrangement, the
numbers have been arranged in descending order (from left to right) in a sequence, altering the
position of only one number in each step, followed by the other numbers as it is. The process
continues till the whole set of numbers is arranged in descending order.
1. Input : 09 25 16 30 32 18 17 06
Step I : 32 09 25 16 30 18 17 06
Step II : 32 30 09 25 16 18 17 06
Step III : 32 30 25 09 16 18 17 06
Hence, the answer is (A).
2. Input : 16 09 25 27 06 05
Step I : 27 16 09 25 06 05
Step II : 27 25 16 09 06 05
The whole set of numbers gets arranged in Step II itself. So, Step II is the last step for given input.
Hence, the answer is (A).
3. Input : 25 08 35 11 88 67 23
Step I : 88 25 08 35 11 67 23
Step II : 88 67 25 08 35 11 23
Step III : 88 67 35 25 08 11 23
Step IV: 88 67 35 25 23 08 11
Step V : 88 67 35 25 23 11 08
Hence, the answer is (B).
4. Input : 03 31 43 22 11 09
Step I : 43 03 31 22 11 09
Step II : 43 31 03 22 11 09
Step III : 43 31 22 03 11 09
Step IV: 43 31 22 11 03 09
Step V : 43 31 22 11 09 03
Clearly, Step V is the last step for the given input. Hence, the answer is (D).
5. Since the numbers may be rearranged in several possible ways, so it is not possible to determine
the exact input. Hence, the answer is (D).
follow.
A word arrangement machine, when given an input line of words, rearranges it in every step
following a certain rule. Following is an illustration if an input line of words and various steps of
rearrangement.
Input : gone are take enough brought station
Step I : take gone are enough brought station
Step II : take are gone enough brought station
Step III: take are station gone enough brought
Step IV: take are station brought gone enough
And, Step IV is the last step for this input. Now, find out an appropriate step in each of the following
questions following the above rule.
Example. 6
Input : car on star quick demand fat
What will be the third step for this input ?
(A) star quick car demand on fat (B) star car quick demand on fat
(C) star car demand quick on fat (D) None of these
Example. 7
Input : ink hurry yet for the victory
Which of the following will be the last step of the above input ?
(A) Step III (B) Step IV (C) Step V (D) Step VI
Example. 8
If Step III of an input is ‘warden examination town ink garden restore’, what step would be ‘warden
ink town garden restore examination’ ?
(A) Step I (B) Step II (C) Step IV (D) Step V
MAT_CLASS-X_334
Example. 9
If Step IV of an input is ‘violet for sour height journey medium’, which of the following could be Step
II of that input ?
(A) violet for sour height journey medium (B) violet for journey height sour medium
(C) violet journey height for sour medium (D) violet for sour journey height medium
Solution :
(6 to 9) Observing the given arrangement, we find the following pattern :
If we arrange the words in the given input in the alphabetical order and then label them as 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6 then the last step contains the words in the order 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3. However, the position of only
one word is altered at each step.
6. Input : car on star quick demand fat
Step I : star car on quick demand fat
Step II : star car quick on demand fat
Step III : Star car quick demand on fat
Hence, the answer is (B)
7. Arranging the words in the input in alphabetical order and labelling them 1 to 6, we have :
for hurry ink the victory yet
1 2 3 4 5 6
Clearly, the last step should be : 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3 i.e. yet for victory hurry the ink
Input : ink hurry yet for the victory
Step I : yet ink hurry for the victory
Step II : yet for ink hurry the victory
Step III: yet for victory ink hurry the
Step IV: yet for victory hurry ink the
Step V : yet for victory hurry the ink
Thus, Step V is the last step for the given output.
Hence, the answer is (C)
8. Clearly, Step III has two words rearranged in comparison to the given step, i.e., ‘examination’ and
‘town’. Thus, the given step is two steps behind Step III i.e., Step I.
Hence, the answer is (A)
9. Step IV has four rearranged words - ‘violet’, ’for’, ‘sour’ and ‘height ‘. This means that none of these
words automatically came to its place during rearrangement, but each of them was replaced at one
step. Thus, Step II should contain only ‘violet’ and ‘for’ in the first and second place, and each one of
‘sour’ and ‘height’ must lie at any place after ‘jumping’, so that each of them needs to be rearranged.
Hence, the answer is (B)
follow. Given an input, a coding machine generates pass codes for six batches everyday as follows :
Input : you should know about type of questions
Pass codes :
Batch I : you questions should of know type about
Batch II : about you type questions know should of
Batch III : about of you should type know questions
And so on till the sixth batch.
The first batch begins work at 10:00 a.m. Each batch works for one hour. There is a rest period of
one hour after the fourth batch’s is over.
Now, answer the following questions :
Example. 10
If the input on a day is ‘eight friends are sitting in the circle’, then what will be the pass code for the
batch at 3:00 P.M.. ?
(A) the circle in friends are sitting eight (B) circle sitting are the in eight friends
(C) sitting friends the are circle in eight (D) circle friends sitting eight are in the
Example. 11
The pass code for the sixth batch on a day was ‘mark your answer against appropriate serial
number’. What was the input provided to the machine on that day ?
(A) number against appropriate serial answer mark your
(B) number your against mark appropriate answer serial
(C) number against serial appropriate answer mark your
(D) your answer number mark serial appropriate against
MAT_CLASS-X_335
Example. 12
Aniket was to attend the batch at 4:00 P.M.. on a day with a pass code ‘sentence awarded by high
court was executed’. However, he was compelled to work in the batch at 12 noon on that day. What
was his pass code then ?
(A) awarded sentence executed high by court was
(B) was executed by awarded court high sentence
(C) by high was sentence court awarded executed
(D) None of these
Solution :
(10 to 12) Here, the words have been rearranged following two patterns alternately :
Pattern 1 : The words of the previous step are arranged in the order - first, last, second, second
last, third, third last and so on.
Pattern 2 : The words of the previous step are arranged in the order - last, first, second last,
second, third last, third and so on.
In such questions, where the terms change place according to a set pattern/order, we prepare a
rearrangement draft as shown below :
Input : A B C D E F G
Pass codes : -
Batch I : A G B F C E D
(10 a.m. to 11 a.m.)
Batch II : D A E G C B F
(11 a.m. to 12 noon)
Batch III : D F A B E C G
(12 noon to 1 P.M..)
Batch IV : G D C F E A B
(1 P.M.. to 2 P.M..)
Rest hour
(2 P.M.. to 3 P.M..)
Batch V : G B D A C E F
(3 P.M.. to 4 P.M..)
Batch VI : F G E B C D A
(4 P.M.. to 5 P.M..)
10. We label the words of the given input as per the arrangement draft above and then obtain the
desired output for batch V at 3:00 P.M..
Input : eight friends are sitting in the circle
A B C D E F G
Batch V : Circle friends sitting eight are in the
G B D A C E F
Hence, the answer is (D).
11. According to rearrangement draft, we have :

Batch VI :
mark you answer against appropriate serial number
F G E B C D A
Input :
number against appropriate serial answer mark your
A B C D E F G
Hence the answer is (A).
MAT_CLASS-X_336
12. According to rearrangement draft, we have :
Batch VI (4 P.M..) :
sentence awarded by high court was executed
F G E B C D A
was sentence executed high by court awarded
D F A B E C G
Hence, the answer is (D).
Directions : (1 to 4) Study the following information carefully to answer these questions :

A number sorting machine when given an input of numbers, rearranges them in a particular manner
step-by-step as indicated below till all the numbers are arranged. Given below is an illustration of
this arrangement.
Input : 39 121 48 18 76 112 14 45 63 96
Step I : 14 39 121 48 18 76 112 45 63 96
Step II : 14 39 48 18 76 112 45 63 96 121
Step III : 14 18 39 48 76 112 45 63 96 121
Step IV: 14 18 39 48 76 45 63 96 112 121
Step V : 14 18 39 45 48 76 63 96 112 121
Step VI: 14 18 39 45 48 63 76 96 112 121
And Step VI is the last step for this input.
1. What will be Step III for the following input ?
Input : 68 182 39 93 129 46 21 58
(A) 21 39 68 129 93 46 58 182 (B) 21 39 68 93 129 46 58 182
(C) 21 68 39 93 129 46 58 182 (D) None of these
2. Given below is the fifth step of an input. What will be the third step ?
Step V : 17 32 43 82 69 93 49 56 99 106
(A) 17 32 82 43 69 93 49 56 99 106
(B) 17 32 82 69 43 93 49 56 99 106
(C) 17 32 82 69 93 43 49 56 99 106
(D) Cannot be determined
3. What will be the last step for the following input ?

Input : 138 63 49 93 89 122 32 71
(A) 32 49 63 71 89 93 122 138
(B) 32 49 71 63 89 93 122 138
(C) 32 49 63 71 93 89 122 138
(D) None of these
4. How many steps will be required for getting the final output for the following input ?
Input : 101 85 66 49 73 39 142 25 115 74
(A) Five (B) Six (C) Seven (D) Eight
MAT_CLASS-X_337
Directions : (5 to 7) Study the following information to answer the questions given below :
A number arrangement machine when given an input of numbers, rearranges them following a
particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input and steps of rearrangement.
Input : 48 245 182 26 99 542 378 297
Step I : 542 48 245 182 26 99 378 297
Step II : 542 26 48 245 182 99 378 297
Step III : 542 26 378 48 245 182 99 297
Step IV : 542 26 378 48 297 245 182 99
Step V : 542 26 378 48 297 99 245 182
This is the final arrangement and step V is the last step for this input.
5. What will be the fourth step for an input whose second step is given below ?
Step II : 765 42 183 289 542 65 110 350
(A) 765 42 542 65 183 289 110 350
(B) 765 42 542 350 183 289 65 110
(C) 765 42 542 65 110 183 289 350
(D) Cannot be determined
6. How many steps will be required to get the final output from the following input ?
Input : 39 88 162 450 386 72 29
(A) Two (B) Third (C) Four (D) None of these
7. If the first step of an input is ‘785 198 32 426 373 96 49’, then which of the following step will be
‘785 32 426 49 198 373 96’ ?
(A) Second (B) Third (C) Fourth (D) Fifth
A word arrangement machine, when given an input line in words, rearranges them following a
particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input and the steps of rearrangement.
Input : Go for to Though By easy To Access at
Step I : Access Go for to Though By easy To at
Step II : Access at Go for to Though By easy To
Step III : Access at By Go for to Though easy To
Step IV : Access at By easy Go for to Though To
Step V : Access at By easy for Go to Though To
Step VI : Access at By easy for Go Though to To
Step VII : Access at By easy for Go Though To to
And Step VII is last step for this input.

As per the rules followed in the above steps, find out in the given questions the appropriate step for
the given input.
8. Input : story For around on was He at
Which of the following will be Step IV for the given input ?
(A) around at For He on was story (B) around at For He on story was
(C) around at For He story on was (D) around at He For story on was
9. Input : every and peer to an for

Which of the following steps would be ‘an and every for peer to’ ?
(A) II (B) III (C) IV (D) V
10. Input : Together over series on feast the so

Which of the following steps will be the last but one ?
11. Input : Over Go For through at one

Which step will be the last step for the above input ?
(A) III (B) V (C) VI (D) None of these
MAT_CLASS-X_338
Directions : (12 to 15) Read the following information carefully to answer the given questions :
A word and number arrangement machine when given an input line in words and numbers,
rearranges them following a particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input and
rearrangement.
Input : goal 63 57 home five task 82 17
Step I : 82 goal 63 57 home five task 17
Step II : 82 five goal 63 57 home task 17
Step III : 82 five 63 goal 57 home task 17
Step IV: 82 five 63 goal 57 home 17 task
And Step IV is the last output.
As per the rules followed in the above steps, find out in each of the following questions the
appropriate step for the given input.
12. Input : host 15 32 page 43 over mother 92
Which of the following steps will be the last but one ?
(A) IV (B) V (C) VI (D) VII
13. Step II of an input is : 67 cat 12 25 dog fight man 42.
Which of the following will be Step V ?
(A) 67 cat 42 dog 25 fight 12 man
(B) 67 cat 42 dog 25 12 fight man
(C) 67 cat 42 dog 12 25 fight man
(D) 67 cat 42 12 25 dog fight man
14. Input : world 23 new 47 major 13 62 desk
Which of the following will be Step V for the above input ?
(A) 62 desk 47 major world 23 new 13
(B) 62 desk 47 world 23 new major 13
(C) 62 desk 47 major 23 world new 13
(D) 62 desk 47 major 23 new world 13
15. Step III of an input is : 81 boat 73 wheel spike dancer 32 59
How many more steps are required to complete the rearrangement ?
(A) Two (B) Three (C) Four (D) Five
Directions : (16 to 20) Study the following information and answer the questions given below it :
The admission ticket for an exhibition bears a password which is changed after every clock hour
based on set of words chosen for each day. The following is an illustration of the code and steps of
rearrangement for subsequent clock hours. The time is 9 a.m. to 3 P.M.
Batch I (9 a.m. to 10 a.m.) : is not ready cloth simple harmony burning.
Batch II (10 a.m. to 11 a.m.) : ready not is cloth burning harmony simple
Batch III (11 a.m. to 12 noon) : cloth is not ready simple harmony burning
Batch IV (12 noon to 1 P.M.) : not is cloth ready burning harmony simple
Batch V (1 P.M. to 2 P.M.) : ready cloth is not simple harmony burning and so on.
16. If the password for Batch I was - ‘rate go long top we let have’, which batch will have the
password - ‘go rate top long have let we’ ?
17. Day’s first password - “camel road no toy say me not”. What will be the password for fourth
batch, i.e., 12 noon to 1 P.M. ?
(A) road camel toy no not me say (B) no road camel toy not me say
(C) toy no road camel not me say (D) toy camel road no say me not
18. If Batch II has the password - ‘came along net or else key lot’, what could be the password for
Batch IV i.e., 12 noon to 1 P.M. ?
(A) net or came along else key lot (B) came or net along lot key else
(C) or net along came lot key else (D) along net or came else key lot
19. If the password for 11 a.m. to 12 noon was -
‘soap shy miss pen yet the she’, what was the password for Batch I ?
(A) pen miss shy soap she the yet (B) shy miss pen soap yet the she
(C) soap pen miss shy she the yet (D) miss shy soap pen she the yet
MAT_CLASS-X_339
20. If the password for Batch VI, i.e., 2 P.M.. to 3 P.M. is - ‘are trap cut he but say lap’, what will be
the password for Batch II, i.e., 10 to 11 a.m. ?
(A) trap are he cut lap say but (B) he cut trap are lap say but
(C) cut he are trap but say lap (D) are he cut trap lap say but
Directions : (21 to 25) Study the following information and answer the questions given below :
Given an input, a coding machine generates pass codes for six batches everyday, as follows :
Input : see the little squirrels jumping here and there
Pass codes :
Batch I : jumping see here the and little there squirrels
Batch II : the and here little see there jumping squirrels
Batch III :see the there and jumping here squirrels little
Batch IV : and jumping there here the squirrels see little
and so on.
The first batch timing is 10:00 a.m. and each batch is one hour’s duration. There is rest period of
one hour after the work for the fourth batch is over.
21. If the pass code on a day for the second batch is ‘are of clouds transformed they bhakti the as’, what
will be the pass code for the batch at 3:00 P.M.. on that day ?
(A) clouds are bhakti as the they of transformed
(B) of the bhakti clouds are as they transformed
(C) the they clouds are as bhakti transformed of
(D) are of as the they bhakti transformed clouds
22. On a particular day, Mr. X was to begin the work in the batch at 11:00 a.m. with a pass code ‘he
slowly recedes to his inner apartment intellect’. However, he came late on that day and hence joined
the batch at 12 noon. What was his pass code then ?
(A) to intellect recedes apartment slowly inner he his
(B) his he inner slowly apartment recedes intellect to
(C) to his recedes inner slowly apartment he intellect
(D) None of these
23. If the pass code on a day for the batch at 3:00 P.M.. was ‘it is only the mind that creates problems’,
what was the pass code for the batch at 1:00 P.M. on that day ?
(A) mind it the problems creates only is that (B) is the that problems it only mind creates
(C) creates mind only it is the that problems (D) mind it that is the problems only creates
24. On a day, the pass code for the first batch was ‘nobody can help us in solving our problems’. Write
the input of the day in the reverse order of its words ?
(A) our in help nobody can us solving problems (B) can us solving problems nobody help in our
(C) our in help nobody problems solving us can (D) problems solving us can nobody help in our
25. The pass code for the batch immediately before the rest hour was ‘there is no permanent solution
for mental problems’. What was the input for the pass code on that day ?
(A) mental solution permanent for is problems there no
(B) mental solution problems is for permanent there no
(C) mental problems solution for is permanent there no.
(D) None of these
MAT_CLASS-X_340
An exhibition is open for public since 9 a.m. till 3 P.M. and again since 4 P.M. till 10 P.M. In a day,
there are 12 batches of 1 hour each. the entry ticket bears a pass code made up of seven words,
which changes every hour following a particular rule. The pass code 4 P.M. to 10 P.M. are same as
those for respective hours during 9 a.m. to 3 P.M., i.e., the pass code for 4 P.M. to 5 P.M. is same
as that of 9 a.m. to 10 a.m. and so on. Following is an illustration of the code and steps of
rearrangement for subsequent clock hours.
First batch : 9 a.m. to 10 a.m. (4 p.m. to 5 p.m.)
Pass code : dig more and you will find water
Second batch : 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. (5 p.m. to 6 p.m.)
Pass code : and dig find you water will more
Third batch : 11 a.m. to 12 noon (6 p.m. to 7 p.m.)
Pass code : find and will you more water dig and so on.
26. If the pass code for the second batch is ‘do not play the near water dirty’, what will be the pass code
for 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. batch ?
(A) near dirty not the play do water (B) dirty near play the not do water
(C) dirty near not the play do water (D) near dirty not the play water do
27. If the pass code for third batch is ‘at study sleep and night child good’, which batch will have the
pass code ‘child sleep night and study good at’ ?
(A) Second (B) Fourth (C) Fifth (D) Sixth
28. If the pass code for 7 p.m. to 8 p.m. batch is ‘pen with write pencil nice time day’, what will be the
pass code for 11 a.m. to 12 noon ?
(A) day with nice pencil write pen time (B) day nice with pencil write pen time
(C) nice day with pencil write pen time (D) None of these
29. If the pass code for 5 p.m. to 6 p.m. is ‘out in above over the field end’, what will be the pass code
for 1 p.m. to 2 p.m. ?
(A) the field end over out in above (B) field end the over out in above
(C) field the end over out above in (D) the field end over out above in
30. If the pass code for the batch 4 p.m. to 5 p.m. is ‘go to office in time every day’, what will be the pass
code for 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. batch ?
(A) to day go in every office time (B) day to go in every office time
(C) to go day in every office time (D) to go in day every office time
Directions (31 to 33) : Given an input, a machine generates pass codes for the six batches each day as
follows (NTSE Stage-II, 2015)
Input: these icons were taken out from the sea.
Pass Codes
Batch I : from sea the out taken were icons these
Batch II : from icons these were taken out the sea
Batch III : from icons out sea the taken were these
Batch IV : from icons out sea these were taken the
31. What will be the pass code for the Batch V on a day, if the input is “four of the following five form a
group” ?
(A) a five following form four group the of (B) a five following form group the of four
(C) a five following form four of the group (D) a five following form four group of the
MAT_CLASS-X_341
32. If the pass code for the Batch IV on a day was ‘back go here people who settle want to’, what was
the pass code for the Batch V on that day ?
(A) back go here people settle who want to (B) back go here people to want settle who
(C) back go here people settle to want who (D) cannot be determined
33. The pass code for the Batch I on a day was 'he so used to sell the surplus items’.What was the
input on that day ?
(A) items surplus the sell to used so he (B) he items surplus the sell to used so
(C) so used to sell the surplus items he (D) cannot be determined
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B D A D A D C C B D D A B C C
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. C A D B C D B B C D C C D A A
Que. 31 32 33
Ans. A C D
MAT_CLASS-X_342
Arithmetical Reasoning
ARITHMETICAL REASONING
Example. 1
Ten children take part in a tournament. Each one has to play every other one. How many games
must they play ?
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 30 (D) 45
Solution :
Clearly, we will consider the following matches :
(i) matches of first player with other 9 players ;
(ii) matches of second player with 8 players other than the first player ;
(iii) matches of third player with 7 players other than the first and second players.
And so on,
So, number of matches played during the tournament = 9 + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 45.
Hence, the answer is (D).
Example. 2
There are some benches in a classroom. If 4 students sit on each bench, then 3 benches are left
unoccupied. However, if 3 students sit on each bench, 3 students are left standing. How many
students are there in the class ?
(A) 36 (B) 48 (C) 56 (D) 64
Solution :
Let there be X students in the class.
X 
When 4 students sit on each bench, number of benches =  4  3  .
 
 X3
When 3 students sit on each bench, number of benches =  3  .
 
X   X3
  3 =    3 x + 36 = 4 x – 12
 4   3 
 x = 48.
Hence, number of students in the class = 48.
So, the answer is (B).
Example. 3
A, B, C and D play a game of cards. A says to B, “If I give you 8 cards, you will have as many as C
has and I shall have 3 less than what C has. Also, if I take 6 cards from C, I shall have twice as
many as D has”. If B and D together have 50 cards, how many cards has A got ?
(A) 40 (B) 37 (C) 27 (D) 23
Solution :
Clearly, we have :
B+8=C ...(i)
A – 8 = C – 3 ...(ii)
A + 6 = 2D ...(iii)
B + D = 50 ...(iv)
Putting C = A – 5 from (ii) into (i), we have :
B + 8 = A – 5 or A – B = 13 ...(v)
Putting D = 50 – B from (iv) into (iii), we have :
A + 6 = 100 – 2B or A + 2B = 94 ...(vi)
Solving (v) and (vi), we get : B = 27 and A = 40.
A has 40 cards. Hence, the answer is (A).
Example. 4
At a farm, there are hens, cows and bullocks, and the keepers to look after them. There are 69
heads less than legs; the number of cows is twice the number of bullocks; the number of cows and
hens is the same and there is one keeper per ten birds, hens and cattle. The total number of hens
plus cows and bullocks, and their keepers does not exceed 50. How many cows are there ?
(A) 16 (B) 14 (C) 12 (D) 10
MAT_CLASS-X_343
Solution :
Let H, C, B and K represent the number of hens, cows, bullocks and keepers respectively.
There, as given, we have :
H + C+ B+ K < 50 ...(i)
C = 2B ...(ii)
C=H ...(iii)
HCB
K ...(iv)
10
From (ii), (iii) and (iv), we have :
10K = H + C + B  10K = 2C + B = 2 2B + B
 10K = 5B B = 2K.
Thus, B = 2K, C = 2B = 4K, H = C = 4K.
Total number of heads = H + C + B + K.
Total number of legs = 2H + 4C + 4B + 2K.
(2H + 4C + 4B + 2K) – (H + C + B + K) = 69
 H + 3C + 3B + K = 69
 4K + 12K + 6K + K = 69
 23K = 69  K = 3.
Hence, number of cows = C = 4K
= (4 × 3) = 12.
So, the answer is (C).
Example. 5
Aruna cut a cake into two halves and cuts one half into smaller pieces of equal size. Each of the
small pieces is twenty grams in weight. If she has seven pieces of the cake in all with her, how
heavy was the original cake ?
(A) 120 grams (B) 140 grams (C) 240 grams (D) 280 grams
Solution :
The seven pieces consist of 6 smaller equal pieces and one half cake piece.
Weight of each small piece = 20 g.
So, total weight of the cake = [2 × (20 × 6)] g = 240 g.
Hence, the answer is (C).
Example. 6
Consider the diagram given below :
English Hindi
30 10 75
5
12 12
50
Mathematics
Five hundred candidate appeared in an examination comprising of tests in English, Hindi and
Mathematics. The diagram gives the number of candidate who failed in different tests. What is the
percentage of candidates who failed in at least two subjects ?
(A) 0.078 (B) 1.0 (C) 6.8 (C) 7.8
MAT_CLASS-X_344
Solution :
Clearly, number of candidates who failed in at least two subjects
= number of candidates who failed in two or more subjects.
= (10 + 12 + 12 + 5) = 39.
 39 
Required percentage =  500  100%  7.8%.
 
Example. 7
In a group of persons travelling in a bus, 6 persons can speak French, 15 can speak Spanish and 6
can speak English. In that group, none can speak any other language. If 2 persons in the group can
speak two language and one person can speak all the three language, then how many persons are
there in the group ?
(A) 21 (B) 22 (C) 23 (D) 24
Solution :
Let circles X, Y and Z represent persons who can speak French, Spanish and English respectively.
French-speaking persons –
=a+b+d+e=6 ...(i)
Spanish-speaking persons
= b + c + e + f = 15 ...(ii)
English-speaking persons
=d+e+f+g=6 ...(iii)
Persons speaking 2 languages
=b+d+f=2 ...(iv)
Persons speaking all 3 language
=e=1 ...(v)
From (i) and (v), we have :
a+b+d=5 ...(vi)
From (ii) and (v), we have :
b + c + f = 14 ...(vii)
From (iii) and (v), we have :
d+f+g=5 ...(viii)
Subtracting (iv) from (vi), we get :
a–f =3 ...(ix)
Adding (vii) and (viii), we get :
b + c + d + 2f +g = 19 ...(x)
Adding (ix) and (x), we get :
a + b + c + d + f + g = 22 or
a + b + c + d + e + f + g = 23 (e = 1)
Total number of persons in the group = 23.
Hence, the answer is (C).
MAT_CLASS-X_345
Example. 8
In a town, 65% people watched the news on television, 40% read a newspaper and 25% read a
newspaper and watched the news on television also. What percent of the people neither watched
the news on television nor read a newspaper ?
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 15 (D) 20
Solution :
Let the total number of people be 100.
Let circle X represent people who watched television and Y represent people who read newspaper.
Then, A + B = 65, B + C = 40, B = 25.

Solving, we get : A = 40, B = 25, C = 15.
Number of persons who neither watched television nor read newspaper
= 100 – (A + B + C)
= 100 – (40 + 25 + 15)
= 100 – 80 = 20.
So, required percentage = 20%.
Example. 9
A shepherd had 17 sheep. All but nine died. How many was he left with ?
(A) Nil (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 17
Solution :
‘All but nine died’ means ‘All except nine died’ i.e. 9 sheep remained alive.
Hence, the answer is (C).
1. 90 gifts were distributed in a party. Everyone presented a gift to another. How many persons were
there in the party ?
(A) 9 (B) 10 (C) 81 (D) 89
2. At the end of a business conference the ten people present all shake hands with each other once.
How many handshakes will there be altogether ?
(A) 10 (B) 45 (C) 55 (D) 90
3. What is the product of all the numbers in the dial of a telephone ?
(A) 1,58,480 (B) 1,59,450 (C) 1,59,480 (D) None of these
4. A bird shooter was asked how many birds he had in the bag. He replied that there were all sparrows
but six, all pigeons but six and all ducks but six. How many birds he had in the bag in all ?
(A) 9 (B) 18 (C) 27 (D) 36
5. A group of 1200 persons consisting of captains and soldiers is travelling in a train. For every 15
soldiers there is one captain. The number of captains in the group is –
(A) 85 (B) 80 (C) 75 (D) 70
6. A man wears socks of two colours – black and brown. He has altogether 20 blacks socks and 20
brown socks in a drawer. Supposing he has to take out the socks in the dark, how many must he
take out to be sure that he has a matching pair ?
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 20 (D) 21
MAT_CLASS-X_346
7. The total number of digits used in numbering the pages of a book having 366 pages is –
(A) 732 (B) 990 (C) 1098 (D) 1305
8. A printer numbers the pages of a book starting with 1 and uses 3189 digits in all. How many pages
does the book have ?
(A) 1000 (B) 1074 (C) 1075 (D) 1080
9. A motorist knows four different routes from Kota to Jaipur. From Jaipur to Delhi he knows three
different routes and Delhi to Ranchi he knows two different routes. How many routes does he know
from Kota to Ranchi ?
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 12 (D) 24
10. The number of eggs in a basket doubles every minute. The basket is full of eggs in one hour. When
was the basket one-fourth full ? Give your answer in minutes counting from start.
(A) 59 (B) 58 (C) 30 (D) 15
11. An enterprising businessman earns an income of Rs. 1 on the first day of his business. On every
subsequent day, he earns an income which is just double of that made on the previous day. On the
10th day of business, his income is –
(A) Rs. 29 (B) Rs. 210 (C) Rs. 10 (D) Rs. 102
12. A tailor had a number of shirt pieces to cut from a roll of fabric. He cut each roll of equal length into
10 pieces. He cut at the rate of 45 cuts a minute. How many rolls would be cut in 24 minutes ?
(A) 32 rolls (B) 54 rolls (C) 108 rolls (D) 120 rolls
13. A girl counted in the following way on the fingers of her left hand : She started by calling the thumb
1, the index finger 2, middle finger 3, ring finger 4, little finger 5 and then reversed direction calling
the ring finger 6, middle finger 7 and so on. She counted up to 1994. She ended counting on which
finger ?
(A) Thumb (B) Index finger (C) Middle finger (D) Ring finger
14. A monkey climbs 30 feets at the beginning of each hour and rests for while when he slips back 20
feet before he again starts climbing in the beginning of the next hour. If he begins his ascent at 8:00
a.m., at what time will he first touch a flag at 120 feet from the ground ?
(A) 4 P.M.. (B) 5 P.M.. (C) 6 P.M.. (D) None of these
15. If a clock takes seven second to strike seven, how long will it take to strike ten ?
(A) 7 seconds (B) 9 seconds (C) 10 seconds (D) None of these
16. If 100 cats kill 100 mice in 100 days, then 4 cats would kill 4 mice in how many days ?
(A) 1 day (B) 4 days (C) 40 days (D) 100 days
17. On Children’s Day, sweets were to be equally distributed among 175 children in a school. Actually
on the Children’s Day, 35 children were absent and therefore each child got 4 sweets extra. Total
how many sweets were available for distribution ?
(A) 2400 (B) 2480 (C) 2680 (D) 2800
18. Mr. X, a mathematician, defines a number as ‘connected with 6’ if it divisible by 6 or if the sum of its
digits is 6, or if 6 is one of the digits of the number. Other numbers are all ‘not connected with 6’. As
per this definition, the number of integers from 1 to 60 (both inclusive) which are not connected with
6 is –
(A) 18 (B) 22 (C) 42 (D) 43
MAT_CLASS-X_347
19. An egg vendor calls on his first customer and sells half his eggs and half an egg. To the second
customer, he sells half of what he has left with and half an egg, and to the third customer, he sells
half of what he was then left with and half an egg. However, he did not break any egg. If in the end,
the vendor was left with three eggs did he have initially ?
20. At a dinner party every two guests used a bowl of rice between them, every three guests used a
bowl of dal between them and every four used a bowl of meat between them. There were altogether
65 dishes. How many guests were present at the party ?
(A) 60 (B) 65 (C) 90 (D) 100
21. There are 50 students admitted to a nursery class. Some students can speak only English and some
can speak only Hindi. Ten students can speak both English and Hindi. If the number of students who
can speak English is 21, then how many students can speak Hindi, how many can speak only Hindi
and how many can speak only English ?
(A) 39, 29 and 11 respectively (B) 37, 27 and 11 respectively
(C) 28, 18 and 11 respectively (D) 21, 11 and 29 respectively
22. In a group of 15 people, 7 read French, 8 read English while 3 of them read none of these two. How
many of them read French and English both ?
(A) 0 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
23. Consider the Venn diagram given below :
The number in the Venn diagram indicates the number of persons reading the newspaper. The
diagram is drawn after surveying 50 persons. In a population of 10,000, how many can be expected
to read at least two newspapers ?
(A) 5000 (B) 5400 (C) 6000 (D) 6250
24. Out of a total of 120 musicians in a club, 5% can play all the three instruments – guitar, violin and
flute. It so happens that the number of musicians who can play any two and only two of the above
instruments is 30. The number of musicians who can play the guitar alone is 40. What is the total
number of those who can play violin alone or flute alone ?
(A) 30 (B) 38 (C) 44 (D) 45
Directions : (25 to 27) The diagram given below shows the number of students who got distinction in three
subjects out of 500 students. Study the diagram carefully and answer the questions that follow :
25. What is the percentage of students who got distinction in two subjects ?
(A) 8% (B) 9% (C) 10% (D) 12%
MAT_CLASS-X_348
26. What is the percentage of students who got distinction ?

(A) 28% (B) 35% (C) 38% (D) 40%
27. The percentage of students who got distinction marks in Mathematics is

(A) 17.8% (B) 18.6% (C) 19.2% (D) 20.6%
Directions : (28 to 30) Study the following information given below and answer the questions that follow :
A publishing firm publishes newspapers A, B and C. In an effort to persuade advertisers to insert
advertisements in these newspapers, the firm sends out the following statement to possible
advertisers :
A survey of representative sample of the whole population shows that –
Newspaper A is read by 26%
Newspaper B is read by 25%
Newspaper C is read by 14%
Newspaper A and B is read by 11%
Newspaper B and C is read by 10%
Newspaper C and A is read by 9%
Newspaper C only is read by 0%.
28. The percentage of readers who read all the three newspapers is –
(A) 1 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
29. The percentage of readers who read A and B but not C, is –

(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
30. The percentage of readers who read at least one of the three newspapers is –
(A) 40 (B) 50 (C) 60 (D) 65
31. Two candles are of different lengths and thicknesses. The short and the long ones can burn
respectively for 5 hour and 3.5 hour. After burning for 2 hour, the lengths of the candles become
equal in length. What fraction of the long candle’s height was the short candle initially ?
(NTSE Stage II / 2014)
2 5 3 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 5 5
32. Mother was asked how many gifts she had in the bag. She replied that there were all dolls but six,
all cars but six, and all books but six. How many gifts had she in all ? (NTSE Stage II / 2014)
(A) 9 (B) 18 (C) 27 (D) 36
33. In a school 120 boys have registered for a singles carrom tournament. Each match eliminates one
player. How many matches are to be organized to determine the champion?
(A) 60 (B) 61 (C) 119 (D) 120
34. Twenty four teams are divided into 4 group of six teams each. Within each group the teams play
each other exactly once. The winners of each group then play in the semifinals. Winners of the
semifinals play in the finals and losers for the 3rd place. How many matches are played?
(A) 60 (B) 63 (C) 64 (D) 66
35. A work can be completed by 40 workers in 40 days. If 5 workers leave every 10 days, in how many
days work will be completed ? (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
(A) 55.66 (B) 56.44 (C) 56.66 (D) 58.66
MAT_CLASS-X_349
36. A boat starts with the speed of 1km per hour. After every 1km. the speed of boat becomes twice.
How much will be the average speed of the boat at the end of journey of 2.5 km ?
2.5 2. 5 2. 5 2.5
(A) 1.5125 (B) 1.75 (C) 1.625 (D) 1.50
37. The sum of the incomes of A and B is more than that of C and D taken together. The sum of
incomes of A and C is the same as that of B and D taken together. Moreover, A earns half as much
as the sum of the incomes of B and D. Whose income is highest ? (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
(A) A (B) B (C) C (D) D
38. A tank is filled by three pipes with each pipe having uniform flow. The first two pipes operating
simultaneously fill the tank in the same time during in which the tank is filled by the third pipe alone.
The second pipe fills the tank 5 hours faster than the first pipe and 4 hours slower than the third
pipe. The time required by the first pipe ot fill the tank is : (NTSE Stage II / 2015)
(A) 6 hours (B) 10 hours (C) 15 hours (D) 30 hours
39. Read the information carefully and answer then following question :
A family has husband, wife fand three children A, B and C. The present age of husband is 5 years
more then the wife's present age. Wife's present age is twice the present age of A. The present age
of A is 12 years more than the present age of B. B's present age is 1 time the present age of C. If C
is 12 yeras old at present, what is the present age of husband's friend Ram who is 15 years younger
than husband (him)? (NTSE Stage II / 2016)
40. In a showroom, 60 percent discount is given to everybody on all the articles. The succesive discount
of 40 percent is offered to female students. If printed price of an article of Rs. 1000 /- is bought by a
female student, how much she will have to pay for that article ? (NTSE Stage II / 2016)
(A) Inconclusive (B) Zero (C) Rs. 160 (D) Rs.240
41. Reena, Rita and Zoha are three friends. Reena is the eldest followed by Rita and Zoha. Reena is 2
years elder to Rita and 5 years elder to Zoha. The sum of the present age of Reena and Zoha is 3
times the age of Rita 5 years ago. What is the current age of Rita ? (NTSE Stage II / 2016)
42. A person needs to find the fastest two horses from 16 horses. Only a race of 4 horses can be
conducted at a time. What is the minimum number of races to be conducted to determine the fastest
two ?
Assume that horses will not get tired at all, and time cannot be measured. (NTSE Stage II / 2016)
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 8 (D) 15
43. A work is expected to be completed by 20 workers in 25 days. The work is started by 10 workers.
Then, after every 5 days, 5 more workers join the work. In how many days the work will be
completed ? (NTSE Stage II / 2016)
(A) 20 (B) 25 (C) 30 (D) 35
MAT_CLASS-X_350
Direction (44 to 45) : Study the following diagram
A B
x
15 y
5
10 11
25
A : Representing people who read newspaper A

B : Representing people who read newspaper B
C : Representing people who read newspaper C
Based on the above information answer the question 44-45 (NTSE Stage II / 2018)
44. If the number of people in B is 10 more than A, What is the total number of people in only B (i.e. in B
but not in A or C) ?
(A) 14 (B) 24 (C) 30 (D) 36
45. If sum of the number of people in only B and the number of people common in both A and B is 63
and the number of people in B is twice the number of people in A, then the values of x and y are
respectively.
(A) 15,4 (B) 48,5 (C) 51,7 (D) 51,8
46. The square boxes in the figures below are to be painted with different colors such that no two
adjacent boxes (even diagonally) have same colour. How many minimum colors do you need in
each case? (NTSE Stage II / 2018)
(A) (3, 4) (B) (4, 4) (C) (4, 5) (D) (3, 5)

47. In a farmhouse there are 50 hens, 45 goats and 8 camels which are maintained by few supervisor. If
the total number of feet be 224 more than the number of heads in the farmhouse then the total
number of supervisors is (NTSE Stage II / 2018)
(A) 5 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 15
48. A person travels from Mumbai to Ahmedabad by car in 5 hours. The speed of the car during first
hour of journey was 60 km/hr. For the next two hours speed was 80 km/hr. Next hour it was 100
km/hr. Finally, during the last hour of his journey he drove at 40 km/hr. What is the average speed
during his journey ? (NTSE Stage II / 2018)
(A) 56 km/hr. (B) 67.4 km/hr. (C) 70 km/hr. (D) 72 km/hr.
49. x is an integer such that it leaves a remainder of 2 when divided by 3, leaves a remainder of 3 when
divided by 5, and leaves a remainder of 5 when divided by 7. What could be a possible value of x
from among the following options ? (NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
(A) 53 (B) 68 (C) 74 (D) 83
50. In how many ways can you distribute 10 identical balls, into two non-identical boxes so that none are
empty ? (NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
(A) 2 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
MAT_CLASS-X_351
51. One line forms two regions in a plane. Similarly, two lines in a plane can form a maximum of four
regions. These are shown in the figures below : (NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
Region Region
What is the maximum number of regions that can be formed by 4 lines in a plane ? lines need not be
concurrent.
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 10 (D) 11
52. The following facts are known about an unknown number X : (NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
I : The sum of digits of X is 15.
II : The unit’s digit of X is 6 .
Then which of the following statement is certainly true about X ?
(A) X is divisible by 3 but not by 6 (B) X is divisible by 6 but not by 9
(C) X is not divisible by 6 but divisible by 9 (D) X is divisible by both 6 and 9
Direction (53 to 54) There are 150 students in a class. 20 students play both hockey and kabaddi. The
same numbers of students play only football. 35 students play both hockey and football but not
kabaddi. 25 play both football and kabaddi but not hockey. The number of students who play only
hockey is the same as the number of students who do not play any of the three mentioned games
and the number of students who play only hockey is half of the number of students who play only
football. (NTSE_Stage-II/2017)
53. How many students play only kabaddi ?
(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 40
54. How many students play only hockey ?
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25
55. A bucket contains milk mixed with water, of which 3 parts are water and 5 parts are milk. A part of
the mixture is removed from the bucket and is replaced by water. What portion of the mixture should
have been removed so that the new mixture contains milk and water in equal proportion ?
(NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
(A) 1 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 1
3 4 5 6
56. The square of the length of a rod AB is 72 cm2. If we place the rod in the corner of a room, so that
the end A is always on the edge between the two walls of the corner and the end B is always on the
floor, what is the maximum possible area of the triangle formed by the rod, the edge between the
walls and the floor ? (NTSE_Stage-II / 2017)
2 2 2
(A) 6cm (B) 12cm (C) 18cm (D) 24cm2
57. A newspaper has 6 sheets consisting of 24 page in total. If page number 17 of that newspaper is
missing then find the set of missing pages in that newspaper, from the alternatives given below :
(A) 6,7,16,17 (B) 7,8,17,18 (C) 8,9,17,18 (D) 9,10,16,17
58. A comparison of ages of A, B, C, D and E are as follows. (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
I. B’s age is half the age of A.
II. B’s age is 1½ times the age of C .
III. D’s age is 12 years less then C.
IV. D’s age is 1½ times the age of E.
V. The age of E is 12 years.
With the given data what will be the difference in the ages of A and C ?
(A) 64 (B) 60 (C) 40 (D) 36
MAT_CLASS-X_352
59. In a family of four members there is father, mother, son and daughter. When sorted according to
decreasing order of their ages, the order is father, mother, son and daughter. The difference
between the age of father and mother is 5 years. The difference between total age of male members
and female members is 15 years. Also the total age of children is 20 years, then the age of the son
is _________ (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
60. In a class 20% of students are below 14 years of age. Out of the remaining students 10% are of the
age 14-15 years and ratio of students who are between 15-16 years of age to student above 16
years of age is 3 : 2. If the number of students who are above 16 years is 72, what is the total
number of students in the class? (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
(A) 200 (B) 250 (C) 300 (D) 400
61. Study the given figure and answer the following question. (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
Let x denote sum of numbers present in at least 2 circles and y denote sum of numbers present in
exactly 3 circles. Then x – y = ______ .
(A) 11 (B) 25 (C) 36 (D) 61
62. Observe the given figure below (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
Based on the figure how many maximum numbers of triangles can be formed with the seven points
A, B, C, D, E, F and G ?
(A) 21 (B) 24 (C) 33 (D) 36
63. What is the minimum number of un-shaded boxes to be crossed for covering the shortest path from
‘A’ to ‘B’ (both exclusive) without retracting the path and without diagonal movements ?
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 10 (D) 11
Directions : (64 to 65) In a town of 1000 people, 570 read Hindi newspaper, 424 read English newspaper
and 254 read Punjabi newspaper. 40 read only Hindi and Punjabi newspaper; 58 read only Hindi
and English newspaper; and 70 read only Punjabi and English newspaper. 100 read no newspaper.
64. How many people read only one newspaper? (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
(A) 570 (B) 642 (C) 914 (D) 968
MAT_CLASS-X_353
65. How many people read all the three newspapers ?
(A) 40 (B) 58 (C) 70 (D) 90
66. The given pie-diagram shows the streams opted by students at senior-secondary level.
If sum of the angles for the students who opted different streams is 144° then the steams are
_____________. (NTSE_Stage-II 2019)
(A) Arts, Applied Sciences
(B) Basic Sciences, Computer Science
(C) Basic Science, Commerce and Management
(D) Applied Sciences, Computer Science, Commerce and Management
x
67. If 2x + y = 35 and 3x + 4y = 65, then = (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
y
(A) 30 (B) 2 (C) 5 (D) 3
68. If 4P = (47)2 – (43)2, then P = ? (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)

69. Value of
3.5723  2.428 3 is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
3.5722 – 3.572  2.428  2.4282
(A) 17.12 (B) 7 (C) 6 (D) None of these
70. The surface area of a cube is 150 sq. cm. What is the length of its diagonal (in cm) ?
(NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
5 5 3
(A) (B) (C) 5 2 (D) 5 3
2 2
71. The average of three numbers is 20. If two of the numbers are 16 and 22, then the third is
(A) 18 (B) 20 (C) 19 (D) 22
72. Of which number is 10608049 a square? (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 4135 (B) 3009 (C) 13263 (D) 3257.
73. The average of first five multiples of 3 is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 3 (B) 9 (C) 12 (D) 15
1
74. If 81y = , then the value of x in terms of y is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
27 x
3y 3y 4y 4y
(A) (B) – (C) (D) –
4 4 3 3
10a 2  ab 10
75. If 2
 , then a : b is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
3ab – b 1
(A) 2 : 3 (B) 2 : 5 (C) 3 : 4 (D) 3 : 7
MAT_CLASS-X_354
76. If 5  3 x =3, then the value of x is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 125 (B) 64 (C) 27 (D) 9
77. The least Common Multiple (LCM) of the two numbers is 12 times their Highest Common Factor
(HCF). The sum of HCF and LCM is 403. If one number is 93, then the other is
78. If one integer is greater than another integer by 3 and the difference of their cubes is 117, then what
would be the sum of those two integers? (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 11
79. How many four digit numbers can be formed using 7, 5, 0, 2 only once in a number ?
(A) 4 (B) 12 (C) 9 (D) 18
80. The greatest four digit even number that can be formed using the digits 7 , 0 , 6 , 5 without repeating
the digits is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 6570 (B) 7560 (C) 7650 (D) 7065
81. A person covers half of his journey at 30 km/hr and the remaining half at 20 km/hr. The average
speed for the whole journey is
(A) 24 km/hr (B) 28 km/hr (C) 32 km/hr (D) None of these
82. The sum of three numbers is 98. If the ratio between first and second be 2 : 3 and that between
second and third be 5 : 8, then the second number is (NTSE Stage I/Raj,/ 2020)
(A) 30 (B) 20 (C) 58 (D) 48
Direction : (83 to 87) Question are based on following statement. Read the statement carefully and find out
correct alternative given for the question and write correct alternative number on your answer sheet
against the corresponding question Sam’s age is one fourth of Ali’s age. Sam is eleven years elder
to Rahul but Deepak is five years younger to Rahul then- (NTSE Stage I/UP/ 2019)
83. Who is eldest

(A) Ali (B) Sam (C) Deepak (D) Rahul
84. Who is youngest

(A) Ali (B) Sam (C) Deepak (D) Rahul
85. If Deepak’s age is nine years, what is teh age of Ali?

(A) 85 yrs (B) 90 yrs (C) 97 yrs (D) 100 yrs
86. What is the difference between the age of Sam and Deepak?
(A) 16 yrs (B) 9 yrs (C) 11 yrs (D) 5 yrs
87. If Deepak’s age is eight years, how many years is Ali elder to Deepak?
(A) 92 yrs (B) 88 yrs (C) 80 yrs (A) 78 yrs
88. A, B, C and D are four relatives. A is thrice as old as B. Age of C is half the age of D and age of B is
more than C. Which of the following statement can be assumed true ? (NTSE Stage I/BIHAR/ 2019)
(A) B is older than D (B) A is older than D
(C) May be A is younger than D (D) None of these
Direction : (89 to 90) Ten years ago the ratio of ages of Sunil and Anil was 1:7. Ten years hence the ratio of
their ages will be 1:2. Then (NTSE Stage I/Maharashtra/ 2019)
89. Find Sunil’s present age.

90. What was Anil's age ten years before ?

MAT_CLASS-X_355
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. B B D A C B B B D B A D B C D
Que. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Ans. D D D B A A B B C A C A C D A
Que. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Ans. B A C C C B B C B D B A B B C
Que. 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Ans. B D D B C D B C A C C B B B B
Que. 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C C B B D D D B C D D D B D B
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Ans. B C A D C A A A C D A B B A B
MAT_CLASS-X_356
Data Sufficiency
DATA SUFFICIENCY
A. DATA SUFFICIENCY
Directions (1 to 8) : Each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements numbered I
and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient
to answer the question.
Read both the statements and give answer
(A) if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement
II alone are not sufficient to answer the question;
(B) if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement
I alone are not sufficient to answer the question;
(C) if the data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the
question; and
(D) if the data given in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.
Example. 1
Rajan and Madan start from a common point and walk straight in the opposite directions. What will
be the distance between them at the expiry of three hours?
I. Rajan and Madan walk at the speeds of 4km/hr and 6 km/hr respectively.
II. Madan walks one and a half times faster than Rajan.
Solution :
(A) : From I, we find that :
distance between Rajan and Madan in 3 hours = [(4+6) × 3] km = 30 km.
3 
From II, we conclude that if Rajan’s speed is x km/hr, then madan’s speed =  x  km/hr. But, the
2 
actual speed of none of them cannot be ascertained.
Example. 2
It is 8.00 p.m., when can Hemant get next bus for Ramnagar from Dhanpur?
I. Buses for Ramnagar leave after every 30 minutes, till 10 p.m.
II. Fifteen minutes ago, one bus has left for Ramnagar.
Solution :
(D) : II reveals that the previous bus had left at 7.45 p.m. As given in I, the next bus would leave
after 30 minutes i.e. at 8.15 p.m.
Example. 3
What will be the total weight of 10 poles, each of the same weight ?
I. One -forth of the weight of each pole is 5 kg.
II. The total weight of three poles is 20 kilograms more than the total weight of two poles.
Solution :
(C) : From I, we conclude that weight of each pole = (4 × 5) kg = 20 kg.
So, total weight of 10 poles = (20 × 10) kg = 200 kg.
Example. 4
Vinod’s and Javed’s salaries are in the proportion of 4 : 3 respectively. What is Vinod’s salary ?
I. Javed’s salary is 75% that of Vinod’s salary.
II. Javed’s salary is Rs. 4500.
Solution :
(B) : Statement I is merely an interpretation of the information contained in the question.
However, Vinod’s salary can be ascertained from II as follows:
Let Vinod’s and Javed’s salaries be 4x and 3x respectively.
Then , 3x =4500 or xc =1500.
Vinod’s salary = 4x = Rs. 6000.
MAT_CLASS-X_357
Data Sufficiency
Example. 5
How many New Year’s greeting cards were sold this year in your shop ?
I. Last year 2935 cards were sold.
II. The number of cards sold this year was 1.2 times that of last year.
Solution :
(D) : From both I and II, we find that the number of cards sold this year = (2935 × 1.2)= 3522.
Example. 6
How many speeches were delivered in the two days’ programme ?
I. 18 speakers were invited to give at least one speech, out of which one-sixth of the speakers could
not come.
II. One -third of the speakers gave two speeches each.
Solution :
1
(D) : From I, we find that number of speakers who attended programme = 18 – of 18 = 15.
6
From II, we find that one -third of 15 i.e. 5 speakers gave 2 speeches each, while each of the
remaining 10 speakers delivered only one speech.
So, total number of speeches delivered = (5 × 2+10 × 1) = 20.
Example. 7
What is the monthly salary of Prashant ?
I. Prashant gets 15% more than Sumit while sumit gets 10% less than Lokesh.
II. Lokesh’s monthly salary is Rs 2500.
Solution :
(D) : From both I and II, we find that :
Prashant’s salary = 115% of (90% of Rs 2500) = Rs 2587. 50.
Example. 8
How many pages of book X did Robert read on Sunday ?
I. The book has 300 pages out of which two-thirds were read by him before Sunday.
II. Robert read the last 40 pages of the book on the morning of Monday.
Solution :
(D) : From I and II, we find that Robert read  300 2  i.e. 200 pages before Sunday and the last 40
 3
pages on Monday. This means that he read [300 – (200 + 40)] i.e. 60 pages on Sunday.
Directions (1 to 10) : Each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements numbered I
and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient
to answer the question.
Read both the statements and give answer
(A) if the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement
II alone are not sufficient to answer the question;
(B) if the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement
I alone are not sufficient to answer the question;
(C) if the data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the
question; and
(D) if the data given in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.
(E) if the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.
1. In what proportion would Raj, Karan and Altaf distribute profit among them ?
I. Raj gets two-fifth of the profit.
II. Raj and Altaf have made 60% of the total investment
2. On which day in April is Gautam’s birthday?
I. Gautam was born exactly 28 years after his mother was born.
II. His mother will be 55 years 4 months and 5 days on August 18 this year.
MAT_CLASS-X_358
Data Sufficiency
3. Total money with Naresh and Ajay is 28 percent of that with Usman. How much money is Ajay
having?
I. Usman has got Rs 75000.
II. The ratio of money of Naresh to money held by Ajay is 1 : 3.
4. Can Ritesh retire from office X in January 2006 , with full pension benefits?
I. Ritesh will complete 30 years of service in office X in April 2000 and desires to retire.
II. As per office X rules, an employee has to complete minimum 30 years of service and attain age of
60. Ritesh has 3 years to complete age of 60.
5. When is Manohar’s birthday this year?

I. It is between January 13 and 15, January 13 being Wednesday.
II. It is not on Friday.
6. What is the value of 144 $ 16 7 # 9?

I. $ means ÷, means × and # means +.
II. 16 $ 4 2 # 2 = 10.
7. How many visitors saw the exhibition yesterday?

I. Each entry pass holder can take up to three persons with him/her.
II. In all, 243 passes were sold yesterday.
8. How many doctors are practising in this town?
I. There is one doctor per seven hundred residents.
II. There are 16 wards with each ward having as many doctors as the number of wards.
9. The area of a playground is 1600 square metres. What is its perimeter ?

I. It is a perfect square playground.
II. It costs Rs. 3200 to put a fence around the playground at the rate of Rs. 20 per metre.
10. Rajeev’s monthly salary is Rs. 4000. What is Atul’s monthly salary?
I. Atul gets Rs 500 more than the average salary of his and Rajeev’s.
II. Average of Rajeev’s and Atul’s salary is Rs. 4500.
Directions : (11 to 15) In each of the following a question is followed by three statements marked I, II and
III. Decide which of the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Choose your answer from
the given alternatives. (NTSE Stage-II, 2009)
11. How much does A have ?
Statements :
I. B has half of what A and C together have,.
II. A has half of what C has.
III. A, B and C together have Rs. 360.
(A) Only II and III are sufficient (B) All of I, II and III are required
(C) Only I and II are sufficient (D) Only I and III are sufficient
12. How long would A take to complete the work ?
Statements :
I. B is half as efficient as A.
II. B and C together complete the work in 8 days
III. A and B together complete the work in 4 days
(A) Only III is sufficient (B) I and II are sufficient
(C) All of I, II and III are necessary (D) Only I and III are sufficient
13. What is the present age of the son ?
Statements :
I. Five years ago, father was twice as old as the son.
II. Now father is 18 years older than the son.
III. The age of father and mother taken together is 30 years more than the son.
(A) Only I and III are sufficient (B) Only II and III are sufficient
(C) Only I and II are sufficient (D) All of I , II and III are not sufficient
MAT_CLASS-X_359
Data Sufficiency
14. How much do 2 apples and 3 oranges cost ?
Statements :
I. 3 apples and 5 oranges cost Rs. 25.
II. 5 apples and 7 oranges cost Rs. 39
III. 1 apple , 1 orange and 1 guava cost Rs. 8
(A) Only I and II are sufficient (B) Only I and III are sufficient
(C) Only II and III are sufficient (D) All of I, II and III are necessary
15. What is the distance between A and D ?
Statements :
I. B is 8 km East of A and 5 km North of C.
II. D is located 5 kms South of E.
III. E is located 4 km East of B and 5 km North of D
(A) Only I and II are sufficient (B) Only I and III are sufficient
(C) Only II and III are sufficient (D) All of I, II and III are required
16. What is Mohan's age ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)

Statements :
I. In 15 years Mohan will be twice as old as Ram would be.
II. Ram was born 5 years ago.
(A) Only I is sufficient. (B) Only II is sufficient.
(C) Both I and II are required. (D) Both I and II are not sufficient.
17. Who is a better singer D or F ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2010)
Statements :
I. F sings better than both G and S.
II. Neither S nor F sing so well as D.
(A) Only I is sufficient. (B) Only II is sufficient.
(C) Both I and II are required. (D) Both I and II are not sufficient.
18. Vinod and Pramod are standing together on a sunny day. Vinod’s shadow is 10 feet long and
Pramod’s shadow is 9 feet long. How tall is Pramod ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
Statement :
I Vinod is 6 feet tall
II. Vinod is standing 2 feet away from Pramod.
(A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the problem.
(B) Statement II alone is sufficient to answer the problem.
(C) Statement I and II both are needed.
(D) Statement I and II both are not sufficient.
19. Rohit took a test had 60 questions numbered from 1 to 60 . How many questions did he answer
correctly in the second half of the test?
Statement : (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
I. The number of questions he answered correctly in the second half of test was 7 less than the
number he answered correctly in the first half of the test.
II. He answered 5/6 of the odd numbered questions correctly and 4/5 of the even numbered
correctly.
(A) Statement I alone is sufficient answer the problem
(C) Statements I and II both are needed.
(D) Statements I and II both are not sufficient.
20. Train A leaves town X for town Y and travels at a constant speed. At the same time train B leaves
town Y for town X and also travels at a constant speed. Town Z is between X and Y. Towns X, Z
and Y lie on a straight line. Which train has greater speed ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
Statements :
I. Train B arrives at town Z before train A.
II. Town Z is closer to X than Y
(A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the problem.
(C) Statement I and II both are needed.
(D) Statement I and II both are not sufficient
MAT_CLASS-X_360
Data Sufficiency
21. Who is the father of M ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2011)
Statements :
I. P and Q are brothers.
II. Q’s wife is the sister of M’s wife
(A) Statement I alone is sufficient to answer the problem
(B) Statement II alone is sufficient to answer the problem
(C) Statements I and II both both are needed.
(D) Statements I and II both are not sufficient
22. Question given below has a problem and two statements I & II. Decide if the information given in the
statement is sufficient for answering the problem. (NTSE Stage-II, 2013)
K, R, S and T are four players in Indian Cricket team. Who is the oldest among them ?
I : The total age of K & T together is more than that of S
II : The total age of R & K together is less than that of S
(A) Data in statement I alone is sufficient
(B) Data in statement II alone is sufficient
(C) Data in both statement together is sufficient
(D) Data in both statement together is not sufficient
23. Given below is a question and two statements I and II. You have to decide whether the data
provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read both statements carefully and
give the answer.
Question : A, B, C, D and E are sitting in a row, not in that order. A is sitting next to E. Is E sitting
between A and C ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2016)
Statements :
I. B and D are siting at the two ends of the row.
II. C is not sitting next to A
(A) I alone is sufficient (B) II alone is sufficient
(C) Both I and II together are sufficient (D) Both I and Ii together are not sufficient
Directions (24- 25) Each contains a questions of two statements I and II, giving certain data. Select the
correct answer from (1) to (4) depending on the sufficiency to data given in the statements to answer
each questions. (NTSE Stage-II, 2018)
1. If I alone is sufficient and II alone is not sufficient to answer the question.
2. If II alone is sufficient and I alone is not sufficient to answer the questions.
3. If both I and II together are sufficient but neither statement alone is sufficient to answer the
questions.
4. If both I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question and additional data specific to the
questions are needed.
24. A, B and C have money with them in the ratio 5 : 3 : 1. How much money does B have?
I. A has Rs. 60 more than C
II. The money with B is 40% less than the money with A
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
25. What is the cost of each pen?
I. The cost of 6 pens and 5 pencils is Rs.30.
II. If the cost of each pen and each pencil is reduced by 40%, then the cost of 12 pens and 10
pencils will be Rs.36.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
26. The average age of A,B and C is 43 years. Which of the following statements are required to find the
eldest among them ? (NTSE Stage-II, 2017)
Statement
I. Age of C is 65 years.
II. Age of A is 25 years.
(A) I is sufficient (B) Both I and II are required
(C) I and II together are not sufficient (D) II is sufficient
MAT_CLASS-X_361
Data Sufficiency
27. A comparison of marks scored by Gauri, Aaban, Seerat and Alvina in an examination is as follows.
I. Gauri has scored 15 marks less than Aaban
II. Gauri has scored 20 marks more than Seerat
III. Alvina has scored 10 marks less than Seerat
To decide who has scored the highest marks, identify the statement from those given in the
alternatives is respect of sufficiency of data. (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)
(A) Data given in I and II are sufficient (B) Data given in I and III are sufficient
(C) Data given in II and III are sufficient (D) Data given in I, II and III are sufficient
28. Given x is real and that (NTSE Stage-II, 2019)

(A) x2 = 49, (B) x3 = 343
Examine the given alternatives in respect of arriving at the Conclusion; x = 7 and find which is valid
I. Only A is sufficient to answer the question
II. Only B is sufficient to answer the question
III. Either A or B alone is sufficient to answer the question
IV. Both A and B together are sufficient to answer the equation
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
EXERCISE # 1
Ques. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Ans. D D D D A C E B C C B D C A B
Ques. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Ans. C B A C C D D C A D A D D
MAT_CLASS-X_362
Data Redundancy
DATA REDUNDANCY
A. DATA REDUNDANCY
This section consists of problems in which a questions from topics such as Coding-Decoding, Blood
Relations, Puzzle Test, Direction Sense Test, Ranking and Time Sequence Test, Arithmetical
Reasoning etc. are given, each question is followed by certain statements containing facts and clues
to solve the question. The candidate is required to find out which of the given statement/s is/are not
required to answer the question and hence can be dispensed with.
Directions : (1 to 5) Each of the following questions consists of information in three statements. Study the
question and the statements and decide which of the statement/s is/are not required to answer the
question and hence can be dispensed with.
Example. 1
How many boys are there in the class ?
I. The total number of students in the class is 200.
II. The ratio of boys to girls in the class is 2 : 3.
III. The difference in the number of boys and girls is 40.
(A) Only II
(B) Only III
(C) Either (A) or (B)
(D) Anyone of the three statements can be dispensed with
Solution :
(D) The question can be answered using any set of two statements. Hence, any one of the three
statements can be dispensed with.
Example. 2
In the adjoining figure find ABC.
I. ACD = 120° II. BAC =40° III. AB = AC
A
B C D
(A) Only I
(B) Only II
(C) Only III
(D) Anyone of the three statements can be dispensed with
Solution :
(D) The question can be answered using any set of two statements. Hence, any one of the three
statements can be dispensed with.
Example. 3
What is the average salary of 15 employees ?
I. Average salary of 7 clerical cadre (out of the 15 employees) is Rs. 8500.
II. Average salary of 5 officer cadre (out of the 15 employees) is Rs. 10000.
III. Average salary of the 3 sub-staff employees (out of the 15 employees) is Rs. 2500.
(A) None (B) Only I (C) Only II (D) Only III
Solution :(A) . gives, total salary of 7 clerks = Rs. (8500× 7) = Rs. 59500.
. givens , total salary of 5 officers = Rs.(10000 × 5) = Rs. 50000
. gives total salary of 3 sub=staff members = Rs. (2500× 3) = Rs. 7500.
Total salary of 15 employees = Rs. (59500 + 50000 + 7500) = Rs. 117000.
 11700
Average salary = Rs.  15  = Rs. 7800.
All given statements are needed. Hence, none is redundant.
MAT_CLASS-X_363
Data Redundancy
Example. 4
What is the ratio of the present ages of Anna and her mother?
 The sum of the ages of Anna, her mother and her father is 62.
 Five years ago, Anna's age was one-fifth of her father's age.
. Two years ago, the sum of the ages of Anna and her father was 36.
(A) I or II only (B) II or III only
(C) I or III only (D) All I, II and III are required.
Solution :
(D) . A + M + F = 62.
. (A – 5) = (F – 5).
. (A – 2) + (F –2) = 36
From II and III, we may get A and F.
putting these values in I, we get M.
Thus , all I, II and III are required to get the answer.
Example. 5
What is the marked price of the suitcase ?
. When a discount of 15% is offered, the profit earned is 10.5%.
. The cost price of the suitcase is Rs. 1500.
. The marked price is 30% above the cost price.
(A)  only (B) Either  or 
(C) Any on of the three (D) All ,  and  are required
Solution :
13 x
(B) I. Let C.P. be Rs. x. Then, M.P. =130% of x Rs.
10


Directions : (1 to 14) Each of the following questions consists of information in three statements. Study the
question and the statements and decide which of the statement/s is/are not required to answer the
question and hence can be dispensed with.
1. What will be the ratio between ages of Sam and Albert after 5 years?
. Sam's present age is more than Albert's present age by 4 years.
. Albert's present age is 20 years.
. The ratio of Albert's present age to Sam's present age is 5 : 6.
(A) I or II or III only (B) II only (C) III only (D) I or III only
2. What is the difference between the present ages of Ayush and Deepak?
. The ratio between Ayush's present age and ish age after 8 years is 4 : 5
. The ratio between the present ages of Ayush and Deepak is 4 : 3.
. The ratio between Deepak's present age and his age four years ago is 6 : 5
(A) Any two of ,  and  (B)  or  only
(C) Any ne of the three (D) All ,  and  are required
3. What is the percent profit earned by the shopkeeper on selling the articles in his shop?
. Labelled price of the articles sold was 130% of the cost price.
. Cost price of each article was Rs.. 550.
. A discount of 10% on labelled price was offered.
(A) Only  (B) Only 
(C) Only  (D) All the three are required
4. Three friends, P, Q and R started a partnership business investing money in the ratio of 5 : 4 : 2
respectively for a period of 3 years. What is the amount received by P as his share in the total profit
?
. Total amount invested in the business in Rs. 22,000.
. Profit earned at the end of 3 years is of the total investment.
The average amount of profit earned per year is Rs. 2750.
(A)  or  or  (B) Either  only , or  and  together
(C) Any two of the three (D) All ,  and  are required
MAT_CLASS-X_364
Data Redundancy
5. What will be the percentage share of Y in the profit earned by X, Y and Z together?
. X, Y and Z invested a total amount of Rs. 25,000 for a period of two years.
. The profit earned at the end of 2 years is 30%.
. The amount invested by Y is equal to the amount invested by X, Y and Z together.
(A)  and  only (B)  and  only
(C) Any two of the three (D) All  and  are required
6. 8 men and 14 women are working together in a field. After working for 3 days, 5 men and 8 women
leave the work. How many more days will be required to complete the work?
. 19 men and 12 women together can complete the work in 18 days.
. 16 men can complete two-third of the work in 16 days.
. In a day, the work done by three men is equal to the work done by four women.
(A)  only (B)  only (C)  only (D)  or  or 
7. At what time will the train reach city X from city Y ?
. The train crosses another train of equal length of 200 metres and running in opposite direction in
15 seconds.
. The train leaves city Y at 7.15 a.m. for city x situated at a distance of 558 km.
. The 200 metres long train crosses a signal pole in 10 seconds.
(A)  only (B)  only (C)  only (D)  or  only
8. What would be the difference between the simple interest and the compound interest on a sum of
money at the end of four years?
I. The rate of interest is 5 p.c.p.a.
II. The sum fetches total of Rs. 2000 as simple interest at the end of 8 years.
III. The difference between the simple interest and the compound interest at the end of 2 years is
Rs. 12.50.
(A)  only (B)  only
(C) or  only (D) All ,  and  are required
9. Mr. Gupta borrowed a sum of money on compound interest. What will be the amount to be repaid if
he is repaying the entire amount at the end of 2 years?
. The rate of interest fetched on the same amount in one year is Rs. 600.
. Simple interest fetched on the same amount in one year is Rs. 600.
. The amount borrowed is 10 times the simple interest in 2 years.
(A) I only (B) III only (C) I or II only (D) I or III only
10. What is the total compound interest earned at the end of 3 years?
. Simple interest earned ion that amount at the same rate and for the same period is Rs. 4500.
. The rate of interest is 10 p.c.p.a.
. Compound interest for 3 years is more than the simple interest for that period by Rs. 465.
(A) I and II only (B) II and III only (C) I and III only (D) Either II or III only
11. What is the rate of interest per annum ?
I. The amount becomes Rs. 11,025 with compound interest after 2 years
II. The same amount with simple interest becomes Rs. 11,000 after 2 years.
III. The amount invested is Rs. 10,000.
(A) I or II only (B) II or III only (C) I or III only (D) I or II or III only
12. What is the cost of painting the two adjacent walls of a hall at Rs.5 per m 2 which has no windows or
doors?
I. The area of the hall is 24 sq.m.
II. The breadth, length and height of the hall are in the ratio of 4 : 6 : 5 respectively
III. Area of one walls 30 sq. m.
(A) I only (B) II only (C) III only (D) Either I or III
13. What is the area of the given right - angled triangle ?
I. Length of the hypotenuse is 5 cm.
II. Perimeter of the triangle is four times its base.
III. One of the angles of the triangle is 60º.
(A) II only (B) III only (C) II or III only (D) II and III both
MAT_CLASS-X_365
Data Redundancy
14. What will be the cost of painting the four walls of a room with length, width and height 5 m, 3 m and
8 m respectively? The room has one door and one window.
I. Cost of painting per sq. m is Rs. 25.
II. Area of window is 2.25 sq. m which is half of the area of the door.
III. Area of the room is 15 sq. m.
(A) I only (B) II only (C) III only (D) II or III only
EXERCISE # 1
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Ans. A C B B A D A C D D D D C C
MAT_CLASS-X_366

Class X Mat Module

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Class X Mat Module

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NTSE

Resonance Eduventures Limited

Address : Corp. / Reg. Office : CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA,

Contact. No.:+91-0744-6635569, 2777769

© Resonance Eduventures Limited

below, I wish all the students a great journey ahead.

"You have to dream before your dreams come true"

An Important Note to Parents and Students

5. Letter Repeating Series 43 - 48

6. Missing Term in Figures 49 - 69

8. Direction Sense Test 87 - 96

9. Seating arrangement 97 - 103

10. Ranking & Ordering- Test 104 - 111

11. Blood Relation 112 - 119

12. Puzzle -Test 120 - 131

13. Venn Diagram 132 - 149

14. Syllogism 150 – 162

15. Analogy 163 - 179

16. Classification 180 - 186

17. Pyramid Test 187 - 193

18. Calendar Test 194 - 198

19. Dice Test 199 - 214

20. Cube Test 215 - 224

21. Clock Test 225 – 230

22. Figure Partition & Counting 231 - 240

23. Mirror & Water Image 241 - 252

24. Paper Cutting & Folding 253 - 258

25. Completion & Formation of Figure 259 - 267

26. Figure Embedded 268 - 271

27. Non-verbal Series 272 - 289

28. Non-Verbal Analogy 290 - 304

29. Non-Verbal Classification 305 - 313

30. Logical Sequence of Words 314 - 319

31. Logical Deduction 320 - 332

32. Sequential Output Tracing 333 - 342

33. Arithmetical Reasoning 343 - 356

34. Data Sufficiency 357 - 362

35. Data Redundancy 363 - 366

(A) 3, 1, 2, 4 (B) 3, 1, 4, 2 (C) 3, 4, 1, 2 (D) 3, 4, 2, 1

D. WORD FORMATION BY UNSCRAMBLING LETTERS

E. WORD FORMATION USING LETTERS OF A GIVEN WORD

22. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ (NTSE Stage-I / Maharashtra./2019)

(A) o (B) d (C) t (D) m

E. PUZZLE BASED CODING

2. If TRIANGLE is coded as SSHBMHKF, then SQUARE would be

3. If CRICKETER is coded as DQJBLDUDS, then PLAYER will be coded as :

5. If POLITICS is coded as OPILITSC, then ARTICLES will be coded as :

8. If E = 5 & SAFE =31, then PINK = ?

16. Code for G is–

17. Code for W is–

18. Code for letters in the word DATE are –

19. Code for the letters in the word BEST are –

26. Code for letters in the word EARN is

33. Code for letters in the word MENT are

34. Code for letters in the word NEWS are

35. Code for letters in the word STAR are

36. Code for letters in the word TIME are

40. In a coded language FRUIT = HTWKV then FLOWER will be written as –

42. Code for letters in the word COST are

55. 'BHICK' will be coded as

58. In a coded language, ‘SHOULDER’ is written as ‘TJSNMAGZ’ and ‘BOXING’ is written as

76. Which of the following numbers will be coded as

(A) 2165 (B) 2856 (C) 2356 (D) 2534

1. In a certain code, INSTITUTION is written as NOITUTITSNI. How is PERFECTION written in that